Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Statler Hall - Public Restrooms Renovations
Cornell University 02 41 19-1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations SELECTIVE DEMOLITION _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 SECTION 02 41 19 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure. 2. Salvage of existing items to be reused. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and dispose of them off -site unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and store. C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated. D. Existing to Remain: Leave existing items that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property, for dust control and, for noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers. B. Predemolition Photographs or Video: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by demolition operations. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. Cornell University 02 41 19-2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations SELECTIVE DEMOLITION _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 B. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. C. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract. D. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. E. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Standards: Comply with ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations. B. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction photographs or video. 1. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. Provide photographs or video of conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by salvage operations. 3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage. Cornell University 02 41 19-3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations SELECTIVE DEMOLITION _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 3.3 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dime nsions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 3. Do not use cutting torches. 4. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 5. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris -removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. C. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. D. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. 3.4 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and dispose of them in an EPA-approved construction and demolition waste landfill acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. Cornell University 02 41 19-4 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations SELECTIVE DEMOLITION _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION 02 41 19 Cornell University 05 50 00 - 1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations METAL FABRICATIONS _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 SECTION 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel tube reinforcement for low partitions. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide Shop Drawings for the following: 1. Steel tube reinforcement for low partitions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat. 2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. 2.4 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Shop prime iron and steel items unless otherwise indicated. B. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." Cornell University 05 50 00 - 2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations METAL FABRICATIONS _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 C. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. END OF SECTION 05 50 00 Cornell University 06 46 00-1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations WOOD TRIM _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 SECTION 06 46 00 - WOOD TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior standing and running trim. 2. Shop finishing of wood trim. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product finishing materials and processes. B. Samples for Verification: 1. Lumber for transparent finish, not less than 5 inches wide by 12 inches long, for each species and cut, finished on one side and one edge. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver wood trim until operations that could damage wood trim have been completed in installation areas. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that wood trim can be supported and installed as indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD TRIM, GENERAL A. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with the "Arch itectural Woodwork Standards" for grades of wood trim indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other requirements. 2.2 INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. Grade: Premium. B. Wood Species and Cut: 1. Species: Maple. 2. Cut: Rift cut/rift sawn. Cornell University 06 46 00-2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations WOOD TRIM _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 C. Do not glue for width. D. Do not use veneered construction. 2.3 WOOD MATERIALS A. Wood Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each type of wood trim and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated. 1. Wood Moisture Content for Interior Materials: 5 to 10 percent. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate wood trim to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. Ease edges to radius indicated for the following: 1. Edges of Solid-Wood (Lumber) Members: 1/16 inch unless otherwise indicated. B. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide, flat members except for members with ends exposed in finished work. C. Assemble casings in shop except where shipping limitations require field assembly. D. Fully assemble mirror frame moldings in shop. 2.5 SHOP FINISHING A. General: Finish wood trim at fabrication shop as specified in this Section. Defer only final touchup, cleaning, and polishing until after installation. B. General: Finish mirror frames at fabrication shop as specified in this Section. Refer to Section 09 93 00 "Staining and Transparent Finishing" for field finishing wood trim not indicated to be shop finished. C. Preparation for Finishing: Comply with referenced quality standard for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces, and similar preparations for finishing wood trim, as applicable to each unit of work. 1. Backpriming: Apply one coat of sealer or primer, compatible with finish coats, to concealed surfaces of wood trim. Apply two coats to end-grain surfaces. D. Transparent Finish for Interior Trim: 1. Grade: Premium. 2. Staining: Match Architect's sample. 3. Finish: 3-coat Spar Urethane. 4. Sheen: Satin, 31-45 gloss units measured on 60-degree gloss meter per ASTM D 523. Cornell University 06 46 00-3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations WOOD TRIM _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Before installation, condition wood trim to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas. B. Before installing architectural wood trim, examine shop-fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including removal of packing and backpriming. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Grade: Install wood trim to comply with same grade as item to be installed. B. Assemble wood trim and complete fabrication at Project site to the extent that it was not completed in the shop. C. Install wood trim level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches. D. Scribe and cut wood trim to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts. E. Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to greatest extent possible. Do not use pieces less than 60 inches long except where shorter single-length pieces are necessary. 1. Install standing and running trim with no more variation from a straight line than 1/8 inch in 96 inches. F. Touch up finishing work specified in this Section after installation of wood trim. Fill nail holes with matching filler where exposed. 1. Apply specified finish coats, including stains and paste fillers if any, to exposed surfaces where only sealer/prime coats are applied in shop. G. Refer to Section 09 93 00 "Staining and Transparent Finishing" for final finishing of installed wood trim not indicated to be shop finished. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged and defective wood trim, where possible, to eliminate functional and visual defects; where not possible to repair, replace wood trim. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean wood trim on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up shop-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. END OF SECTION 06 46 00 Cornell University 08 14 16-1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations FLUSH WOOD DOORS AND HOLLOW METAL FRAMES SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 SECTION 08 14 16 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS AND HOLLOW METAL FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Solid-core doors with wood-veneer faces. 2. Factory finishing flush wood doors different colors front and back. 3. Factory fitting flush wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware. 4. Hollow metal frames. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of door. Include details of core and edge construction and trim for openings. Include factory-finishing specifications. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details not covered in Product Data; and the following: 1. Dimensions and locations of blocking. 2. Dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware. 3. Dimensions and locations of cutouts. 4. Undercuts. 5. Requirements for veneer matching. 6. Doors to be factory finished and finish requirements. C. Samples for Verification: 1. Factory finishes applied to actual door face materials, approximately 8 by 10 inches, for each material and finish. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. B. Quality Standard Compliance Certificates: AWI Quality Certification Program certificates. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Package doors individually in plastic bags or cardboard cartons. C. Mark each door on bottom rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings. Cornell University 08 14 16-2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations FLUSH WOOD DOORS AND HOLLOW METAL FRAMES SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 1.6 WARRANTY A. A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Warping (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in a 42-by-84-inch section. b. Telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3-inch span. 2. Warranty Period for Solid-Core Interior Doors: Life of installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FLUSH WOOD DOORS, GENERAL A. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified, comply with WDMA I.S.1-A, "Architectural Wood Flush Doors." B. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade: Extra Heavy Duty. C. Particleboard-Core Doors: 1. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade LD-2. 2. Blocking: Provide wood blocking in particleboard-core doors as follows: a. 5-inch top-rail blocking, in doors indicated to have closers. b. 5-inch bottom-rail blocking, in exterior doors and doors indicated to have kick, mop, or armor plates. 2.2 VENEER-FACED DOORS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. Interior Solid-Core Doors: 1. Grade: Premium, with Grade A faces. 2. Species: Select white maple. 3. Cut: Rift cut. 4. Match between Veneer Leaves: Book match. 5. Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces: Balance match. 6. Exposed Vertical Edges: Same species as faces - edge Type A. 7. Core: Particleboard. 8. Construction: Five plies. Stiles and rails are bonded to core, then entire unit is abrasive planed before veneering. Faces are bonded to core using a hot press. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting unless otherwise indicated. B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI-WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, BHMA- 156.115-W, and hardware templates. 1. Coordinate with hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining. Cornell University 08 14 16-3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations FLUSH WOOD DOORS AND HOLLOW METAL FRAMES SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 2.4 FACTORY FINISHING A. General: Comply with referenced quality standard for factory finishing. Complete fabrication, including fitting doors for openings and machining for hardware that is not surface applied, before finishing. 1. Finish faces, all four edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises. Stains and fillers may be omitted on top and bottom edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises. B. Factory finish doors. C. Transparent Finish: 1. Grade: Premium. 2. Finish: WDMA TR-6 catalyzed polyurethane. 3. Staining: Match Architect's sample. a. Doors will be stained different colors on front and back faces. Edges will match bathroom side finish. 4. Effect: Filled finish. 5. Sheen: a. Bathroom side: Satin b. Corridor side: Semigloss. 2.5 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Ceco Door Products; an Assa Abloy Group company. 2. Mesker Door Inc. 3. Pioneer Industries, Inc. 4. Republic Doors and Frames. 5. Steelcraft; an Ingersoll-Rand company. B. Construct interior frames to comply with the standards indicated for materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and clearances, and as specified. C. Heavy-Duty Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 2. 1. Physical Performance: Level B according to SDI A250.4. 2. Frames: a. Materials: Uncoated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch. b. Construction: Knocked down 3. Exposed Finish: Prime. 2.6 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME ANCHORS A. Jamb Anchors: 1. Stud-Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded to back of frames; not less than 0.042 inch thick. B. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch, and as follows: 1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners. Cornell University 08 14 16-4 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations FLUSH WOOD DOORS AND HOLLOW METAL FRAMES SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and installed door frames, with Installer present, before hanging doors. 1. Verify that installed frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs. 2. Reject doors with defects. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION - FRAMES A. General: Install hollow-metal work plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place. Comply with Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Hollow-Metal Frames: Install hollow-metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelites, borrowed lites, and other openings, of size and profile indicated. Comply with SDI A250.11 or NAAMM- HMMA 840 as required by standards specified. 1. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. a. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have bee n properly set and secured. b. Check plumb, square, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances. 2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors. a. Floor anchors may be set with power-actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings. 3. Metal-Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation inside frames. 4. In -Place Metal Stud Partitions: Secure slip-on drywall frames in place according to manufacturer's written instructions. 5. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal door frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumb to the following tolerances: a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall. d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor. 3.3 INSTALLATION - DOORS A. Hardware: For installation, see Section 08 71 00 "Door Hardware." B. Installation Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and referenced quality standard, and as indicated. Cornell University 08 14 16-5 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations FLUSH WOOD DOORS AND HOLLOW METAL FRAMES SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 C. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. D. Factory-Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or that do not comply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if Work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. END OF SECTION 08 14 16 Cornell University 08 14 33-1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 SECTION 08 14 33 - STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Installation of owner-furnished factory-finished stile and rail doors B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 08 71 00 "Door Hardware" for furnishing and installation of hardware. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INTERIOR STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS A. Interior Stile and Rail Wood Doors: Owner furnished, contractor-installed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and installed door frames, with Installer present, before hanging doors. 1. Verify that installed frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: For installation, see Section 08 71 00 "Door Hardware." B. Installation Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and referenced quality standard, and as indicated. C. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. D. Factory-Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. Cornell University 08 14 33-2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or do not comply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if Work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. END OF SECTION 08 14 33 Cornell University 08 71 00-1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations DOOR HARDWARE _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 SECTION 08 7100 - DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Mechanical door hardware for the following: a. Swinging doors. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Installation Templates: Distribute for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. B. Existing Openings: Where hardware components are scheduled for application to existing construction or where modifications to existing door hardware are required, field verify existing conditions and coordinate installation of door hardware to suit opening conditions and to provide proper door operation. 1.4 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Provide products indicated. No substitutions will be considered or allowed. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Installer's Architectural Hardware Consultant. Coordinate door hardware schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. 1. Submittal Sequence: Submit door hardware schedule concurrent with submissions of Product Data. Coordinate submission of door hardware schedule with scheduling requirements of other work to facilitate the fabrication of other work that is critical in Project construction schedule. 2. Format: Use same scheduling sequence and format and use same door numbers as in door hardware schedule in the Contract Documents. 3. Content: Include the following information: a. Identification number, location, hand, fire rating, size, and material of each door and frame. Cornell University 08 71 00-2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations DOOR HARDWARE _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 b. Locations of each door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings on floor plans and to door and frame schedule. c. Complete designations, including name and manufacturer, type, style, function, size, quantity, function, and finish of each door hardware product. d. Fastenings and other installation information. e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and designations contained in door hardware schedule. f. Mounting locations for door hardware. g. List of related door devices specified in other Sections for each door and frame. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For each type of door hardware to include in maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Supplier of products and an employer of workers trained and approved by product manufacturers and of an Architectural Hardware Consultant who is available during the course of the Work to consult Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door hardware and keying. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. b. Faulty operation of doors and door hardware. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering and use. 2. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion unless otherwise indicated below: a. Manual Closers: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of door hardware from single manufacturer. 2.2 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE A. Provide products as indicated in door hardware schedule on Drawings. 2.3 FINISHES A. Provide finishes complying with BHMA A156.18 as indicated in door hardware schedule. Cornell University 08 71 00-3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations DOOR HARDWARE _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire-rated door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Steel Doors and Frames: For surface-applied door hardware, drill and tap doors and frames according to ANSI/SDI A250.6. B. Wood Doors: Comply with door and hardware manufacturers' written instructions. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units to comply with the following unless otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. 1. Wood Doors: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors." B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. 1. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation. 2. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards. C. Hinges: Install types and in quantities indicated in door hardware schedule, but not fewer than the number recommended by manufacturer for application indicated or one hinge for every 30 inches of door height, whichever is more stringent, unless other equivalent means of support for door, such as spring hinges or pivots, are provided. Cornell University 08 71 00-4 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations DOOR HARDWARE _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 1. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period to comply with accessibility requirements and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Spring Hinges: Adjust to achieve positive latching when door is allowed to close freely from an open position of 70 degrees and so that closing time complies with accessibility requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish. C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 08 7100 Cornell University 08 83 00-1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations MIRRORS _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 SECTION 08 83 00 - MIRRORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following types of silvered flat glass mirrors: 1. Film-backed glass mirrors qualifying as safety glazing. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Include mirror elevations, edge details, mirror hardware, and attachment details. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For mirrors to include in maintenance manuals. 1.6 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Mirror Mastic Compatibility Test: Submit mirror mastic products to mirror manufacturer for testing to determine compatibility of mastic with mirror backing. 1. Testing is not required if data are submitted based on previous testing of mirror mastic products and mirror backing matching those submitted. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect mirrors according to mirror manufacturer's written instructions and as needed to prevent damage to mirrors from moisture, condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. B. Comply with mirror manufacturer's written instructions for shipping, storing, and handling mirrors as needed to prevent deterioration of silvering, damage to edges, and abrasion of glass surfaces and applied coatings. Store indoors. Cornell University 08 83 00-2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations MIRRORS _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to replace mirrors that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of mirrors is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to mirror breakage or to maintaining and cleaning mirrors contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include discoloration, black spots, and cl ouding of the silver film. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SILVERED FLAT GLASS MIRRORS A. Mirrors, General: ASTM C 1503. B. Annealed Monolithic Glass Mirrors: Mirror Select Quality, clear. 1. Nominal Thickness: 6.0 mm. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5. B. Edge Sealer: Coating compatible with glass coating and approved by mirror manufacturer for use in protecting against silver deterioration at mirrored glass edges. C. Mirror Mastic: An adhesive setting compound, asbestos-free, produced specifically for setting mirrors and certified by both mirror and mastic manufacturer as compatible with glass coating and substrates on which mirrors will be installed. D. Safety Glazing Products: For film-backed mirrors, provide products that comply with 16 CFR 1201, Category II. 2.3 MIRROR HARDWARE A. Aluminum J-Channels: Aluminum extrusions with a return deep enough to produce a glazing channel to accommodate mirrors of thickness indicated and in lengths required to cover edges of mirrors in a single piece. 1. Bottom Trim: J-channels formed with front leg and back leg not less than 3/8 and 7/8 inch in height, respectively, and a thickness of not less than 0.04 inch. 2. Top Trim: J-channels formed with front leg and back leg not less than 5/8 and 1 inch in height, respectively, and a thickness of not less than 0.04 inch. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate mirrors in the shop to greatest extent possible. Cornell University 08 83 00-3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations MIRRORS _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 B. Mirror Edge Treatment: Flat polished. 1. Seal edges of mirrors with edge sealer after edge treatment to prevent chemical or atmospheric penetration of glass coating. 2. Require mirror manufacturer to perform edge treatment and sealing in factory immediately after cutting to final sizes. C. Film-Backed Safety Mirrors: Apply film backing with adhesive coating over mirror backing paint, as recommended in writing by film-backing manufacturer, to produce a surface free of bubbles, blisters, and other imperfections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, over which mirrors are to be mounted, with Installer present, for compliance with installation tolerances, substrate preparation, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility of existing finishes or primers with mirror mastic. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with mastic manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparation of substrates, including coating substrates with mastic manufacturer's special bond coating where applicable. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install mirrors to comply with mirror manufacturer's written instructions and with referenced GANA publications. Mount mirrors accurately in place in a manner that avoids distorting reflected images. 1. GANA Publications: "Glazing Manual" and "Mirrors, Handle with Extreme Care: Tips for the Professional on the Care and Handling of Mirrors." B. Provide a minimum airspace of 1/8 inch between back of mirrors and mounting surface for air circulation between back of mirrors and face of mounting surface. C. Install mirrors with mastic and mirror hardware. Attach mirror hardware securely to mounting surfaces with mechanical fasteners installed with anchors or inserts as applicable. Install fasteners so heads do not impose point loads on backs of mirrors. 1. Aluminum J-Channels: Provide setting blocks 1/8 inch thick by 4 inches long at quarter points. To prevent trapping water, provide, between setting blocks, two slotted weeps not less than 1/4 inch wide by 3/8 inch long at bottom channel. Cornell University 08 83 00-4 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations MIRRORS _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 2. Install mastic as follows: a. Apply barrier coat to mirror backing where approved in writing by manufacturers of mirrors and backing material. b. Apply mastic to comply with mastic manufacturer's written instructions for coverage and to allow air circulation between back of mirrors and face of mounting surface. c. After mastic is applied, align mirrors and press into place while maintaining a minimum airspace of 1/8 inch between back of mirrors and mounting surface. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect mirrors from breakage and contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. B. Do not permit edges of mirrors to be exposed to standing water. C. Maintain environmental conditions that prevent mirrors from being exposed to moisture from condensation or other sources for continuous periods of time. D. Clean exposed surface of mirrors not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Clean mirrors as recommended in writing by mirror manufacturer. END OF SECTION 08 83 00 Cornell University 09 22 16-1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING ____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 SECTION 09 22 16 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Non-load-bearing steel framing systems for interior partitions. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal unless otherwise indicated. 2. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40, hot-dip galvanized or “Diamond Plus’ Coating as provided by Clark Dietrich. B. Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645. 1. Steel Studs and Runners: a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.033 inch. b. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. C. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated. 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.042 inch. D. Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: Steel, 0.0538-inch minimum base-metal thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch-wide flanges. 1. Depth: 1-1/2 inches. 2. Clip Angle: Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches, 0.068-inch-thick, galvanized steel. E. Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or nonslotted web, face flange of 1-1/4 inches, wall attachment flange of 7/8 inch, minimum uncoated-metal thickness of 0.0179 inch, and depth as indicated on Drawings. 2.2 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards. Cornell University 09 22 16-2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING ____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 1. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754. 1. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply to framing installation. B. Install framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, with connections securely fastened. C. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. D. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies. 3.2 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Install framing system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types. B. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction. C. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing. END OF SECTION 09 22 16 Cornell University 09 29 00-1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations GYPSUM BOARD ____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 SECTION 09 29 00 - GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior gypsum board. 2. Tile backing panels. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other potential causes of damage. Stack panels flat and supported on risers on a flat platform to prevent sagging. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written instructions, whichever are more stringent. B. Do not install panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL A. Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated. 2.2 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Mold-Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. With moisture- and mold-resistant core and paper surfaces. 1. Core: 5/8 inch, Type X. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. 3. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D 3274. Cornell University 09 29 00-2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations GYPSUM BOARD ____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 2.3 TILE BACKING PANELS A. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A118.9 and ASTM C 1288 or ASTM C 1325, with manufacturer's standard edges. 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 2. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D 3274. 2.4 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. 1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet or rolled zinc. 2.5 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M. B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Board: Paper. 2. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board: For each coat, use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use setting-type taping compound. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound. D. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels: 1. Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by backer unit manufacturer. 2.6 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate. C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002 unless otherwise indicated. 1. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer. Cornell University 09 29 00-3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations GYPSUM BOARD ____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates including welded hollow-metal frames and support framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performan ce of the Work. B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A. Comply with ASTM C 840. B. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. C. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings. D. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally. 1. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. 2. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8-inch-wide joints to install sealant. 3.3 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Single-Layer Application: 1. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing) unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and minimize end joints. a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of panels. 2. On Z-shaped furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members. 3. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. 3.4 APPLYING TILE BACKING PANELS A. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A108.11, at locations indicated to receive tile. Cornell University 09 29 00-4 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations GYPSUM BOARD ____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 3.5 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations: 1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners 3.6 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to receive tape. D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840: 1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated. 2. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view unless otherwise indicated. E. Cementitious Backer Units: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from drywall compound and promptly remove from floors and other non-drywall surfaces. Repair surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during drywall application. B. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. C. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 09 29 00 Cornell University 09 30 13-1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations CERAMIC TILE _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 SECTION 09 30 13 - CERAMIC TILING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Ceramic tile. 2. Glass and stone mosaic tile. 3. Stone thresholds. 4. Waterproof membrane. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. General: Definitions in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards and in ANSI A137.1 apply to Work of this Section unless otherwise specified. 1.4 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Provide products indicated. No substitutions will be considered or allowed. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples for Verification: 1. Full-size units of each type and composition of tile and for each color and finish required. 2. Full-size units of each type of trim and accessory for each color and finish required. 3. Stone thresholds in 6-inch lengths. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match and are from same production runs as products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size indicated. 2. Grout: Furnish quantity of grout equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, and color indicated. Cornell University 09 30 13-2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations CERAMIC TILE _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Installer employs Ceramic Tile Education Foundation Certified Installers or installers recognized by the U.S. Department of Labor as Journeyman Tile Layers. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirements in ANSI A137.1 for labeling tile packages. B. Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination can be avoided. D. Store liquid materials in unopened containers and protected from freezing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TILE AND STONE PRODUCTS A. Provide products as indicated on Drawings. 2.2 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE A. General: Manufacturer's standard product that complies with ANSI A118.10 and is recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. Include reinforcement and accessories recommended by manufacturer. B. Fabric-Reinforced, Fluid-Applied Membrane: System consisting of liquid-latex rubber or elastomeric polymer and continuous fabric reinforcement. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bostik, Inc. b. Custom Building Products. c. MAPEI Corporation. 2.3 SETTING MATERIALS A. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar (Thinset): ANSI A118.4. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bostik, Inc. b. Custom Building Products. c. Laticrete International, Inc. d. MAPEI Corporation. 2. Provide prepackaged, dry-mortar mix combined with acrylic resin or styrene-butadiene- rubber liquid-latex additive at Project site. Cornell University 09 30 13-3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations CERAMIC TILE _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 3. For wall applications, provide mortar that complies with requirements for nonsagging mortar in addition to the other requirements in ANSI A118.4. 4. Provide white mortar with glass tile. 2.4 GROUT MATERIALS A. Pre-Mixed, Water-Based, Urethane Grout: Modified ANSI 118.3-UG. 1. Provide the following: Bostik Inc., TruColor Grout 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for installations indicated. B. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers. 2.6 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers' written instructions. B. Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions. C. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performan ce characteristics for installations indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm; dry; clean; free of coatings that are incompatible with tile-setting materials, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required by ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated. 2. Verify that concrete substrates for tile floors comply with surface finish requirements in ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated. a. Verify that protrusions, bumps, and ridges have been removed by sanding or grinding. 3. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Cornell University 09 30 13-4 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations CERAMIC TILE _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 3.2 PREPARATION A. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in concrete substrates for tile floors with trowelable leveling and patching compound specifically recommended by tile-setting material manufacturer. 3.3 CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION A. Comply with TCNA's "Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation" for TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of the ANSI A108 series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCNA installation methods, specified in tile installation schedules, and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used. 1. For the following installations, follow procedures in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage: a. Tile floors consisting of tiles 8 by 8 inches or larger. B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. C. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. D. Provide manufacturer's standard trim shapes where necessary to eliminate exposed tile edges. E. Jointing Pattern: As indicated on Drawings. 1. Where adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, or trim are specified or indicated to be same size, align joints. 2. Where tiles are specified or indicated to be whole integer multiples of adjoining ti les on floor, base, walls, or trim, align joints unless otherwise indicated. F. Joint Widths: Unless otherwise indicated, install tile with the following joint widths: 1. Porcelain Tile: 1/4 inch. G. Stone Thresholds: Install stone thresholds in same type of setting bed as adjacent floor unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not extend crack isolation membrane under thresholds. Fill joints between such thresholds and adjoining tile with elastomeric sealant. 3.4 WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION A. Install waterproofing to comply with ANSI A108.13 and manufacturer's written instructions to produce waterproof membrane of uniform thickness that is bonded securely to substrate. B. Allow waterproofing to cure and verify by testing that it is watertight before installing tile or setting materials over it. Cornell University 09 30 13-5 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations CERAMIC TILE _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace tile that is damaged or that does not match adjoining tile. Provide new matching units, installed as specified and in a manner to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. 1. Remove grout residue from tile as soon as possible. 2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. If recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. B. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least three days after grouting is completed. C. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral protective cleaner from tile surfaces. 3.7 INTERIOR CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Interior Floor Installations, Concrete Subfloor: 1. Ceramic Tile Installation: TCNA F122; thinset mortar on waterproof membrane. a. Thinset Mortar: Latex- portland cement mortar. b. Grout: Urethane grout. c. Location: Toilet room floors. B. Interior Wall Installations, Metal Studs or Furring: 1. Ceramic Tile Installation: TCNA W244C or TCNA W244F; thinset mortar on cementitious backer units. a. Thinset Mortar: Latex- portland cement mortar. b. Grout: Urethane grout. END OF SECTION 09 30 13 Cornell University 09 72 00-1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations WALL COVERINGS _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 SECTION 09 72 00 - WALL COVERINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Vinyl wall covering. 1.3 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Provide products indicated. No substitutions will be considered or allowed. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include data on physical characteristics, durability, fade resistance, and fire -test-response characteristics. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For wall coverings to include in maintenance manuals. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Wall-Covering Materials: For each type, color, texture, and finish, full width by length to equal to 5 percent of amount installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 VINYL WALL COVERING VWC-1 A. Vinyl Wall Covering VWC-1: 1. Description: Low VOC Type II Contract Wallcovering 2. Provide the following: Overture Wall as manufactured by Symphony Contract Wallcovering. a. Weight: 21.0 oz PLY. b. Backing: Osnaburg. c. Color: AZ52433WA “Birch”. Cornell University 09 72 00-2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations WALL COVERINGS _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Mildew-resistant, nonstaining, strippable adhesive, for use with specific wall covering and substrate application indicated and as recommended in writing by wall -covering manufacturer. B. Primer/Sealer: Mildew resistant, complying with requirements in Section 09 91 23 "Interior Painting" and recommended in writing by primer/sealer and wall -covering manufacturers for intended substrate. 1. Install at new gypsum board surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for levelness, wall plumbness, maximum moisture content, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation. B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of wall covering, including dirt, oil, grease, mold, mildew, and incompatible primers. C. Prepare substrates to achieve a smooth, dry, clean, structurally sound surface free of flaking, unsound coatings, cracks, and defects. 1. Gypsum Board: Prime with primer as recommended in writing by primer/sealer manufacturer and wall-covering manufacturer. 2. Painted Surfaces: Treat areas susceptible to pigment bleeding. D. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, electrical plates and covers, light fixture trims, and similar items. E. Acclimatize wall-covering materials by removing them from packaging in the installation areas not less than 24 hours before installation. 3.3 WALL-COVERING INSTALLATION A. Comply with wall-covering manufacturers' written installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated. B. Cut wall-covering strips in roll number sequence. Change the roll numbers at partition breaks and corners. Cornell University 09 72 00-3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations WALL COVERINGS _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 C. Install strips in same order as cut from roll. D. Install wall covering without lifted or curling edges and without visible shrinkage. E. Match pattern 72 inches above the finish floor. F. Install seams vertical and plumb at least 6 inches from outside corners and 6 inches from inside corners unless a change of pattern or color exists at corner. Horizontal seams are not permitted. G. Trim edges and seams for color uniformity, pattern match, and tight closure. Butt seams without overlaps or gaps between strips. H. Fully bond wall covering to substrate. Remove air bubbles, wrinkles, blisters, and other defects. 3.4 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive at seams, perimeter edges, and adjacent surfaces. B. Use cleaning methods recommended in writing by wall-covering manufacturer. C. Replace strips that cannot be cleaned. D. Reinstall hardware and hardware accessories, electrical plates and covers, light fixture trims, and similar items. END OF SECTION 09 72 00 Cornell University 09 91 23-1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations INTERIOR PAINTING _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 SECTION 09 91 23 - INTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes: 1. Patching substrates. 2. Surface preparation and the application of paint systems on interior substrates. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MPI Standards: 1. Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" for products and paint systems indicated. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatur es are between 50 and 95 deg F. B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. 2. Coronado Paint. 3. Sherwin-Williams Company (The). Cornell University 09 91 23-2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations INTERIOR PAINTING _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 2.2 PAINT, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. B. Colors: As indicated on the Drawings or as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.3 INTERIOR PRIMERS A. Interior Gypsum Board Primer: Factory-formulated latex-based primer for interior application. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Undercoater & Primer Sealer 253: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils. 2. Coronado; 40-7210 Super Kote 5000 Latex Primer-Sealer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils. 3. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer B28W2600 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.1 mils. B. Interior Ferrous-Metal Primer: Factory-formulated quick-drying rust-inhibitive metal primer. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft SuperSpec Alkyd Enamel Underbody and Primer Sealer C245: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than1.5 mils. 2. Coronado; 35-147 Rust Scat Alkyd Metal Primer: Applied at a dry film thic kness of not less than 2.0 mils. 3. Sherwin-Williams; Kem Bond HS Universal Metal Primer B50 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils. 2.4 INTERIOR FINISH COATS A. Interior Flat Acrylic Paint: Factory-formulated flat acrylic-emulsion latex paint for interior application. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Flat 275: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils. 2. Coronado; 28 Line Super Kote 5000 Latex Flat Paint: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils. 3. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Flat Wall Paint B30W2600 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils. 2.5 PATCHING MATERIALS A. Gypsum-Plaster Patching Compound: Finish coat plaster and bonding compound according to ASTM C 842 and manufacturer's written instructions. Cornell University 09 91 23-3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations INTERIOR PAINTING _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. 2. Plaster: 12 percent. C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. D. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. 1. Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. B. Remove plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already in place that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface- applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any. 2. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers as required to produce paint systems indicated. D. Steel Substrates: Remove rust and loose mill scale. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer. E. Gypsum Board Substrates: Do not begin paint application until finishing compound is dry and sanded smooth. F. Plaster Substrates: Do not begin paint application until plaster is fully cured and dry. Cornell University 09 91 23-4 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations INTERIOR PAINTING _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 3.3 PATCHING OF SUBSTRATES A. General: Repair substrate surface defects resulting from selective demolition, including but not limited to: 1. Removal of existing wall-mounted accessories and equipment. 2. Removal of existing electrical conduit and raceway. B. Gypsum-Plaster and Gypsum-Board Substrates: 1. Repair defects by filling with gypsum-plaster patching compound and sanding smooth. Remove protruding fasteners. 3.4 APPLICATION A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of topcoat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. E. Painting Mechanical and Electrical Work: Paint items exposed in occupied spaces including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Electrical Work: a. Exposed conduits. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing of Paint Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure at any time and as often as Owner deems necessary during the period when paints are being applied: 1. Owner will engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample paint materials being used. Samples of material delivered to Project site will be taken, identified, sealed, and certified in presence of Contractor. 2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements. Cornell University 09 91 23-5 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations INTERIOR PAINTING _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying paints if test results show materials being used do not comply with product requirements. Contractor shall remove noncomplying- paint materials from Project site, pay for testing, and repaint surfaces painted with rejected materials. Contractor will be required to remove rejected materials from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with complying materials, the two paints are incompatible. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.7 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Gypsum Board: Provide the following finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces: 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior flat acrylic paint. 2. Low-Luster Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior low-luster acrylic enamel. 3. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel. B. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over ferrous metal: 1. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior ferrous-metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel. END OF SECTION 09 91 23 Cornell University 09 93 00-1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 SECTION 09 93 00 - STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and application of wood stains and transparent finishes. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. B. Samples for Verification: For each type of finish system and in each color and gloss of finish required. 1. Submit Samples on representative samples of actual wood substrates, 8 inches long. 2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area. 1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Stains and Transparent Finishes: 1 quart of each material and color applied. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product listed in wood finish systems schedules for the product category indicated. 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Stain Colors: Match Architect's samples. Cornell University 09 93 00-2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Interior Wood Substrates: 10 percent, when measured with an electronic moisture meter. C. Proceed with finish application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Beginning finish application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and finishing. 1. After completing finishing operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any. C. Clean and prepare surfaces to be finished according to manufacturer's written instructions for each substrate condition and as specified. 1. Remove dust, dirt, oil, and grease by washing with a detergent solution; rinse thoroughly with clean water and allow to dry. Remove grade stamps and pencil marks by sanding lightly. Remove loose wood fibers by brushing. 2. Remove mildew by scrubbing with a commercial wash formulated for mildew removal and as recommended by stain manufacturer. D. Interior Wood Substrates: 1. Scrape and clean knots, and apply coat of knot sealer before applying primer. 2. Apply wood filler paste to open-grain woods, as defined in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual," to produce smooth, glasslike finish. 3. Sand surfaces exposed to view and dust off. 4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dry. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply finishes according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual." 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for finish and substrate indicated. 2. Finish surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Cornell University 09 93 00-3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 3. Do not apply finishes over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. B. Apply finishes to produce surface films without cloudiness, holidays, lap marks, brush marks, runs, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing finish application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered materials by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from finish application. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced finished wood surfaces. 3.5 INTERIOR WOOD -FINISH-SYSTEM SCHEDULE A. Wood Substrates: Wood trim. 1. Spar Urethane over Stain System: a. Stain Coat: Stain, semitransparent, for interior wood. b. First Intermediate Coat: Spar urethane matching topcoat. c. Second Intermediate Coat: Spar urethane matching topcoat. d. Topcoat: spar Urethane, satin finish. 1) Minwax Helmsman Spar Urethane END OF SECTION 09 93 00 Cornell University 10 21 13.13-1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS ____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 SECTION 10 21 13.13 - METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes painted steel toilet compartments configured as toilet enclosures and urinal screens. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of toilet fixtures, walls, columns, ceilings, a nd other construction contiguous with toilet compartments by field measurements before fabrication. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities for toilet compartments designated as accessible. 2.2 PAINTED STEEL TOILET COMPARTMENTS (5, 12) A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Bradley Corporation. 2. Global Partitions; ASI Group. 3. Hadrian Manufacturing Inc. B. Toilet-Enclosure Style: Floor anchored. C. Urinal-Screen Style: Wall hung, flat panel. D. Door, Panel, and Pilaster Construction: Seamless, metal facing sheets pressure laminated to core material; with continuous, interlocking molding strip or lapped-and-formed edge closures; corners secured by welding or clips and exposed welds ground smooth. Exposed surfaces shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, telegraphing of core material, or other imperfections. Cornell University 10 21 13.13-2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS ____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 1. Core Material: Manufacturer's standard sound-deadening honeycomb of resin- impregnated kraft paper in thickness required to provide finished thickness of 1 inch for doors and panels and 1-1/4 inches for pilasters. 2. Grab-Bar Reinforcement: Provide concealed internal reinforcement for grab bars mounted on units of size and material adequate for panel to withstand applied downward load on grab bar of at least 250 lbf (1112 N), when tested according to ASTM F 446, without deformation of panel. 3. Tapping Reinforcement: Provide concealed reinforcement for tapping (threading) at locations where machine screws are used for attaching items to units. E. Urinal-Screen Construction: 1. Flat-Panel Urinal Screen: Matching panel construction. F. Facing Sheets and Closures: hot-dip galvanized-steel sheet with nominal base-metal (uncoated) thicknesses as follows: 1. Pilasters, Unbraced at One End: Manufacturer's standard thickness, but not less than 0.048 inch. 2. Panels: Manufacturer's standard thickness, but not less than 0.030 inch. 3. Doors: Manufacturer's standard thickness, but not less than 0.030 inch. 4. Flat-Panel Urinal Screens: Thickness matching the panels. G. Pilaster Shoes: Stainless-steel sheet, not less than 0.031-inch nominal thickness and 3 inches high, finished to match hardware. H. Brackets (Fittings): 1. Full-Height (Continuous) Type: Manufacturer's standard design; stainless steel. I. Steel Sheet Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreating, apply manufacturer's standard baked-on finish, including thermosetting, electrostatically applied, and powder coatings. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for applying and baking. 1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. a. Allow for application of one color in each room. 2.3 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's heavy-duty operating hardware and accessories. 1. Hinges: Manufacturer's minimum 0.062-inch-thick stainless-steel continuous, cam type that swings to a closed or partially open position, allowing emergency access by lifting door. 2. Latch and Keeper: Manufacturer's heavy-duty surface-mounted cast-stainless-steel latch unit designed to resist damage due to slamming, with combination rubber-faced door strike and keeper, and with provision for emergency access. Provide units that comply with regulatory requirements for accessibility at compartments designated as accessible. 3. Coat Hook: Manufacturer's heavy-duty combination cast-stainless-steel hook and rubber- tipped bumper, sized to prevent in-swinging door from hitting compartment-mounted accessories. 4. Door Bumper: Manufacturer's heavy-duty rubber-tipped cast-stainless-steel bumper at out-swinging doors. Cornell University 10 21 13.13-3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS ____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 5. Door Pull: Manufacturer's heavy-duty cast-stainless-steel pull at out-swinging doors that complies with regulatory requirements for accessibility. Provide units on both sides of doors at compartments designated as accessible. B. Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel, finished to match the items they are securing, with theft-resistant-type heads. Provide sex-type bolts for through-bolt applications. For concealed anchors, use stainless steel materials. 2.4 MATERIALS A. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304, stretcher-leveled standard of flatness. B. Stainless-Steel Castings: ASTM A 743/A 743M. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabrication, General: Fabricate toilet compartment components to sizes indicated. Coordinate requirements and provide cutouts for through-partition toilet accessories, and solid blocking within panel where required for attachment of toilet accessories. B. Floor-Anchored Units: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant anchoring assemblies with leveling adjustment nuts at pilasters for structural connection to floor. Provide shoes at pilasters to conceal anchorage. C. Door Size and Swings: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 24-inch-wide, in-swinging doors for standard toilet compartments and 36-inch-wide, out-swinging doors with a minimum 32-inch- wide, clear opening for compartments designated as accessible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for fastening, support, alignment, operating clearances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Confirm location and adequacy of blocking and supports required for installation. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Coordinate layout and installation of supports, inserts, and anchors built into other units of work for toilet compartment anchorage. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install units rigid, straight, level, and plumb. Secure units in position indicated with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. 1. Maximum Clearances: a. Pilasters and Panels: 1/2 inch. Cornell University 10 21 13.13-4 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS ____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 b. Panels and Walls: 1 inch. 2. Full-Height (Continuous) Brackets: Secure panels to walls and to pilasters with full - height brackets. a. Locate bracket fasteners so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints. b. Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls. B. Floor-Anchored Units: Set pilasters with anchors penetrating not less than 2 inches into structural floor unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written instructions. Level, plumb, and tighten pilasters. Hang doors and adjust so tops of doors are level with tops of pilasters when doors are in closed position. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware according to hardware manufacturer's written instructions for proper operation. Set hinges on in-swinging doors to hold doors open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out -swinging doors to return doors to fully closed position. END OF SECTION 10 21 13.13 Cornell University 10 21 13.14-1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations STAINLESS-STEEL TOILET COMPARTMENTS _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 SECTION 10 21 13.14 - STAINLESS-STEEL TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes stainless-steel toilet compartments configured as urinal screens. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of toilet fixtures, walls, columns, ceilings, and other construction contiguous with toilet compartments by field measurements before fabrication. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities for toilet compartments designated as accessible. 2.2 STAINLESS-STEEL TOILET COMPARTMENTS (5) A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Bradley Corporation. 2. Global Partitions; ASI Group. 3. Hadrian Manufacturing Inc. B. Urinal-Screen Style: Wall hung flat panel. C. Urinal-Screen Construction: Seamless, metal facing sheets pressure laminated to core material; with continuous, interlocking molding strip or lapped-and-formed edge closures; corners secured by welding or clips and exposed welds ground smooth. Exposed surfaces shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, telegraphing of core material, or other imperfections. Cornell University 10 21 13.14-2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations STAINLESS-STEEL TOILET COMPARTMENTS _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 1. Core Material: Manufacturer's standard sound-deadening honeycomb of resin- impregnated kraft paper in thickness required to provide finished thickness of 1 inch for doors and panels and 1-1/4 inches for pilasters. D. Facing Sheets and Closures: Stainless-steel sheet of nominal thicknesses as follows: 1. Flat-Panel Urinal Screens: Manufacturer's standard thickness, but not less than 0.031 inch. E. Brackets (Fittings): 1. Full-Height (Continuous) Type: Manufacturer's standard design; stainless steel. F. Stainless-Steel Finish: Manufacturer's standard textured finish on exposed faces. Protect exposed surfaces from damage by application of strippable, temporary protective covering before shipment. 2.3 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel, finished to match the items they are securing, with theft-resistant-type heads. Provide sex-type bolts for through-bolt applications. For concealed anchors, use stainless-steel materials. 2.4 MATERIALS A. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304, stretcher-leveled standard of flatness. B. Stainless-Steel Castings: ASTM A 743/A 743M. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabrication, General: Fabricate toilet compartment components to sizes indicated. Coordinate requirements and provide cutouts for through-partition toilet accessories and solid blocking within panel where required for attachment of toilet accessories. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for fastening, support, alignment, operating clearances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Confirm location and adequacy of blocking and supports required for installation. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Cornell University 10 21 13.14-3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations STAINLESS-STEEL TOILET COMPARTMENTS _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install units rigid, straight, level, and plumb. Secure units in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. 1. Full-Height (Continuous) Brackets: Secure panels to walls and to pilasters with full- height brackets. a. Locate bracket fasteners so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints. b. Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls. B. Urinal Screens: Attach with anchoring devices to suit supporting structure. Set units level and plumb, rigid, and secured to resist lateral impact. END OF SECTION 10 21 13.14 Cornell University 10 28 00-1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 SECTION 10 28 00 – TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Public-use washroom accessories. 2. Childcare accessories. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for access by people with disabilities, and for proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of accessories. 1.4 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Provide products indicated. No substitutions will be considered or allowed. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. 1.6 WARRANTY PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PUBLIC-USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIES A. Source Limitations: Obtain public-use washroom accessories from single source from single manufacturer, unless otherwise noted. B. Grab Bar (9, 9A): 1. Basis-of-Design Product: a. Model B-6806; Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. 2. Mounting: Flanges with concealed fasteners. 3. Material: Stainless steel, 0.05 inch thick. a. Finish: Smooth, No. 4 finish (satin) on ends and slip-resistant texture in grip area. 4. Outside Diameter: 1-1/2 inches. 5. Configuration and Length: As indicated on Drawings. Cornell University 10 28 00-2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 C. Toilet Tissue (Roll) Dispenser (6, 6A): 1. Description: Surface-mounted double roll holder. 2. Provide the following: Kubic Toilet Tissue Holder 4609 as manufactured by Ginger Co. a. Finish: SN Satin Nickel D. Robe Hook (11, 11A): 1. Description: Surface-mounted robe hook. 2. Provide the following: Kubic Single Robe Hook 4610 as manufactured by Ginger Co. a. Finish: SN Satin Nickel E. Toilet Tissue (Jumbo-Roll) Dispenser (10, 10A): 1. Description: Surface-mounted double roll holder. 2. Provide the following: Surface-Mounted Twin Jumbo-Roll Toilet Tissue Dispenser B- 2892 as manufactured Bobrick. a. Finish: SST Stainless Steel, satin finish. F. Waste Receptacle (3A): 1. Description: Recessed waste receptacle. 2. Provide the following: Recessed Waste Receptacle B-3644 as manufactured by Bobrick. a. Finish: SST Stainless Steel, satin finish. G. Combination Towel (Folded) Dispenser/Waste Receptacle (3B): 1. Description: Recessed folded paper towel dispenser and waste receptacle. 2. Provide the following: ClassicSeries Recessed Convertible Paper Towel Dispenser B- 3944 and Waste Receptacle as manufactured by Bobrick. a. Finish: SST Stainless Steel, satin finish. H. Combination Towel (Roll) Dispenser/Waste Receptacle (3): 1. Description: Recessed roll paper towel dispenser and waste receptacle. 2. Provide the following: ClassicSeries Recessed Convertible Automatic Universal Roll Paper Towel Dispenser and Waste Receptacle B-3974 as manufactured by Bobrick. a. Finish: SST Stainless Steel, satin finish. I. Automatic Lotion-Soap Dispenser (2): 1. Description: Wall-mounted, automatic dispenser with infrared sensor to detect presence of hands; battery powered; designed for dispensing soap in lotion form. 2. Provide the following: Surface-Mounted Sensor-Operated Soap Dispenser G-950SA as manufactured by Gamco USA, a division of Bobrick. a. Finish: SST Stainless Steel, satin finish. J. Circular Waste Chute in Countertop (6/A-420): 1. Description: In-countertop mounted waste chute 2. Provide the following: Circular Waste Chute B-529 as manufactured by Bobrick. a. Finish: SST Stainless Steel, bright polished finish. Cornell University 10 28 00-3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 K. Sanitary-Napkin Disposal Unit (8, 16, 16A): 1. Description: Recessed sanitary napkin disposal unit. 2. Provide the following: Recessed Sanitary Napkin Disposal B-35303 as manufactured by Bobrick. a. Finish: SST Stainless Steel, satin finish. L. Sanitary-Napkin / Tampon Dispenser (13): 1. Description: Recessed Napkin/ Tampon Dispenser. 2. Provide the following: TrimLineSeries Recessed Napkin/Tampon Vendor B-37063 as manufactured by Bobrick. a. Finish: SST Stainless Steel, satin finish. M. Seat-Cover Dispenser (15, 15A, 16B): 1. Description: Recessed toilet-seat-cover dispenser. 2. Provide the following: Recessed Toilet-Seat-Cover Dispenser B-3013 as manufactured by Bobrick. a. Finish: SST Stainless Steel, satin finish. 2.2 CHILDCARE ACCESSORIES A. Diaper-Changing Station (14): 1. Description: Horizontal Wall-Mounted Baby changing station with stainless steel veneer. 2. Provide the following: KB200-01SS Grey as manufactured by Koala Kare Products. 2.3 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate units with tight seams and joints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and access panels with full-length, continuous hinges. Equip units for concealed anchorage and with corrosion-resistant backing plates. B. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. B. Grab Bars: Install to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, when tested according to ASTM F 446. Cornell University 10 28 00-4 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES _____________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 10 28 00 Cornell University 12 36 61.16-1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS __________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 SECTION 12 36 61.16 - SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Solid surface material countertops. 2. Solid surface material backsplashes. 3. Solid surface material end splashes. 4. Solid surface material apron fronts. 1.3 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Provide products indicated. No substitutions will be considered or allowed. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For countertop materials. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions of countertops by field measurements before countertop fabrication is complete. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate locations of utilities that will penetrate countertops or backsplashes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP MATERIALS A. Solid Surface Material: Homogeneous-filled plastic resin complying with ICPA SS-1. 1. Provide the following: Viatera by LG a. Color: As indicated on Drawings. 2.2 COUNTERTOP FABRICATION A. Fabricate countertops according to solid surface material manufacturer's written instructions and to the AWI/AWMAC/WI's "Architectural Woodwork Standards." 1. Grade: Premium. 2. Front: Straight, slightly eased at top. Cornell University 12 36 61.16-2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS __________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 3. Backsplash: Straight, slightly eased at corner. 4. End Splash: Matching backsplash. B. Countertops: 1/2-inch-thick, solid surface material with front edge built up with same material. C. Backsplashes: 1/2-inch-thick, solid surface material. D. Fabricate tops in on piece with shop-applied edges unless otherwise indicated. Comply with solid surface material manufacturer's written instructions for adhesives, sealers, fabrication, and finishing. 1. Fabricate with loose backsplashes for field assembly. E. Cutouts and Holes: 1. Undercounter Plumbing Fixtures: Make cutouts for fixtures in shop using template or pattern furnished by fixture manufacturer. Form cutouts to smooth, even curves. a. Provide vertical edges, slightly eased at juncture of cutout edges with top and bottom surfaces of countertop and projecting 3/16 inch into fixture opening. 2. Fittings: Drill countertops in shop for plumbing fittings, undercounter soap dispensers, waste chutes, and similar items. 2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Adhesive: Product recommended by solid surface material manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates to receive solid surface material countertops and conditions under which countertops will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of countertops. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install countertops level to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8 feet. B. Fasten countertops by screwing through corner blocks of base units into underside of countertop. Predrill holes for screws as recommended by manufacturer. Align adjacent surfaces and, using adhesive in color to match countertop, form seams to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Carefully dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches, and clean entire surface. 1. Install backsplashes and end splashes to comply with manufacturer’s written instructions for adhesives, sealers, fabrication, and finishing. C. Install backsplashes and end splashes by adhering to wall and countertops with adhesive. Mask areas of countertops and splashes adjacent to joints to prevent adhesive smears. Cornell University 12 36 61.16-3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS __________________________________________________________________________________ SWBR ARCHITECTS © Project No. 15535.00 9/09/2015 D. Install aprons to backing and countertops with adhesive. Mask areas of countertops and splashes adjacent to joints to prevent adhesive smears. Fasten by screwing through backing. Predrill holes for screws as recommended by manufacturer. E. Apply sealant to gaps at walls. END OF SECTION 12 36 61.16 Cornell University 22 05 00 - 1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220500-BasicPlbgRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 SECTION 22 05 00 - BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all labor, tools, materials, accessories, parts, transportation, taxes, and related items, essential for installation of the work and necessary to make work, complete, and operational. Provide new equipment and material unless otherwise called for. References to codes, specifications and standards called for in the specification sections and on the drawings mean, the latest edition, amendment and revision of such referenced standard in effect on the date of these contract documents. All materials and equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 1.2 LICENSING A. The Contractor shall hold a license to perform the work as issued by the authority having jurisdiction. 1.3 PERMITS A. Apply for and obtain all required permits and inspections, pay all fees and charges including all service charges. Provide certificate of approval from the City of Ithaca prior to request for final payment. B. Provide electrical inspection certificate of approval from Middle Department Inspection Agency, Commonwealth Inspection Agency, or an Engineer approved Inspection Agency prior to request for final payment. 1.4 CODE COMPLIANCE A. Provide work in compliance with the following: 1. Building Code of New York State. 2. Mechanical Code of New York State. 3. Plumbing Code of New York State. 4. Fire Code of New York State. 5. New York State Department of Labor Rules and Regulations. 6. National Electrical Code (NEC). 7. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 8. Local Codes and Ordinances. Cornell University 22 05 00 - 2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220500-BasicPlbgRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 9. Life Safety Codes, NFPA 101. 1.5 GLOSSARY ACI American Concrete Institute AGA American Gas Association AGCA Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. AIA American Institute of Architects AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AFBMA Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturer's Association AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. ANSI American National Standards Institute ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing Materials AWSC American Welding Society Code AWWA American Water Works Association FM Factory Mutual Insurance Company IBR Institute of Boiler & Radiation Manufacturers IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IRI Industrial Risk Insurers NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association NESC National Electrical Safety Code NFPA National Fire Protection Association NYS/DEC New York State Department of Environmental Conservation SBI Steel Boiler Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association UFPO Underground Facilities Protective Organization UL Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration Cornell University 22 05 00 - 3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220500-BasicPlbgRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 XL - GAP XL Global Asset Protection Services 1.6 DEFINITIONS Acceptance Owner acceptance of the project from Contractor upon certification by Owner's Representative. As Specified Materials, equipment including the execution specified/shown in the contract documents. Basis of Design Equipment, materials, installation, etc. on which the design is based. (Refer to the article, Equipment Arrangements, and the article, Substitutions.) Code Requirements Minimum requirements. Concealed Work installed in pipe and duct shafts, chases or recesses, inside walls, above ceilings, in slabs or below grade. Coordination Drawings Show the relationship and integration of different construction elements and trades that require careful coordination during fabrication or installation, to fit in the space provided or to function as intended. Delegated-Design Services (Performance and Design criteria for Contractor provided professional services). Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of a Contractor, by the Contract Documents. Provide products and systems with the specific design criteria indicated. If criteria indicated is insufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to the Engineer. Submit wet signed and sealed certification by the responsible design professional for each product and system specifically assigned to the Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional. Examples: structural maintenance ladders, stairs and platforms, pipe anchors, seismic compliant system, wind, structural supports for material equipment, sprinkler hydraulic calculations. Equal, Equivalent, Equal To, Equivalent To, As Directed and As Required Shall all be interpreted and should be taken to mean "to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Exposed Work not identified as concealed. Extract Carefully dismantle and store where directed by Owner's Representative and/or reinstall as indicated on drawings or as described in specifications. Furnish Purchase and deliver to job site, location as directed by the Owner's Representative. Inspection Visual observations by Owner's site Representative. Cornell University 22 05 00 - 4 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220500-BasicPlbgRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 Install Store at job site if required, proper placement within building construction including miscellaneous items needed to affect placement as required and protect during construction. Take responsibility to mount, connect, start-up and make fully functional. Labeled Refers to classification by a standards agency. Manufacturers Refer to the article, Equipment Arrangements, and the article, Substitutions. Prime Professional Architect or Engineer having a contract directly with the Owner for professional services. Product Data Illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, wiring diagrams, finishes, or other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the work. Provide (Furnish and Install) Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and supplies necessary to install and place in operating condition, unless otherwise specifically stated. Relocate Disassemble, disconnect, and transport equipment to new locations, then clean, test, and install ready for use. Remove Dismantle and take away from premises without added cost to Owner, and dispose of in a legal manner. Review and Reviewed Should be taken to mean to be followed by "for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Roughing Pipe, duct, conduit, equipment layout and installation. Samples Physical full scale examples which illustrate materials, finishes, coatings, equipment or workmanship, and establishes standards by which work will be judged. Satisfactory As specified in contract documents. Shop Drawings Fabrication drawings, diagrams, schedules and other instruments, specifically prepared for the work by the Contractor or a Sub-contractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the work. Site Representative Owner's Inspector or "Clerk of Works" at the work site. Submittals Defined (Technical) Any item required to be delivered to the Engineer for review as requirement of the Contract Documents. The purpose of technical submittals is to demonstrate for those portions of the work for which a submittal is required, the manner in which the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and design concepts expressed and required by the Contract Documents. Cornell University 22 05 00 - 5 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220500-BasicPlbgRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 1.7 SHOP DRAWINGS/PRODUCT DATA/SAMPLES A. Provide submittals on all items of equipment and materials to be furnished and installed. Submittals shall be accompanied by a transmittal letter, stating name of project and contractor, name of vendor supplying equipment, number of drawings, titles, specification sections (name and number) and other pertinent data called for in individual sections. Submittals shall have individual cover sheets that shall be dated and contain: Name of project; name of prime professional; name of prime contractor; description or names of equipment, materials and items; and complete identification of locations at which materials or equipment are to be installed. Individual piecemeal or incomplete submittals will not be accepted. Similar items, (all types specified) shall be submitted at under one cover sheet per specification section (e.g. valves, plumbing fixtures, etc.). Number each submittal by trade. Indicate deviations from contract requirements on Letter of Transmittal. Submittals will be given a general review only. Corrections or comments made on the Submittals during the review do not relieve Contractor from compliance with requirements of the drawings and specifications. The Contractor is responsible for: confirming and correcting all quantities; checking electrical characteristics and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating his work with that of all other trades; and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. If submitting hard copies, submit four (4) copies for review. B. The Engineer will review up to two (2) submissions of any single submittal. The Contract will be invoiced on an hourly rate basis for the time spent reviewing the same shop drawing in excess of twice. C. If submittals are to be submitted electronically, all requirements in Item A apply. Submittals shall be emailed in PDF format to specific email address provided by the Construction Manager, General Contractor, Architect or Project Manager. Name of project shall be in subject line of email. Send emails to merochsubmittalclerk@meengineering.com. 1.8 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS A. The contract documents are prepared using one manufacturer as the Basis of Design, even though other manufacturers' names are listed. If Contractor elects to use one of the listed manufacturers other than Basis of Design, submit detailed drawings, indicating proposed installation of equipment. Show maintenance clearances, service removal space required, and other pertinent revisions to the design arrangement. Make required changes in the work of other trades, at no increase in any contract. Provide larger motors, feeders, breakers, and equipment, additional control devices, valves, fittings and other miscellaneous equipment required for proper operation, and assume responsibility for proper location of roughing and connections by other trades. Remove and replace doorframes, access doors, walls, ceilings, or floors required to install other than Basis of Design. If revised arrangement submittal is rejected, revise and resubmit specified Basis of Design item which conforms to Contract Documents. Cornell University 22 05 00 - 6 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220500-BasicPlbgRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS A. If Contractor desires to bid on any other kind, type, brand, or manufacture of material or equipment than those named in specifications, secure prior approval. To request such approval, Contractor shall submit complete information comparing (item-for-item) material or equipment offered with design material or equipment. Include sufficient information to permit quick and thorough comparison, and include performance curves on same basis, capacities, power requirements, controls, materials, metal gauges, finishes, dimensions, weights, etc., of major parts. If accepted, an addendum will be issued to this effect ahead of bid date. Unless such addendum is issued, substitution offered may not be used. 1.10 ROUGHING A. The Contract Drawings have been prepared in order to convey design intent and are diagrammatic only. Drawings shall not be interpreted to be fully coordinated for construction. B. Due to small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, changes in elevation, interferences, etc. Make necessary changes in contract work, equipment locations, etc., as part of a contract to accommodate work to obstacles and interferences encountered. Before installing, verify exact location and elevations at work site. DO NOT SCALE plans. If field conditions, details, changes in equipment or shop drawing information require an important rearrangement, report same to Owner's Representative for review. Obtain written approval for all major changes before installing. C. Install work so that items both existing and new are operable and serviceable. Eliminate interference with removal of coils, motors, filters, belt guards and/or operation of doors. Provide easy, safe, and code mandated clearances at controllers, motor starters, valve access, and other equipment requiring maintenance and operation. Provide new materials, including new piping and insulation for relocated work. D. Coordinate work with other trades and determine exact route or location of each duct, pipe, conduit, etc., before fabrication and installation. Coordinate with Architectural Drawings. Obtain from Owner's Representative exact location of all equipment in finished areas, such as thermostat, fixture, and switch mounting heights, and equipment mounting heights. Coordinate all work with the architectural reflected ceiling plans and/or existing Architecture. Mechanical and electrical drawings show design arrangement only for diffusers, grilles, registers, air terminals, lighting fixtures, sprinklers, speakers, and other items. Do not rough-in contract work without reflected ceiling location plans. Cornell University 22 05 00 - 7 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220500-BasicPlbgRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 E. Before roughing for equipment furnished by Owner or in other contracts, obtain from Owner and other Contractors, approved roughing drawings giving exact location for each piece of equipment. Do not "rough in" services without final layout drawings approved for construction. Cooperate with other trades to insure proper location and size of connections to insure proper functioning of all systems and equipment. For equipment and connections provided in this contract, prepare roughing drawing as follows: 1. New Equipment: Obtain equipment roughing drawings and dimensions, then prepare roughing-in-drawings. If such information is not available in time, obtain an acknowledgement in writing, then make space arrangements as required with Owner's Representative. 1.11 REMOVAL WORK A. Where existing equipment removals are called for, submit complete list to Owner's Representative. All items that Owner wishes to retain that do not contain asbestos or PCB Material shall be delivered to location directed by Owner. Items that Owner does not wish to retain shall be removed from site and legally disposed of. Removal and disposal of material containing asbestos, lead paint, mercury and PCB's shall be in accordance with Federal, State and Local law requirements. Where equipment is called for to be relocated, contractor shall carefully remove, clean and recondition, then reinstall. Remove all abandoned piping, wiring, equipment, lighting, ductwork, tubing, supports, fixtures, etc. Visit each room, crawl spaces, and roofs to determine total Scope of Work. The disturbance or dislocation of asbestos-containing materials causes asbestos fibers to be released into the building's atmosphere, thereby creating a health hazard to workmen and building occupants. Consistent with Industrial Code Rule 56 and the content of recognized asbestos-control work, the Contractor shall apprise all of his workers, supervisory personnel, subcontractors, Owner and Consultants who will be at the job site of the seriousness of the hazard and of proper safeguards and work procedures which must be followed, as described in New York State Department of Labor Industrial Code Rule 56. B. For materials indicated to contain lead, that are being affected by demolition or construction, the contractor shall be in accordance with all Federal, State and Local law requirements regarding worker exposure to lead disturbance and abatement procedures. C. Refer to the Owner's Lead Paint Survey. The Survey identifies the surfaces within the buildings that were tested for lead by collecting paint samples and performing laboratory analysis. If any unidentified surfaces are to be impacted the lead content shall be tested by analytical determinations conducted by a qualified laboratory approved by the Owner. The contractor shall review the current owner’s lead paint reports on file before starting any work which may disturb existing surfaces. Cornell University 22 05 00 - 8 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220500-BasicPlbgRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 1.12 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL INSTALLATION A. Provide materials that meet the following minimum requirements: 1. Materials shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less and a smoke developed rating of 50 or less, in accordance with NFPA 255. 2. All equipment and material for which there is a listing service shall bear a UL label. 3. Potable water systems and equipment shall be built according to AWWA Standards. 4. Gas-fired equipment and system shall meet AGA Regulations and shall have AGA label. 5. Electrical equipment and systems shall meet UL Standards and requirements of the NEC. B. Exterior and wet locations shall utilize materials, equipment supports, mounting, etc. suitable for the intended locations. Metals shall be stainless steel, galvanized or with baked enamel finish as a minimum. Finishes and coatings shall be continuous and any surface damaged or cut ends shall be field corrected in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Hardware (screws, bolts, nuts, washers, supports, fasteners, etc.) shall be: 1. Stainless steel where the associated system or equipment material is stainless steel or aluminum. 2. Hot dipped galvanized or stainless steel where the associated system or equipment is steel, galvanized steel or other. 1.13 CONCEALMENT A. Conceal all contract work above ceilings and in walls, below slabs, and elsewhere throughout building. If concealment is impossible or impractical, notify Owner's Representative before starting that part of the work and install only after his review. In areas with no ceilings, install only after Owner's Representative reviews and comments on arrangement and appearance. 1.14 CHASES A. New Construction: 1. Certain chases, recesses, openings, shafts, and wall pockets will be provided as part of General Construction Contract. Mechanical and Electrical Contracts shall provide all other openings required for their contract work. Cornell University 22 05 00 - 9 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220500-BasicPlbgRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 2. Check Architectural and Structural Design and Shop Drawings to verify correct size and location for all openings, recesses and chases in general building construction work. 3. Assume responsibility for correct and final location and size of such openings. 4. Rectify improperly sized, improperly located or omitted chases or openings due to faulty or late information or failure to check final location. 5. Provide 18 gauge galvanized sleeves and inserts. Extend all sleeves 2 in. above finished floor. Set sleeves and inserts in place ahead of new construction, securely fastened during concrete pouring. Correct, by drilling, omitted or improperly located sleeves. Assume responsibility for all work and equipment damaged during course of drilling. Firestop all unused sleeves. 6. Provide angle iron frame where openings are required for contract work, unless provided by General Construction Contractor. B. In Existing Buildings: 1. Drill holes for floor and/or roof slab openings. 2. Multiple pipes smaller than 1 in. properly spaced and supported may pass through one 6 in. or smaller diameter opening. 3. Seal voids in fire rated assemblies with a fire-stopping seal system to maintain the fire resistance of the assembly. Provide 18 gauge galvanized sleeves at fire rated assemblies. Extend sleeves 2 in. above floors. 4. In wall openings, drill or cut holes to suit. Provide 18 gauge galvanized sleeves at shafts and fire rated assemblies. Provide fire-stopping seal between sleeves and wall in drywall construction. Provide fire stopping similar to that for floor openings. 1.15 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING A. Fire-Stopping for Openings Through Fire and Smoke Rated Wall and Floor Assemblies: 1. Provide materials and products listed or classified by an approved independent testing laboratory for "Penetration Fire-Stop Systems". The system shall meet the requirements of "Fire Tests of Penetrations Fire-Stops" designated ASTM E814. 2. Provide fire-stop system seals at all locations where piping, tubing, conduit, electrical busways/cables/wires, ductwork and similar utilities pass through or penetrate fire rated wall or floor assembly. Provide fire-stop seal between sleeve and wall for drywall construction. Cornell University 22 05 00 - 10 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220500-BasicPlbgRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 3. The minimum required fire resistance ratings of the wall or floor assembly shall be maintained by the fire-stop system. The installation shall provide an air and watertight seal. 4. The methods used shall incorporate qualities which permit the easy removal or addition of electrical conduits or cables without drilling or use of special tools. The product shall adhere to itself to allow repairs to be made with the same material and permit the vibration, expansion, and/or contraction of any items passing through the penetration without cracking, crumbling and resulting reduction in fire rating. 5. Plastic pipe/conduit materials shall be installed utilizing intumescent collars. 6. Provide a submittal including products intended for use, manufacturer's installation instructions, and the UL details for all applicable types of wall and floor penetrations. 7. Fire-stopping products shall not be used for sealing of penetrations of non-rated walls or floors. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Dow Corning Fire-Stop System Foams and Sealants. 2. Nelson Electric Fire-Stop System Putty, CLK and WRP. 3. S-100 FS500/600, Thomas & Betts. 4. Carborundum Fyre Putty. 5. 3-M Fire Products. 6. Hilti Corporation. 1.16 NON-RATED WALL PENETRATIONS A. Each trade shall be responsible for sealing wall penetrations related to their installed work, including but not limited to ductwork, piping, conduits, etc. See individual specification sections for requirements. Cornell University 22 05 00 - 11 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220500-BasicPlbgRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 1.17 SUPPORTS A. Provide required supports, beams, angles, hangers, rods, bases, braces, and other items to properly support contract work. Modify studs, add studs, add framing, or otherwise reinforce studs in metal stud walls and partitions as required to suit contract work. If necessary, in stud walls, provide special supports from floor to structure above. For precast panels/planks and metal decks, support mechanical/electrical work as determined by manufacturer and the Engineer. Provide heavy gauge steel mounting plates for mounting contract work. Mounting plates shall span two or more studs. Size, gauge, and strength of mounting plates shall be sufficient for equipment size, weight, and desired rigidity. B. Equipment, piping, conduit, raceway, etc. supports shall be installed to minimize the generation and transmission of vibration. C. Materials and equipment shall be solely supported by the building structure and connected framing. Gypboard, ceilings, other finishes, etc. shall not be used for support of materials and equipment. 1.18 ACCESS PANELS A. Provide access panels for required access to respective Contract work. Location and size shall be the responsibility of each Contract. Bear cost of construction changes necessary due to improper information or failure to provide proper information in ample time. Access panels over 324 square inches shall have two cam locks. Provide proper frame and door type for various wall or ceiling finishes. Access panels shall be equal to "Milcor" as manufactured by Inland Steel Products Co., Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Provide Contractor for General Trades with a set of architectural plans with size and approximate locations of access panels shown. 1.19 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Contractor is responsible for draining, filling, venting, chemically treating and restarting any systems which are affected by work shown on the Contract Documents unless specifically noted otherwise. B. Provide roughing and final water, waste or vent connections to all equipment. Provide loose key stops, sanitary "P" traps, tailpiece, adapters, gas or air cocks, and all necessary piping and fittings from roughing point to equipment. Provide installation of sinks, faucets, traps, tailpiece furnished by others. Provide cold water line with gate valve and backflow prevention device at locations called for. Provide continuation of piping and connection to equipment that is furnished by others. Provide relief valve discharge piping from equipment relief valves. C. Provide valved water outlet adjacent to equipment requiring same. Provide equipment type floor drains, or drain hubs, adjacent to equipment. D. Install controls and devices furnished by others. Cornell University 22 05 00 - 12 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220500-BasicPlbgRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 E. Refer to Contract Documents for roughing schedules, and equipment and lists indicating scope of connections required. F. Provide for Owner furnished and Contractor furnished equipment all valves, piping, piping accessories, traps, pressure reducing valves, gauges, relief valves, vents, drains, as required. 1.20 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Provide complete power connections to all electrical equipment. Provide control connections to equipment. Heavy duty NEC rated disconnect ahead of each piece of equipment. Ground all equipment in accordance with NEC. B. Provide for Owner furnished and Contractor furnished equipment all power wiring, electric equipment, control wiring, switches, lights, receptacles, and connections as required. 1.21 STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Store Materials on dry base, at least 6 in. aboveground or floor. Store so as not to interfere with other work or obstruct access to buildings or facilities. Provide waterproof/windproof covering. Remove and provide special storage for items subject to moisture damage. Protect against theft or damage from any cause. Replace items stolen or damaged, at no cost to Owner. 1.22 FREEZING AND WATER DAMAGE A. Take all necessary precautions with equipment, systems and building to prevent damage due to freezing and/or water damage. Repair or replace, at no change in contract, any such damage to equipment, systems, and building. Perform first seasons winterizing in presence of Owner's operating staff. 1.23 RECORD DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall obtain at his expense one (1) set of construction Contract Drawings, (including non-reproduction black and white prints and one set of reproducible mylars or electronic files) for the purpose of recording as-built conditions. B. The Contractor shall perform all survey work required for the location and construction of the work and to record information necessary for completion of the record drawings. Record drawings shall show the actual location of the constructed facilities in the same manner as was shown on the bid drawings. All elevations and dimensions shown on the drawings shall be verified or corrected so as to provide a complete and accurate record of the facilities as constructed. Cornell University 22 05 00 - 13 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220500-BasicPlbgRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 C. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to mark EACH sheet of the contract documents in red pencil and to record thereon in a legible manner, any and all approved field changes and conditions as they occur. A complete file of approved field sketches, diagrams, and other changes shall also be maintained. At completion of the work, the complete set of red marked contract documents, plus all approved field sketches and diagrams shall be submitted to the engineer and used in preparation of the record drawings. D. A complete set of red marked contract drawings shall be submitted, at one time, as the "Record" set. If there are no changes to a specific drawing, the contractor shall write "NO CHANGES" on that drawing. ALL drawings shall be included in the "Record" set. E. The complete set of red marked Contract Documents, completed reproducible mylar or electronic files shall be certified by the Contractor as reflecting record conditions and submitted to the engineer for review. F. Once the as-built drawings have been approved, the Contractor shall have the set scanned or converted to electronic files and submit to the Engineer as the "Record Set". 1.24 FINAL INSPECTION A. Upon completion of all Engineering Site Observation list items, the Contractor shall provide a copy of the Engineering Site Observation Report back to the Engineer with each items noted as completed or the current status of the item. Upon receipt, the Engineer will schedule a final review. 1.25 CLEANING A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to keep clean all equipment and fixtures provided under this contract for the duration of the project. Each trade shall keep the premises free from an accumulation of waste material or rubbish caused by his operations. The facilities require an environment of extreme cleanliness, and it is the Contractor's responsibility to adhere to the strict regulations regarding procedures on the existing premises. After all tests are made and installations completed satisfactorily: 1. Thoroughly clean entire installation, both exposed surfaces and interiors. 2. Remove all debris caused by work. 3. Remove tools, surplus, materials, when work is finally accepted. END OF SECTION 22 05 00 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Cornell University 22 05 23 - 1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations VALVES M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220523-15B100-Valves.doc 09/09/2015 SECTION 22 05 23 - VALVES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, equipment and services to perform operations required for the complete installation and related Work as required in Contract Document. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data in accordance with Basic Mechanical and Electrical Requirements. Obtain approval prior to ordering material. B. Provide submittals for all items specified under Part 2 of this section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 VALVES - GENERAL A. Valves shall have following requirements: 1. Working pressure stamped or cast on bodies. 2. Stem packing serviceable without removing valve from line. 3. All items here-in used to convey water for potable use shall be lead free in accordance with NSF Standard, Standard 61, Section 9 - Standard for Drinking Water and Lavatory Faucets and NSF Standard 372 - Maximum Lead Requirements. Compliance shall be via third party testing and certification. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Ball Valves: Apollo, Hammond, Milwaukee, Nibco, Watts. 2. Gate Valves: Hammond, Milwaukee, Nibco, Stockham, Watts. 3. To establish a standard of quality and identify features, certain manufacturer's numbers are given in the following paragraphs. 2.2 DOMESTIC WATER VALVES A. Gate Valves: 1. 3 in. and Smaller: Bronze, solid wedge disc, rising stem, 125 SWP; Milwaukee 1152 (threaded ends, union bonnet) or Milwaukee 149 (sweat ends, threaded bonnet.) Cornell University 22 05 23 - 2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations VALVES M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220523-15B100-Valves.doc 09/09/2015 B. Ball Valves: 1. 3 in. and Smaller: Lead-free, 3-piece brass body, 316 stainless steel ball, full port, teflon seats and stem packing, separate packing and handle nut, blowout proof stem extended for insulation, vinyl insulator for handle, 600 WOG, 125 SWP; Watts LFB6800 Series (threaded ends) or Watts LFB6801 series (sweat ends). C. Hose Thread Drain Valves: 1. Ball valve, bronze body, hardened chrome ball with hose thread end, cap and chain; Watts #B6001CC (sweat connection), Watts #B6000CC (threaded connection). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide all shutoff, valves as indicated, as required by Code and as required for proper system maintenance, isolation and safety. Provide at major building and systems sections. Provide shutoff valves on all branch lines serving two fixtures or more, at all equipment, fixtures, before and after automatic control valves, and at future connections. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. Install valves with stems at or above the horizontal position. C. Provide drain valves with hose thread connections on all equipment. Provide hose thread drain valves at all low points to enable complete drainage of all piping systems including, water mains, branches, at base of vertical risers and at strainers. D. Inspect valves for proper operation before installation. END OF SECTION 22 05 23 Cornell University 22 05 53 - 1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220553-15B190-PlumbingIdentification.doc 09/09/2015 SECTION 22 05 53 - PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, equipment and services as required for the complete installation designed in Contract Documents. 1.2 QUALIFICATIONS A. All identification devices shall comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, length of color field, colors, and viewing angles. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for each identification material and device. Submit valve schedule for each piping system typewritten on an 8-1/2 in. x 11 in. paper (minimum), indicating valve number, location and valve function. Submit schedule of pipe, equipment and name identification for review before stenciling or labeling. 1.4 MAKES A. Allen Systems, Inc., Brady (W.H.) Co.; Signmark Div., Industrial Safety Supply Co., Inc., Seton Name Plate Corp. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each application. In cases where there is more than one type specified for an application, selection is installer's option, but provide single selection for each product category. B. All adhesives used for labels in the interior of the building shall comply with the maximum Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) limits as called for in the current version of U.S. Green Building Council LEED Credits EQ 4.1 and EQ 4.2. C. For work within an existing building, the mechanical identification shall meet the intent of this section, but match the Owner's existing identification symbology. Cornell University 22 05 53 - 2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220553-15B190-PlumbingIdentification.doc 09/09/2015 2.2 PIPING IDENTIFICATION A. Identification Types: 1. Pressure Sensitive Type: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, permanent adhesive, color coded, pressure sensitive vinyl pipe markers complying with ANSI A13.1. Provide a 360° wrap of flow arrow tape at each end of pipe label. 2. Snap-On Type: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, semi rigid snap-on, color coded pipe markers, complying with ANSI-A13.1. 3. Stencil Paint: Apply black or yellow stencil paint directly to covering or bare pipe; color to contrast with background. Stencil as follows: O.D. PIPE OR COVERING SIZE STENCIL LETTER 3/4 in., 1 in., 1-1/4 in. 1/2 in. 1-1/2 in., 2 in. 3/4 in. 2-1/2 in. and over 1 in. B. Lettering: 1. Piping labeling shall conform to the following list: PIPE FUNCTION IDENTIFICATION Cold Water DOMESTIC COLD WATER Hot Water DOMESTIC HOT WATER Hot Water Recirculating DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRCULATING Sanitary Waste SANITARY WASTE Vent VENT 2.3 VALVE IDENTIFICATION A. Valve Tags: 1. Standard brass valve tags, 2 in. diameter with 1/2 in. high black-filled numerals. Attach to valve with brass jack chain and "S" hook. Identify between heating and plumbing services with 1/4 in. letters above the valve number. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Seton Style No. M4507, or approved equal. B. Valve Chart: 1. Provide valve chart for all valves provided as a part of this project. Frame and place under clear glass. Mount in Mechanical Room. Cornell University 22 05 53 - 3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220553-15B190-PlumbingIdentification.doc 09/09/2015 2.4 ABOVE CEILING EQUIPMENT LOCATOR A. 3/4 in. diameter adhesive stickers placed on ceiling grid and color-coded. B. The color for all plumbing valves shall be BLUE. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Provide valve tags for all valves provided on project. B. Provide piping identification with directional flow arrows for all piping on project, maximum intervals of 20'-0". For piping installed through rooms, provide at least one (1) pipe label in each room, for each pipe function. END OF SECTION 22 05 53 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Cornell University 22 07 00 - 1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations INSULATION M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220700-15B250-Insulation.doc 09/09/2015 SECTION 22 07 00 - INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, equipment and services to perform operations required for the complete installation and related Work as required in Contract Documents. 1.2 SUBMITTAL A. Shall include product description, manufacturer's installation instructions, types and recommended thicknesses for each application, and location of materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Insulation, jackets, adhesive, and coatings shall comply with the following: 1. Treatment of jackets or facing for flame and smoke safety must be permanent. Water-soluble treatments not permitted. 2. Insulation, including finishes and adhesives on the exterior surfaces of pipes and equipment, shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less and a smoke developed rating of 50 or less. 3. Asbestos or asbestos bearing materials are prohibited. 4. Comply with 2012 International Energy Conservation Code as amended by Chapter 2 of the 2014 Supplement to the New York State Energy Conservation Code, titled "Amendments to the 2012 IECC". 5. All adhesives and sealants used for insulation in the interior of the building shall comply with the maximum Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) limits as called for in the current version of U.S. Green Building Council LEED Credits EQ E4.1 and EQ E4.2. 6. Provide materials which are the standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture of such products and that essentially duplicate items that have been in satisfactory use for at least 2 years prior to bid opening. Provide insulation systems in accordance with the approved MICA or NAIMA Insulation Standards. 7. Insulation shall be clearly marked with manufacturer's name, identification of installed thermal resistance (R) value, out-of-package R value, flame spread and smoke developed indexes in accordance with Energy Code requirements. Cornell University 22 07 00 - 2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations INSULATION M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220700-15B250-Insulation.doc 09/09/2015 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Fiberglass: Knauf, Manville, Owen-Corning, Certainteed B. Adhesives: Childers Products, Foster. 2.3 PIPE INSULATION (RIGID FIBERGLASS TYPE) A. Glass Fiber: Pipe Insulation meeting ASTM C 547, ASTM C 585, and ASTM C 795; rigid, molded, noncombustible. B. 'K' Value: ASTM C 335, 0.23 at 75°F mean temperature. Maximum Service Temperature: 1000°F. C. Vapor Retarder Jacket: ASJ/SSL conforming to ASTM C 1136 Type I, secured with self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. D. Field-Applied PVC Fitting Covers with Flexible Fiberglass Insulation: Proto Corporation 25/50 or Indoor/Outdoor, UV-resistant fittings, jacketing and accessories, white or colored. Fitting cover system shall consist of pre-molded, high-impact PVC materials with blanket type fiberglass wrap inserts. Blanket fiberglass wrap inserts shall have a thermal conductivity ('K') of 0.26 at 75°F mean temperature. Closures shall be stainless steel tacks, matching PVC tape, or PVC adhesive per manufacturer's recommendations. E. Prefabricated Thermal Insulating Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C 450 for dimensions used in pre-forming insulation to cover valves, elbows, tees, and flanges. F. Wrap shall be fully tested against external fires (ASTM E 119/UL263), through penetration insulated piping fires (ASTM 814/UL1479), wall fires (ASTM E 119), and surface burning (ASTM E 84/UL723). Wrap for engine exhaust applications shall use two layers of 1-1/2 in. wrap. The interior layer shall be applied with a butt joint. The second layer shall be offset a minimum of six inches from the initial layer, with an overlap of three inches and the insulated pipe is banded with stainless steel straps. G. Acceptable Manufacturers: John Mansville Firetemp Wrap, Certainteed FlameChek or approved equal. 2.4 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS A. Piping: 1. PVC Pipe Jacket: High-impact, ultraviolet-resistant PVC; 20 mils thick; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer. PVC Jacket Color: White. Cornell University 22 07 00 - 3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations INSULATION M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220700-15B250-Insulation.doc 09/09/2015 2.5 PIPE SUPPORT INSULATION INSERTS A. 20 lbs./cu. ft. molded fiberglass, for -120°F to +450°F service temperature, non- combustible, 0.30 thermal conductivity (k), same thickness as pipe insulation. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: Hamfab "H" Block, or approved equal. 2.6 MATERIALS AND SCHEDULES A. See Exhibits at the end of this section. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All materials shall be installed by skilled labor regularly engaged in this type of work. All materials shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, building codes, and industry standards. B. Locate insulation and cover seams in the least visible location. All surface finishes shall be extended in such a manner as to protect all raw edges, ends and surfaces of insulation. No glass fibers shall be exposed to the air. C. All pipe insulation shall be continuous through hangers, sleeves, walls, ceiling, floor, or roof openings, unless not allowed by fire stop system. D. Provide thermal insulation on clean, dry surfaces and after piping and equipment (as applicable) have been tested. Do not cover pipe joints with insulation until required tests are completed. E. All cold surfaces that may "sweat" must be insulated. Vapor barrier must be maintained; insulation shall be applied with a continuous, unbroken moisture and vapor seal. All hangers, supports, anchors, or other projections that are secured to cold surfaces shall be insulated and vapor sealed to prevent condensation. Cover valves, fittings and similar items in each piping system with insulation as applied to adjoining pipe run. Extra care must be taken on piping appurtenances to insure a tight fit to the piping system. F. Provide protective insulation as required to prevent personal injury. G. All pipes shall be individually insulated. H. If any insulation material becomes wet because of transit or job site exposure to moisture or water, the contractor shall not install such material, and shall remove it from the job site. I. All exposed surfaces shall be white, unless noted otherwise. Cornell University 22 07 00 - 4 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations INSULATION M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220700-15B250-Insulation.doc 09/09/2015 3.2 PIPE INSULATION A. Insulate piping systems including fittings, valves, flanges, unions, and other attachments installed in piping system, whether exposed or concealed. B. Insulation installed on piping operating below ambient temperatures must have a continuous vapor retarder. All joints, seams and fittings must be sealed. Insulation shall be continuous through hangers on all water piping and storm water piping. C. Hanger Shields: Refer to Section "Piping Systems and Accessories". D. Hanger shields shall be installed between hangers or supports and the piping insulation. Rigid insulation inserts shall be installed as required between the pipe and the insulation shields. Inserts shall be of equal thickness to the adjacent insulation and shall be vapor sealed as required. 1. Pre-Insulated Type: Butt insulation to hanger shields and apply a wet coat of vapor barrier cement to the joints and seal with 3 in. wide vapor barrier tape. 2. Field Insulated Type: Provide Hamfab Co. "H" blocks per manufacturers recommended spacing between pipe and shield. 3. Tape shields to insulation. E. Joints in section pipe covering made as follows: 1. All ends must be firmly butted and secured with appropriate butt-strip material. On high-temperature piping, double layering with staggered joints may be appropriate. When double layering, the inner layer should not be jacketed. 2. Standard: Longitudinal laps and butt joint sealing strips cemented with white vapor barrier coating, or factory supplied pressure sensitive adhesive lap seal. 3. Vapor Barrier: For cold services, Longitudinal laps and 4 in. vapor barrier strip at butt joints shall be sealed with white vapor barrier coating. Seal ends of pipe insulation at valves, flanges, and fittings with white vapor barrier coating. F. Fittings, Valves and Flanges: 1. Domestic Hot and Cold Water: Premolded fitting insulation of the same material and thickness as the adjacent pipe insulation. 2. White PVC jacketing, with continuous solvent weld of all seams. Tape all fittings. G. Apply PVC jacket where indicated, with 1 in. overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Seal with manufacturers recommended adhesive. Cornell University 22 07 00 - 5 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations INSULATION M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220700-15B250-Insulation.doc 09/09/2015 H. Apply or PVC jacketing to exposed insulated pipe, valves, fittings, and specialties, at an elevation of 8 feet or less above finished floor in mechanical/electrical rooms, penthouses, and services aisles/pipe chases. Jacketing for piping in existing areas shall match existing jacketing. I. All exposed piping less than 8'-0" above finished floor in occupied spaces shall be insulated with polyisocyanurate insulation (for cold services) or calcium silicate (for hot services) and rigid fiberglass fittings. All exposed piping shall have a continuous 30 mil thick white PVC jacketing. J. Provide insulation on exposed hot and cold plumbing piping to within 18 in. of fixture or equipment connection. K. Insulate exposed domestic water and waste piping for plumbing fixtures designated for use by the handicapped. 3.3 EXISTING INSULATION A. Patch existing insulation damaged during the course of the work. B. Insulate existing piping and equipment as called for. C. Jacketing for piping in existing areas shall match existing jacketing. Cornell University 22 07 00 - 6 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations INSULATION M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-220700-15B250-Insulation.doc 09/09/2015 EXHIBIT "I" - PIPE INSULATION MATERIALS (Note at end of Exhibit "I") SERVICE INSULATION MATERIAL THICKNESS REMARKS Domestic cold water Glass fiber 4 in. and larger: 1 in. 3 in. and smaller: 1/2 in. SEE NOTE 1 Domestic hot, tempered and circulation water (up to 140°) Glass fiber All sizes: 1 in. SEE NOTE 1 NOTES FOR EXHIBIT I: NOTE 1: Exposed insulation shall be covered with PVC jacket. END OF SECTION 22 07 00 Cornell University 22 10 10 - 1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations PIPING SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-221010-15B060-PipingSystemsAndAccessories.doc 09/09/2015 SECTION 221010 - PIPING SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, equipment and services to perform operations required for the complete installation and related Work as required in Contract Documents. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Provide a schedule of pipe materials, fittings and connections. B. Provide a detailed matrix listing the specific UL approved firestop system assembly to be used for each type of piping provided and each type of construction to be penetrated along with all associated UL assembly details. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Pipe and fittings shall be new, marked with manufacturer's name and comply with applicable ASTM and ANSI Standards. B. All items here-in used to convey water for potable use shall be lead free in accordance with NSF, Standard 61, Section 9 - Standard for Drinking Water and Lavatory Faucets and NSF Standard 372 - Maximum Lead Requirements. Compliance shall be via third party testing and certification. 2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe: ASTM B88; Type K or L, hard temper. Soft temper only as called for. Plans show copper tube sizes. B. Tees, Elbows, Reducers: Wrought copper, ASME B16.22 or cast bronze, ASME B16.18; solder end connections. C. Unions and Flanges: 2 in. and smaller use unions, solder type, cast bronze, ground joint, 150 lb. swp: 2-1/2 in. and over use flanges, cast bronze, companion type, ASME drilled, solder connection, 150 lb. swp. D. Flux Materials: Flux shall comply with ASTM B813 and the provisions of the New York State Plumbing Code. E. Solder Materials: No-lead solder, using alloys made from tin, copper, silver and nickel. Harris, Inc., "Stay-Safe 50" and "Bright", Engelhard "Silvabright 100", Canfield "Watersafe" or approved equal. Cornell University 22 10 10 - 2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations PIPING SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-221010-15B060-PipingSystemsAndAccessories.doc 09/09/2015 F. Brazing Materials: Class BcuP-5 for brazing copper to brass, bronze to copper. Harris, Inc. "Stay-Silv 15" or approved equal. 2.3 COPPER DRAINAGE TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe: ASTM B306, Type DWV, hard temper. 1. Copper not allowed for urinal waste. B. Fittings: Wrought copper, ANSI B16.29 or cast bronze, ANSI B16.23; solder end connections. C. Flux Materials: Flux shall comply with ASTM B813 and the provisions of the New York State Plumbing Code. D. Solder Materials: No lead solder, using alloys made from tin, copper, silver and nickel. E. Acceptable Manufacturers: Harris, Inc., "Stay-Safe 50" and "Bright", Engelhard "Silvabright 100", Canfield "Watersafe", or approved equal. 2.4 HUB AND SPIGOT CAST IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe: ASTM A74 service weight cast iron, bitumen coated. B. Fittings: Cast iron, service weight, hub and spigot, drainage pattern, bitumen coated. C. Connections: ASTM C564 neoprene gaskets and lubricant. D. All cast iron soil pipe and fittings shall be marked with the collective trademark of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI) and be listed by NSF International. 2.5 NO-HUB CAST IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe: ASTM A888, CISPI Standard 301, no-hub cast iron, bitumen coated. 1. For above grade only. B. Fittings: Cast iron, no-hub drainage pattern, bitumen coated. C. Couplings: 1. 1-1/2 in. to 2 in.: CISPI standard 310 with 300 series stainless steel corrugated shield and clamp assembly with ASTM C564 neoprene sealing sleeve (or) same as specified for 3 in. and larger. Cornell University 22 10 10 - 3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations PIPING SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-221010-15B060-PipingSystemsAndAccessories.doc 09/09/2015 2. 3 in. and Larger: 24 gauge, Type 304 stainless steel housing clamp assembly with ASTM C564 neoprene sealing sleeve, 60 in. lbs. minimum torque rating, shall meet requirements of pipe manufacturer and shall be compatible with specified pipe. Acceptable Manufacturers: Clamp-All Coupling System, Tyler "Wide Body", Husky "Series 2000", Mission "Heavy Weight" or approved equal. D. All cast iron soil pipe and fittings shall be marked with the collective trademark of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI) and be listed by NSF International. 2.6 SPECIAL FITTINGS A. Cast Iron to Lead Pipe: Red brass ferrules and wiped joints. Caulk ferrule into cast iron hub. B. Copper to Cast Iron: Cast bronze, cast iron to sweat adapter. C. Steel to Cast Iron: Cast iron soil pipe connector with spigot and IPS male thread end (Manhoff fittings). D. No-Hub, Cast Iron, Proper adapter to piping being connected. 2.7 HANGERS, INSERTS AND SUPPORTS A. Hangers, Inserts, Clamps: B-Line, Grinnell, Michigan Hanger, PHD Manufacturing. B. Hangers: 1. Adjustable, wrought malleable iron or steel with electroplated zinc or cadmium finish. Copper plated or PVC coated where in contact with copper piping. 2. Adjustable ring type where piping is installed directly on hanger for piping 3 in. and smaller. 3. Adjustable steel clevis type for piping 4 in. and larger. 4. Nuts, washers and rods with electroplated zinc or cadmium finish. 5. Provide hot dipped galvanized finish for hangers and accessories installed in exterior locations and interior areas with moist environment conditions such as pools, pool filter rooms, areaways, garages and similar areas. C. Spacing Schedule: Pipe Size Copper Cast Iron Rod Size 3/4 in. to 1 in. 6 ft. Each Horizontal 3/8 in. 1-1/4 in. to 2 in. 6 ft. Joint 5 ft. 3/8 in. 2-1/2 in. to 4 in. 10 ft. Maximum O.C. 1/2 in. Cornell University 22 10 10 - 4 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations PIPING SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-221010-15B060-PipingSystemsAndAccessories.doc 09/09/2015 D. Cast Iron No-Hub Supports: 1. In accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Vertical piping supported at each stack base and at each floor. Freestanding vertical pipe should be adequately staked or braced during construction to maintain alignment. Bases of stacks shall be supported on concrete, brick laid in cement mortar, metal brackets attached to the building construction or by other methods approved by the Owner's Representative. 3. Horizontal piping supported within 24 in. each side of the coupling joint at 10 ft. intervals for 10 ft. pipe lengths and at 5 ft. intervals for 5 ft. pipe lengths. Supports or hangers placed to maintain alignment and grade with provision made to prevent shear. Greater than 3 in. diameter pipe braced at changes of direction to prevent horizontal movement. E. Beam Attachments: 1. C-Clamp style, locknut, restraining strap, electroplated finish, UL listed, FM approved for pipe sizes 2 in. and smaller. 2. Center loaded style with clamp attachments that engage both edges of beam, electroplated finish, UL listed, FM approved, for pipe sizes larger than 2 in., refer to "Supports" for additional requirements. F. Inserts: Carbon steel body and square insert nut, galvanized finish, maximum loading 1300 lbs., for 3/8 in. to 3/4 in. rod sizes, reinforcing rods on both sides, MSS-SP-69 Type 19 or approved equal. G. Supports: 1. Provide intermediate structural steel members where required for hanger attachment. Members shall span across the bar joists at panel points of joists. Secure member to structure. Select size of members based on a minimum factor of safety of four. 2. For Weights Under 1000 lbs.: "Drill-In" inserts, "U" shaped Channel, beam clamps or other structurally reviewed support. The factor of safety shall be at least four. Follow manufacturer's recommendations. 3. For Weights Above 1000 lbs.: Drill through floor slabs and provide flat flush plate welded to top of rod or provide additional "Drill-In" inserts and hangers to reduce load per hanger below 1000 lbs. 4. Acceptable Manufacturers: Hilti, ITW Ramset, Phillips "Red Head" or approved equal. Cornell University 22 10 10 - 5 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations PIPING SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-221010-15B060-PipingSystemsAndAccessories.doc 09/09/2015 H. Trapeze Hangers: 1. For plumbing systems only. 2. Hangers shall be supported with rod sized with a safety factor of four. 3. May be manufactured type "U" shaped channel, or suitable angle iron or channel. Round off all sharp edges. 4. Securely fasten piping to trapeze with "U" bolt or pipe clamps, dissimilar metals shall not touch, use isolation gaskets. Fasten piping to trapeze at every third support. 5. Acceptable Manufacturers: B-Line, Kindorf, Unistrut or approved equal. I. Hanger Insulation Shields: 1. Hanger insulation shields shall be provided for all water and storm water piping. Hangers shall attach directly to pipe for all remaining services. 2. Piping 2 in. and Smaller: Pipe insulated with glass fiber insulation shall be protected at point of support by a sheet metal shield. Shield shall be #18 gauge, galvanized steel, minimum 120 degree arc, formed to fit insulation thickness and 12 in. long. Tape shields to pipe insulation. 3. Piping 3 in. and Larger: Pipe insulated with glass fiber insulation shall be protected at point of support by a sheet metal shield and pipe support insulation insert(s) between pipe and hanger. Shield shall be #18 gauge, galvanized steel, minimum 120 degree arc, formed to fit insulation thickness and 12 in. long. Tape shields to pipe insulation. Provide temporary blocking to maintain proper spacing for insulation. J. Piping systems with material not listed above shall be supported and protected in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2.8 PIPING ACCESSORIES A. Escutcheon Plates: Steel or cast brass, split hinge type with setscrew, high plates where required for extended sleeves. Chrome plated in finished areas and at plumbing fixtures. B. All cleanout plugs, bushings and nipples, required for instruments and gauges shall be brass. Cornell University 22 10 10 - 6 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations PIPING SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-221010-15B060-PipingSystemsAndAccessories.doc 09/09/2015 2.9 SLEEVES A. Standard Type: 1. Schedule 40 black steel pipe sleeves for structural surfaces, two pipe sizes larger than the pipe, and as recommended by the sealing element manufacturer. Provide full circle water stop collar for sleeves located within below grade walls, wet wells and waterproofed surfaces. The collar shall be fabricated from steel plate and welded to the sleeve around its entire circumference. 2. Schedule 40 PVC sleeves or sheet metal sleeves for nonstructural surfaces and existing construction. Sheet metal sleeves shall be 18 gauge minimum and braced to prevent collapsing. 2.10 FIRESTOP SYSTEM FOR OPENINGS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALL AND FLOOR ASSEMBLIES A. Materials for firestopping seals shall be listed by an approved independent testing laboratory for "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems". The system shall meet the standard fire test for Through-Penetration Firestop Systems designated ASTM E814. Firestop system seals shall be provided at locations where piping pass through fire rated wall, floor/ceiling, or ceiling/roof assembly. Minimum required fire resistant ratings of the assembly shall be maintained by the Firestop System. Installation shall conform with the manufacturer's recommendations and other requirements necessary to meet the testing laboratory's listing for the specific installation. 2.11 PIPING MATERIALS AND SCHEDULE A. See Exhibit "A", "Schedule of Piping Materials" at end of this Section for (Plumbing) piping. B. See Exhibit "B", "Testing" at end of this Section. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Install equipment and systems in accordance with provisions of each applicable Section of these Specifications, and Local/State Codes/Regulations having jurisdiction. Accurately establish grade and elevation of piping before setting sleeves. Install piping without springing or forcing, except where specifically called for, making proper allowance for expansion and anchoring. Changes in sizes shall be made with reducing fittings. Reducing couplings are not acceptable. Arrange piping at equipment with necessary offsets, unions, flanges, and valves, to allow for easy part removal and maintenance. Offset piping and change elevation as required to coordinate with other work. Avoid contact with other mechanical or electrical systems. Provide adequate Cornell University 22 10 10 - 7 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations PIPING SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-221010-15B060-PipingSystemsAndAccessories.doc 09/09/2015 means of draining and venting units, risers, circuits and systems. Conceal piping unless otherwise called for. Copper tubing shall be cut with a wheeled tubing cutter or other approved copper tubing cutter tool. The tubing must be cut square to permit proper joining with the fittings. Ream pipes after cutting and clean before installing. Cap or plug equipment and pipe openings during construction. Install piping parallel with lines of building, properly spaced to provide clearance for insulation. Make changes in direction and branch connections with fittings. Do not install valves, unions and flanges in inaccessible locations. Materials within a system and between systems shall be consistent. If this is not possible, install dielectric fittings. 3.2 PIPING OVER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Contractor shall route piping to avoid installation directly over electric equipment, including, but not limited to panels, transformers, disconnects, starters, motor control center, adjustable speed drives and fused switches. B. Piping shall not be installed in the dedicated electric and working space as defined by NEC 110. Dedicated electrical space is generally equal to the depth and width of electrical equipment, and extends 6 ft. above the electrical equipment, or to a structural ceiling. Dedicated working space is a minimum of 30 in. wide or the width of equipment (whichever is larger) a minimum of 6 ft.-6 in. tall, with a depth of 3ft. to 9 ft. depending on the voltage. 3.3 HANGERS, INSERTS AND SUPPORTS A. Piping shall not be supported by wires, band iron, chains, from other piping, or by vertical expansion bolts. Support piping with individual hangers from concrete inserts, wood construction, welded supports, or beams clamps of proper configuration and loading design requirements for each location; replace if not suitable. Follow manufacturer's safe loading recommendations. Suspend with rods of sufficient length for swing and of size called for, using four (4) nuts per rod. Provide additional structural steel members, having one coat rustproof paint, where required for proper support. Provide oversized hangers where insulation/supports must pass between pipe and hanger. Provide continuous support or extra supports for plastic piping per manufacturer's requirements. Hangers, when attached to joists, shall only be placed at the top or bottom chord panel point. Only concentric type hangers are permissible on piping larger that 2- 1/2 in.; "C" types are permitted for piping 2 in. and smaller on joists. Provide riser clamps for each riser at each floor. Use trapeze hangers where a group of piping can be installed. 3.4 PIPE CONNECTIONS A. No-Lead Solder Connections: Nonacid flux and clean off excess flux and solder. B. Brazed Connections: Make joints with silver brazing alloy in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove working parts of valves before applying heat. Cornell University 22 10 10 - 8 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations PIPING SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-221010-15B060-PipingSystemsAndAccessories.doc 09/09/2015 C. Threaded Connections: Clean out tapering threads, made up with pipe dope; screwed until tight connection. Pipe dope must be specifically selected for each application. D. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type and thickness for service applications. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. 3.5 SLEEVES A. Provide for pipes passing through floors, walls or ceilings. Not required for floors that are core-drilled, except where floor is waterproofed. B. Extend 1/8 in. above finished floor in finished areas. In above grade Mechanical Rooms and other areas with floor drains, use steel pipe sleeves 2 in. above floor. C. Use steel pipe sleeves in bearing wall, structural slabs, beams and other structural surfaces, and where called for. D. Sleeves shall be as small as practical, consistent with insulation, so as to preserve fire rating. E. Fill abandoned sleeves with concrete. F. Provide rubber grommet seals for pipes passing through ducts or air chambers or built-up housings. 3.6 SLEEVE PACKING A. Seal void space at sleeves as follows: 1. Interior Locations: Firmly pack with fiberglass and caulk. 2. Cored Holes: Use sealing element. 3. Fire Rated, Partitions and Floor Slabs: Use fire rated sealing elements, materials and methods. Provide per manufacturer's instructions to maintain firestop. 4. Waterproofed Walls/Floors: Use waterproof sealing element, device or compound. 3.7 ESCUTCHEON PLATES A. Provide polished chrome setscrew type escutcheon plates for all exposed piping passing through floors, walls or ceilings, in all rooms except in Boiler, Fan and Mechanical Rooms. Cornell University 22 10 10 - 9 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations PIPING SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-221010-15B060-PipingSystemsAndAccessories.doc 09/09/2015 3.8 TESTS A. Refer to Exhibit "B" at the end of this section for testing of Plumbing Systems. B. Provide all necessary items to complete proper testing of work. Perform all testing in accordance with governing Codes, local utilities and other agencies having jurisdiction and as specified. Pay all costs to perform tests. Perform all testing in a safe manner. Isolate existing systems. C. Domestic Water: 1. Do not cover joints with insulation until required tests are completed and the Owner's Representative accepts the system. 2. Make leaks tight; no caulking permitted. Replace defective fittings, pipe or connections. Piping shall be tight and show no loss of pressure. 3. Air test not acceptable as final test. 4. Confirm in writing that tests and flushing have been conducted and successfully completed. Submit copy of the test report to Owner's Representative. D. Sanitary and Storm: 1. There shall be no loss of water when testing interior piping. 2. Air test not acceptable as final test. 3. Should any leaks, defective joints or defective construction be detected in sewers and/or floors or walls of appurtenant structures, they shall be permanently stopped. Should any defective pipes, fitting or accessories be discovered they shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 4. Confirm in writing that tests have been conducted and successfully completed. Submit copy of the test report to Owner's Representative. 3.9 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING CLEANING AND DISINFECTION A. Cleaning and disinfecting shall be in accordance with requirements of New York State Department of Health and authority having jurisdiction. Prior to disinfecting, flush piping to remove any sediment and debris. B. Clean and disinfect water distribution piping systems and parts of existing potable water systems that have been altered, extended or repaired. Cornell University 22 10 10 - 10 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations PIPING SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-221010-15B060-PipingSystemsAndAccessories.doc 09/09/2015 C. After disinfection procedures, submit water samples in sterile bottles to an approved Department of Health Laboratory. Samples shall be proven equal to the water quality served to the public from the existing water supply system and acceptable to the Department of Health. Flush and disinfect all sections of pipe that fail the laboratory tests. Submit test results indicating water is potable. 3.10 PIPE LINE SIZING A. Pipe sizes called for are to be maintained. Pipe size changes made only as reviewed by Owner's Representative. Where discrepancy in size occurs, the larger size shall be provided. Cornell University 22 10 10 - 11 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations PIPING SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-221010-15B060-PipingSystemsAndAccessories.doc 09/09/2015 EXHIBIT "A" - PIPING MATERIALS (PLUMBING) (Notes at end of Exhibit "A") SERVICE PIPE MATERIALS FITTINGS CONNECTIONS Domestic water interior/hot, cold and circulating 3 in. and smaller Type L copper Wrought copper or cast bronze No-lead solder Domestic water interior/hot, cold and circulating 4 in. and larger Type L copper Wrought copper Brazed Sanitary and sanitary vent Service weight cast iron soil pipe Cast iron hub and spigot Neoprene compression type gasket Service weight cast iron soil pipe No hub No hub neoprene gasket and stainless steel clamp assembly Type DWV copper Wrought copper No-lead solder (SEE NOTE 1) NOTES FOR EXHIBIT A: NOTE 1: Copper piping shall not be used for urinal waste piping. EXHIBIT "B" - TESTING SERVICE TEST REQUIREMENTS Domestic water Test hydrostatically at 150 PSI for two (2) hours or at 1.5 times the working pressure when working pressure exceeds 100 PSI Sanitary, sanitary vent, storm Maintain 10 ft. head of water for two (2) hours. END OF SECTION 22 10 10 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Cornell University 22 11 00 - 1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations WATER SUPPLY M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-221100-15B410-WaterSupply.doc 09/09/2015 SECTION 22 11 00 - WATER SUPPLY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, equipment and services to perform operations required for the complete installation and related Work as required in Contract Documents. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Follow all requirements, recommendations and appendices to comply with the following publications, codes, standards, and listings/approvals: 1. ANSI/AWWA C600: AWWA Standard for Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances. 2. NFPA 24: Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances. 3. New York State Health Department. 4. Local municipality and fire department requirements and standards. 5. All items here-in used to convey water for potable use shall be lead free in accordance with NSF 61, Standard 61, Section 9 - Standard for Drinking Water and Lavatory Faucets and NSF Standard 372 - Maximum Lead Requirements. Compliance shall be via third party testing and certification. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals for all items specified under Part 2 of this Section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WATER PIPING A. Piping Materials: Refer to Specification Section 221010 "Piping Systems and Accessories." 2.2 VACUUM BREAKERS A. Atmospheric Type: 1. Lead free brass body, silicone disc, ASSE 1001, threaded inlet and outlet connections, polished chrome for finished areas. 2. Design Equipment: Watts Series #LF288-A Cornell University 22 11 00 - 2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations WATER SUPPLY M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-221100-15B410-WaterSupply.doc 09/09/2015 3. Acceptable Manufacturers: Watts, Conbraco, Zurn or approved equal. B. Hose Connection Type: 1. Brass body, stainless steel working parts, rubber diaphragm and disc, drainable, non removable feature, polished chrome for finished areas. 2. Design Equipment: Watts #8A. 3. Acceptable Manufacturers: Watts, Conbraco, Zurn or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Coordinate work with all other trades. B. Inspect pipe, fittings and equipment prior to installation. Remove all defective materials from the site. C. Install pipe and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and in a workmanlike manner as determined by the Owner's Representative. 3.2 PIPING A. Run slightly off level to low points; provide drain valves at low points. Provide shock absorbers where shown, or specified. Branch headers serving flush valves shall be full size as shown. All supply piping to fixtures, faucets, hydrants and flush valves shall be anchored to prevent movement. B. Provide shock absorbers where flush valves and quick closing valves are used as specified in Section 223010. 3.3 CLEANING AND DISINFECTING A. Refer to Specification Section 221010, "Piping Systems and Accessories" for domestic water piping cleaning and disinfecting requirements. 3.4 TESTS A. Provide all necessary items to complete proper testing of work. Perform all testing in accordance with governing codes, and other agencies having jurisdiction and as specified. Pay all costs to perform tests. Perform all testing in a safe manner. B. Test each vacuum breaker according to authorities having jurisdiction and the device's reference standard. Cornell University 22 11 00 - 3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations WATER SUPPLY M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-221100-15B410-WaterSupply.doc 09/09/2015 C. Refer to Specification Section 221010, "Piping Systems and Accessories" for pipe testing requirements. END OF SECTION 22 11 00 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Cornell University 22 13 00 - 1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations SANITARY, WASTE AND STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEMS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-221300-15B411-SanitaryWasteAndStormDrainageSystems.doc 09/09/2015 SECTION 22 13 00 - SANITARY, WASTE AND STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, equipment and services to perform operations required for the complete installation and related Work as required in Contract Documents. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals for all items specified under Part 2 of this section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PLUMBING DRAINAGE SYSTEM A. Piping Materials: Refer to Section 221010 "Piping Systems and Accessories" for piping materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall verify inverts and locations. Any discrepancy between plans and field conditions shall be reported to the Owner or Engineer. No work shall start until discrepancies have been resolved. All costs related to Contractor's failure to verify and report discrepancies will be borne by the Contractor. B. Install pipe and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and in a workmanlike manner as determined by the Owner's Representative. 3.2 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Minimum Pitch: 2-1/2 in. and under - 1/4 in. per ft.; 3 in. and larger - 1/8 in. per ft. B. All underground sanitary piping shall be a minimum of 3 inch size. C. Urinal Waste: Copper is not allowed. D. Slope piping as indicated on drawing; verify inverts given. Inspect piping before installation to detect apparent defects. Remove defective piping from site. Lay piping beginning at low point of system, true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Install piping and gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and other special installation requirements. Clean interior of piping of dirt and other foreign material as work progresses. Place plugs in ends of pipe at end of day or whenever work stops. Flush lines if required to remove collected debris. Cornell University 22 13 00 - 2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations SANITARY, WASTE AND STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEMS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-221300-15B411-SanitaryWasteAndStormDrainageSystems.doc 09/09/2015 E. Inspect piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. Make inspections after lines have been installed and approximately 2 ft. of backfill is in place, and again at completion of project. If inspection indicates poor alignment, debris, displaced pipe, infiltration, or other defects, correct such defects, and reinspect. 3.3 TESTING A. Refer to Specification Section 221010, "Piping Systems and Accessories" for pipe testing requirements. END OF SECTION 22 13 00 Cornell University 22 30 10 - 1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations EQUIPMENT M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-223010-15B450-Equipment.doc 09/09/2015 SECTION 22 30 10 - EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, equipment and services to perform operations required for the complete installation and related Work as required in Contract Document. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals for all items specified under Part 2 of this section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FLOOR DRAINS - EXISITNG A. Drain Description: 1. Remove existing floor drain strainer and strainer head. Provide nickel bronze strainer and strainer head. Adjust top of strainer to meet level with new floor elevation. B. Make: Josam, Jay R. Smith, Wade, Watts or Zurn. 2.2 CLEANOUTS A. Floors: Cast iron body, nickel-bronze top with adjustable feature, bronze plug and flashing clamp where required, carpet marker and tile cover where applicable; Jay R. Smith Series #4028. B. Walls: Cast iron ferrule, with bronze plug and stainless steel smooth access cover. 1. Horizontal: Jay R. Smith Figure #4402. 2. Vertical: Jay R. Smith Figure #4531. C. Make: Josam, Jay R. Smith, Wade, Watts or Zurn. 2.3 HOSE BIBBS (INTERIOR) A. Inside sill faucet, vacuum breaker, lead-free, solder connection, 3/4 in. hose thread outlet, lock shield cap, loose key control, flanged female inlet, polished chrome plate finish for finished rooms, rough chromium for unfinished rooms. B. Make: Woodford Model 84, Prier, Chicago Faucets or Acorn in finished room; Chicago Faucets #998 in Mechanical Rooms, Boiler Room, Penthouse, or other unfinished rooms. Cornell University 22 30 10 - 2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations EQUIPMENT M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-223010-15B450-Equipment.doc 09/09/2015 2.4 SHOCK ABSORBERS A. Hydropenumatically controlled with permanently sealed expansion chamber pre-charged with non-combustible gas; lead-free, threaded connection, meets or exceeds Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard PDI WH-201 and ASSE Standard 1010. 1. Bellows Type: Stainless steel construction with stainless steel bellows. 2. Piston Type: Hard drawn copper body with brass piston, cap and adapter, and elastomer seals. B. Elastomer or rubber compound type bellows not allowed. C. Make: Watts #LF15M2, Precision Plumbing Products, Jay R. Smith, or Zurn. 2.5 TRAP PRIMERS A. Fully automatic, bronze body with vacuum breaker, actuated by drop in system water pressure, UPC listed, ASSE Standard No. 1018. B. Trap primer and distribution piping (1/2 in. Type L Copper) shall be provided for each new floor drain unless otherwise noted. C. Make: Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. Model P-1, Jay R. Smith, Watts or Zurn. 2.6 TRAP GUARDS A. Elastomeric, normally closed seal to prevent evaporation of P-traps. Inserts into throat of floor drain. Provide for each new floor drain. B. Make: ProVent Systems, Inc. "ProSet Trap Guard". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Plumbing Contractor shall: 1. Provide all roughing and final water, waste, and vent to all equipment requiring same as called for on Contract Documents. 2. Refer to Contract Documents for roughing schedules, and equipment and lists indicating scope of connections required. 3. Provide loose key stops, "P" traps, adapters, and all necessary piping and fittings from roughing point to equipment. Cornell University 22 30 10 - 3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations EQUIPMENT M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-223010-15B450-Equipment.doc 09/09/2015 4. Provide for installation of lavatories, faucets and soap dispensers, traps, tailpieces provided by The Owner. These items to be delivered, in easily identified cartons, to the proper room for Contractor's installation. 5. Install controls and devices furnished by others. 6. Provide for Owner furnished equipment: a. Connect complete and ready for use, including all valves, piping, piping accessories, traps, pressure reducing valves, gauges, relief valves, vents, drains, insulation, sheet metal work, controls, dampers, etc., as required by Owner. 3.2 CLEANOUTS A. Install cleanouts out of traffic patterns and flush to floor. Provide offset from sanitary line served. Do not locate under doors or under lockers. Maintain distance between cleanouts on piping 4 in. and smaller, 50 ft.; over 4 in., 100 ft. At changes in direction greater than 45°. Install at base of soil, waste, vent, stacks and roof conductors and where called for. B. Cleanouts: Same nominal size as pipe, but not larger than 4 in. 3.3 HOSE BIBBS A. Install at low points of piping system and within toilet rooms where floor drains exist. 3.4 SHOCK ABSORBERS A. Install in vertical position. 3.5 TRAP PRIMER A. Install in nearest cold water supply line that contains a flush valve. B. Provide 1/2 in. piping from trap primer to floor drain. Make final connection. END OF SECTION 22 30 10 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Cornell University 22 40 00 - 1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-224000-15B440-PlumbingFixturesAndTrim.doc 09/09/2015 SECTION 22 40 00 - PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, equipment and services to perform operations required for the complete installation and related Work as required in Contract Documents. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data in accordance with Basic Mechanical/Electrical Requirements. Obtain approval prior to ordering material. B. Provide submittals for all items specified under Part 2 - Products of this section. 1.3 DESCRIPTION OF FIXTURES A. Fixtures and trim shall be of those manufacturers listed, unless otherwise indicated. Fixtures for this project shall be of same manufacturer. 1. Fixtures: American Standard, Eljer, Kohler, Sloan, Watts or Zurn. 2. Faucets: Chicago Faucets, Sloan, Delta, Moen, Symmons, T&S Brass or Zurn. All faucets shall be lead-free in accordance with NSF 61 and NSF 372. 3. Flushometers: Sloan "Royal" or Zurn. 4. Closet Seats: Kohler, Bemis, Beneke, Church or Olsonite. 5. Fixture Carriers: Jay R. Smith, Watts, Wade, Josam or Zurn. 6. Sinks: Elkay, Just or Kohler. 7. Supplies, Stops and Traps: Brasscraft, EBC, McGuire or Sanitary Dash. B. Exposed parts of trim shall have polished chrome plated finish. C. Tubular drainage products ("P" traps, nipples, etc.) shall be 17 gauge brass. Cornell University 22 40 00 - 2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-224000-15B440-PlumbingFixturesAndTrim.doc 09/09/2015 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of the Plumbing Fixture Law of the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation. B. Comply with the American Disabilities Act Guidelines and ANSI A117.1 "Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities". C. All items here-in used to convey water for potable use shall be lead free in accordance with NSF Standard 61, Section 9 Standard for Drinking Water and Lavatory Faucets and NSF Standard 372 - Maximum Lead Requirements. Compliance shall be via third-party testing and certification. D. All fixture trim used to convey water for potable use shall be lead free. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WATER CLOSETS A. WC-A: 1. Kohler # K-4325 "Kingston," wall hung, vitreous china, siphon jet, elongated bowl, 1.28 GPF, fully glazed 2 in. ball pass trapway, with 1-1/2 in. top spud, fitted with following: a. FV-A flush valve as specified herein. b. Kohler # K-4731-GA, heavy duty, quiet close, white elongated solid plastic, open front closet seat with combination self-sustaining check hinges, less cover and with anti-microbial agent. c. Reuse existing fittings and carrier, provide new bolts and barrel to suit new wall thickness. B. WC-B (HDCP): 1. Kohler, wall hung, vitreous china, siphon jet, elongated bowl, 1.6 GPF, fully glazed 2 in. ball pass trapway, with 1-1/2 in. top spud, fitted with following: a. FV-A flush valve as specified herein. b. Kohler # K-4731-GA, heavy duty-quiet close white elongated solid plastic, open front closet seat with combination self-sustaining check hinges, less cover and with anti-microbial agent. c. Reuse existing fittings and carrier, provide new bolts and barrel to suit new wall thickness. Cornell University 22 40 00 - 3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-224000-15B440-PlumbingFixturesAndTrim.doc 09/09/2015 d. Mount at ADA required height and location or as shown on Architectural drawings. 2.2 URINALS A. UR-A: 1. Kohler # K-4989-T "Freshman" 1.0 GPF, wall hung, vitreous china, sipiton jet urinal with extended shields, outlet connection threaded 2 in. female, 3/4 in. top spud, fitted with following: a. FV- B flush valve as specified herein. b. Reuse existing carrier with rectangular uprights, bearing and base plates. B. UR-B (HDCP): 1. Kohler # K-4989-T "Freshman" 1.0 GPF, wall hung, vitreous china, sipiton jet urinal with extended shields, outlet connection threaded 2 in. female, 3/4 in. top spud, fitted with following: a. FV- B flush valve as specified herein. b. Jay R. Smith Series 637 carrier with rectangular uprights, bearing and base plates. c. Mount at ADA required height and location or as shown on Architectural drawings. Modify existing carrier to suit adjusted height urinal. 2.3 FLUSH VALVES A. FV-A Sloan # 111-1.28 SFSM (Single Flush, Side Mounted, 1.28) GPF, sensor operated, battery powered, closet flushometer, for left or right hand supplies, exposed diaphragm type, 1 in. screwdriver angle stop with vandal resistant metal cap and replaceable sensor window, bumper on stop, vacuum breaker, adjustable tailpiece, sweat solder adaptor kit, cast wall flange with set screw, override button, adjustable sensor on centerline of fixture, sentinel flush every 24 hours after last flush, low battery flashing LED and powered by (4) size AA batteries, 3 year battery life @ 4,000 flushes per month. B. FV-B: Sloan # 186-1 SFSM (Single Flush, Side Mounted, 1.0) GPF, sensor operated, battery powered, urinal flushometer, for left or right hand supplies, exposed diaphragm type, 3/4 in. screwdriver angle stop with vandal resistant metal cap and replaceable sensor window, vacuum breaker, adjustable tailpiece, sweat-solder adaptor kit, cast wall flange with set screw, override button with adjustable sensor on centerline of fixture, sentinel flush every 24 hours after last flush, low battery flashing LED and powered by four (4) size AA batteries, three (3) year battery life @ 4,000 flushes per month. Cornell University 22 40 00 - 4 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-224000-15B440-PlumbingFixturesAndTrim.doc 09/09/2015 2.4 LAVATORIES A. LAV-A (HDCP): 1. Kohler # K-2210-G under-mount, oval basin,vitreous china lavatory with overflow, fitted with the following: a. F-A faucet as specified herein. b. ESD soap dispenser as specified herein. c. McGuire #155-A chrome plated P.O. plug with open grid strainer and 1- 1/4 in., 17 gauge tailpiece. d. McGuire #8902 chrome plated, 17 gauge, 1-1/4 in. x 1-1/2 in. "P" trap with cleanout plug and cast brass escutcheon with set screw. e. McGuire #LF165LKF, lead-free, 3/8 in. chrome plated wall supplies with loose key angle stops, 12 in. long flexible risers, cast brass escutcheon with set screws. B. LAV-B (HDCP): 1. Kohler # K-2035-1 "Pinoir", 20 in. x 18 in., wall hung, vitreous china lavatory with single faucet hole, front overflow, self-draining deck and punching for concealed arm carrier, fitted with following: a. F- A faucet as specified herein. b. McGuire #155WC offset chrome plated P.O. plug with open grid strainer and 1-1/4 in., 17 gauge offset tailpiece. c. McGuire #8902 chrome plated, 17 gauge, 1-1/4 in. x 1-1/2 in. "P" trap with cleanout plug and cast brass escutcheon with set screw. d. McGuire # LF165LKF, lead-free, 3/8 in. chrome plated wall supplies with loose key angle stops, 12 in. long flexible risers, cast brass escutcheon with set screws. e. Jay R. Smith Series 700 concealed arm floor mounted carrier with rectangular uprights. f. Cover exposed waste, stops and supply piping with ADA conforming cover, Truebro, Inc. "Lav-Shield". g. Mount at ADA required height and location or as shown on Architectural drawings. Cornell University 22 40 00 - 5 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-224000-15B440-PlumbingFixturesAndTrim.doc 09/09/2015 2.5 FAUCETS A. F-A (Owner Furnished, Contractor Installed (OFCI)): 1. Sloan "Optima Plus" # EBF-650, battery powered, sensor activated, 4 inch center set electronic hand washing faucet. a. Splash proof circuit control module. b. Sensor range adjustment screw. c. "BDT," lead-free, thermostatic mixing valve below deck, 3/8 in. connections. d. (4) AA Batteries e. Sloan brushed nickel (PVD finish) 2.6 ELECTRONIC SOAP DISPENSER (OFCI) A. Sloan # ESD - 350 Battery powered, sensor activated: 1. (4) "D" sized batteries. 2. Low battery indicator. 3. Low soap level indicator. 4. Brushed nickel (PVD) finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Install fixtures, equipment and systems as shown on Drawings or specified herein in accordance with provisions of each applicable Specification Section and all local and state codes having jurisdiction. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING FIXTURES A. Install plumbing fixtures level and plumb, in accordance with fixture manufacturers written installation instructions. B. Carefully drill holes for through bolts to avoid chipping blocks or plaster. Cornell University 22 40 00 - 6 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-224000-15B440-PlumbingFixturesAndTrim.doc 09/09/2015 C. Anchor carriers to concrete floor with 1/2 in. x 3 in. anchor or thru-bolts and washers. Provide for drilling of floor and installation of expansion shields. Quantity of anchors: 1. Water Closets - Four (4). 2. Lavatories - Eight (8). 3. Urinals - Eight (8). D. Seal fixtures in contact with walls, floors and counters using a sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-resistant, silicone caulk. Match color to fixture color. E. Set under-mount lavatories with silicone caulk. F. Install wall-hanging, back-outlet water closets with support manufacturer's tiling frame or setting gage. G. Install wall-hanging, back-outlet urinals with gasket seals. H. Fasten wall-hanging plumbing fixtures securely to supports attached to building substrate when supports are specified and to building wall construction where no support is indicated. I. Fasten counter-mounting-type plumbing fixtures to casework. J. Metering faucets shall be adjusted for minimum ten (10) second run time, but not more than 0.25 gallons per cycle. K. Immediately after installation, provide protective covering over fixtures and trim. 3.3 MOUNTING HEIGHT AND LOCATION A. Mount fixtures at height and location as indicated on Architectural plans and elevations. B. Mount accessible fixtures in conformance with the requirements of ANSI A117.1. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Install piping connections between plumbing fixtures and piping systems and plumbing equipment specified in other sections of Division 22. Cornell University 22 40 00 - 7 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\plbg\150208-224000-15B440-PlumbingFixturesAndTrim.doc 09/09/2015 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Operate and adjust faucets and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning fixtures, fittings and controls. B. Adjust water pressure at electric water coolers, faucets and flush valves to provide proper flow and stream. C. Replace washers of leaking and dripping faucets and stops. D. Clean fixtures, fittings, spout and drain strainers with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. E. Test fixtures to demonstrate proper operation upon completion of installation and after units are water pressurized. Replace malfunctioning fixtures and components and retest. Repeat procedure until all units operate properly. END OF SECTION 22 40 00 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Cornell University 26 05 00 - 1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260500-BasicElectricalRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 SECTION 26 05 00 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all labor, tools, materials, accessories, parts, transportation, taxes, and related items, essential for installation of the work and necessary to make work, complete, and operational. Provide new equipment and material unless otherwise called for. References to codes, specifications and standards called for in the specification sections and on the drawings mean, the latest edition, amendment and revision of such referenced standard in effect on the date of these contract documents. All materials and equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 1.2 LICENSING A. The Contractor shall hold a license to perform the work as issued by the authority having jurisdiction. 1.3 PERMITS A. Apply for and obtain all required permits and inspections, pay all fees and charges including all service charges. Provide certificate of approval from the City of Ithaca prior to request for final payment. B. Provide electrical inspection certificate of approval from Middle Department Inspection Agency, Commonwealth Inspection Agency, or an Engineer approved Inspection Agency prior to request for final payment. 1.4 CODE COMPLIANCE A. Provide work in compliance with the following: 1. Building Code of New York State. 2. Mechanical Code of New York State. 3. Plumbing Code of New York State. 4. Fire Code of New York State. 5. New York State Department of Labor Rules and Regulations. 6. National Electrical Code (NEC). 7. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 8. Local Codes and Ordinances. Cornell University 26 05 00 - 2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260500-BasicElectricalRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 9. Life Safety Codes, NFPA 101. 1.5 GLOSSARY ACI American Concrete Institute AGA American Gas Association AGCA Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. AIA American Institute of Architects AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AFBMA Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturer's Association AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. ANSI American National Standards Institute ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing Materials AWSC American Welding Society Code AWWA American Water Works Association FM Factory Mutual Insurance Company IBR Institute of Boiler & Radiation Manufacturers IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IRI Industrial Risk Insurers NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association NESC National Electrical Safety Code NFPA National Fire Protection Association NYS/DEC New York State Department of Environmental Conservation SBI Steel Boiler Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association UFPO Underground Facilities Protective Organization UL Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration Cornell University 26 05 00 - 3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260500-BasicElectricalRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 XL - GAP XL Global Asset Protection Services 1.6 DEFINITIONS Acceptance Owner acceptance of the project from Contractor upon certification by Owner's Representative. As Specified Materials, equipment including the execution specified/shown in the contract documents. Basis of Design Equipment, materials, installation, etc. on which the design is based. (Refer to the article, Equipment Arrangements, and the article, Substitutions.) Code Requirements Minimum requirements. Concealed Work installed in pipe and duct shafts, chases or recesses, inside walls, above ceilings, in slabs or below grade. Coordination Drawings Show the relationship and integration of different construction elements and trades that require careful coordination during fabrication or installation, to fit in the space provided or to function as intended. Delegated-Design Services (Performance and Design criteria for Contractor provided professional services). Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of a Contractor, by the Contract Documents. Provide products and systems with the specific design criteria indicated. If criteria indicated is insufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to the Engineer. Submit wet signed and sealed certification by the responsible design professional for each product and system specifically assigned to the Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional. Examples: structural maintenance ladders, stairs and platforms, pipe anchors, seismic compliant system, wind, structural supports for material equipment, sprinkler hydraulic calculations. Equal, Equivalent, Equal To, Equivalent To, As Directed and As Required Shall all be interpreted and should be taken to mean "to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Exposed Work not identified as concealed. Extract Carefully dismantle and store where directed by Owner's Representative and/or reinstall as indicated on drawings or as described in specifications. Furnish Purchase and deliver to job site, location as directed by the Owner's Representative. Inspection Visual observations by Owner's site Representative. Cornell University 26 05 00 - 4 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260500-BasicElectricalRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 Install Store at job site if required, proper placement within building construction including miscellaneous items needed to affect placement as required and protect during construction. Take responsibility to mount, connect, start-up and make fully functional. Labeled Refers to classification by a standards agency. Manufacturers Refer to the article, Equipment Arrangements, and the article, Substitutions. Prime Professional Architect or Engineer having a contract directly with the Owner for professional services. Product Data Illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, wiring diagrams, finishes, or other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the work. Provide (Furnish and Install) Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and supplies necessary to install and place in operating condition, unless otherwise specifically stated. Relocate Disassemble, disconnect, and transport equipment to new locations, then clean, test, and install ready for use. Remove Dismantle and take away from premises without added cost to Owner, and dispose of in a legal manner. Review and Reviewed Should be taken to mean to be followed by "for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Roughing Pipe, duct, conduit, equipment layout and installation. Samples Physical full scale examples which illustrate materials, finishes, coatings, equipment or workmanship, and establishes standards by which work will be judged. Satisfactory As specified in contract documents. Shop Drawings Fabrication drawings, diagrams, schedules and other instruments, specifically prepared for the work by the Contractor or a Sub-contractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the work. Site Representative Owner's Inspector or "Clerk of Works" at the work site. Submittals Defined (Technical) Any item required to be delivered to the Engineer for review as requirement of the Contract Documents. The purpose of technical submittals is to demonstrate for those portions of the work for which a submittal is required, the manner in which the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and design concepts expressed and required by the Contract Documents. Cornell University 26 05 00 - 5 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260500-BasicElectricalRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 1.7 SHOP DRAWINGS/PRODUCT DATA/SAMPLES A. Provide submittals on all items of equipment and materials to be furnished and installed. Submittals shall be accompanied by a transmittal letter, stating name of project and contractor, name of vendor supplying equipment, number of drawings, titles, specification sections (name and number) and other pertinent data called for in individual sections. Submittals shall have individual cover sheets that shall be dated and contain: Name of project; name of prime professional; name of prime contractor; description or names of equipment, materials and items; and complete identification of locations at which materials or equipment are to be installed. Individual piecemeal or incomplete submittals will not be accepted. Similar items, (all types specified) shall be submitted at under one cover sheet per specification section (e.g. valves, plumbing fixtures, etc.). Number each submittal by trade. Indicate deviations from contract requirements on Letter of Transmittal. Submittals will be given a general review only. Corrections or comments made on the Submittals during the review do not relieve Contractor from compliance with requirements of the drawings and specifications. The Contractor is responsible for: confirming and correcting all quantities; checking electrical characteristics and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating his work with that of all other trades; and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. If submitting hard copies, submit four (4) copies for review. B. The Engineer will review up to two (2) submissions of any single submittal. The Contract will be invoiced on an hourly rate basis for the time spent reviewing the same shop drawing in excess of twice. C. If submittals are to be submitted electronically, all requirements in Item A apply. Submittals shall be emailed in PDF format to specific email address provided by the Construction Manager, General Contractor, Architect or Project Manager. Name of project shall be in subject line of email. Send emails to merochsubmittalclerk@meengineering.com. 1.8 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS A. The contract documents are prepared using one manufacturer as the Basis of Design, even though other manufacturers' names are listed. If Contractor elects to use one of the listed manufacturers other than Basis of Design, submit detailed drawings, indicating proposed installation of equipment. Show maintenance clearances, service removal space required, and other pertinent revisions to the design arrangement. Make required changes in the work of other trades, at no increase in any contract. Provide larger motors, feeders, breakers, and equipment, additional control devices, valves, fittings and other miscellaneous equipment required for proper operation, and assume responsibility for proper location of roughing and connections by other trades. Remove and replace doorframes, access doors, walls, ceilings, or floors required to install other than Basis of Design. If revised arrangement submittal is rejected, revise and resubmit specified Basis of Design item which conforms to Contract Documents. Cornell University 26 05 00 - 6 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260500-BasicElectricalRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS A. If Contractor desires to bid on any other kind, type, brand, or manufacture of material or equipment than those named in specifications, secure prior approval. To request such approval, Contractor shall submit complete information comparing (item-for-item) material or equipment offered with design material or equipment. Include sufficient information to permit quick and thorough comparison, and include performance curves on same basis, capacities, power requirements, controls, materials, metal gauges, finishes, dimensions, weights, etc., of major parts. If accepted, an addendum will be issued to this effect ahead of bid date. Unless such addendum is issued, substitution offered may not be used. 1.10 ROUGHING A. The Contract Drawings have been prepared in order to convey design intent and are diagrammatic only. Drawings shall not be interpreted to be fully coordinated for construction. B. Due to small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, changes in elevation, interferences, etc. Make necessary changes in contract work, equipment locations, etc., as part of a contract to accommodate work to obstacles and interferences encountered. Before installing, verify exact location and elevations at work site. DO NOT SCALE plans. If field conditions, details, changes in equipment or shop drawing information require an important rearrangement, report same to Owner's Representative for review. Obtain written approval for all major changes before installing. C. Install work so that items both existing and new are operable and serviceable. Eliminate interference with removal of coils, motors, filters, belt guards and/or operation of doors. Provide easy, safe, and code mandated clearances at controllers, motor starters, valve access, and other equipment requiring maintenance and operation. Provide new materials, including new piping and insulation for relocated work. D. Coordinate work with other trades and determine exact route or location of each duct, pipe, conduit, etc., before fabrication and installation. Coordinate with Architectural Drawings. Obtain from Owner's Representative exact location of all equipment in finished areas, such as thermostat, fixture, and switch mounting heights, and equipment mounting heights. Coordinate all work with the architectural reflected ceiling plans and/or existing Architecture. Mechanical and electrical drawings show design arrangement only for diffusers, grilles, registers, air terminals, lighting fixtures, sprinklers, speakers, and other items. Do not rough-in contract work without reflected ceiling location plans. Cornell University 26 05 00 - 7 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260500-BasicElectricalRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 E. Before roughing for equipment furnished by Owner or in other contracts, obtain from Owner and other Contractors, approved roughing drawings giving exact location for each piece of equipment. Do not "rough in" services without final layout drawings approved for construction. Cooperate with other trades to insure proper location and size of connections to insure proper functioning of all systems and equipment. For equipment and connections provided in this contract, prepare roughing drawing as follows: 1. New Equipment: Obtain equipment roughing drawings and dimensions, then prepare roughing-in-drawings. If such information is not available in time, obtain an acknowledgement in writing, then make space arrangements as required with Owner's Representative. 1.11 REMOVAL WORK A. Where existing equipment removals are called for, submit complete list to Owner's Representative. All items that Owner wishes to retain that do not contain asbestos or PCB Material shall be delivered to location directed by Owner. Items that Owner does not wish to retain shall be removed from site and legally disposed of. Removal and disposal of material containing asbestos, lead paint, mercury and PCB's shall be in accordance with Federal, State and Local law requirements. Where equipment is called for to be relocated, contractor shall carefully remove, clean and recondition, then reinstall. Remove all abandoned piping, wiring, equipment, lighting, ductwork, tubing, supports, fixtures, etc. Visit each room, crawl spaces, and roofs to determine total Scope of Work. The disturbance or dislocation of asbestos-containing materials causes asbestos fibers to be released into the building's atmosphere, thereby creating a health hazard to workmen and building occupants. Consistent with Industrial Code Rule 56 and the content of recognized asbestos-control work, the Contractor shall apprise all of his workers, supervisory personnel, subcontractors, Owner and Consultants who will be at the job site of the seriousness of the hazard and of proper safeguards and work procedures which must be followed, as described in New York State Department of Labor Industrial Code Rule 56. B. For materials indicated to contain lead, that are being affected by demolition or construction, the contractor shall be in accordance with all Federal, State and Local law requirements regarding worker exposure to lead disturbance and abatement procedures. C. Refer to the Owner's Lead Paint Survey. The Survey identifies the surfaces within the buildings that were tested for lead by collecting paint samples and performing laboratory analysis. If any unidentified surfaces are to be impacted the lead content shall be tested by analytical determinations conducted by a qualified laboratory approved by the Owner. The contractor shall review the current owner’s lead paint reports on file before starting any work which may disturb existing surfaces. Cornell University 26 05 00 - 8 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260500-BasicElectricalRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 1.12 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL INSTALLATION A. Provide materials that meet the following minimum requirements: 1. Materials shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less and a smoke developed rating of 50 or less, in accordance with NFPA 255. 2. All equipment and material for which there is a listing service shall bear a UL label. 3. Potable water systems and equipment shall be built according to AWWA Standards. 4. Gas-fired equipment and system shall meet AGA Regulations and shall have AGA label. 5. Electrical equipment and systems shall meet UL Standards and requirements of the NEC. B. Exterior and wet locations shall utilize materials, equipment supports, mounting, etc. suitable for the intended locations. Metals shall be stainless steel, galvanized or with baked enamel finish as a minimum. Finishes and coatings shall be continuous and any surface damaged or cut ends shall be field corrected in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Hardware (screws, bolts, nuts, washers, supports, fasteners, etc.) shall be: 1. Stainless steel where the associated system or equipment material is stainless steel or aluminum. 2. Hot dipped galvanized or stainless steel where the associated system or equipment is steel, galvanized steel or other. 1.13 CONCEALMENT A. Conceal all contract work above ceilings and in walls, below slabs, and elsewhere throughout building. If concealment is impossible or impractical, notify Owner's Representative before starting that part of the work and install only after his review. In areas with no ceilings, install only after Owner's Representative reviews and comments on arrangement and appearance. Cornell University 26 05 00 - 9 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260500-BasicElectricalRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 1.14 CHASES A. New Construction: 1. Certain chases, recesses, openings, shafts, and wall pockets will be provided as part of General Construction Contract. Mechanical and Electrical Contracts shall provide all other openings required for their contract work. 2. Check Architectural and Structural Design and Shop Drawings to verify correct size and location for all openings, recesses and chases in general building construction work. 3. Assume responsibility for correct and final location and size of such openings. 4. Rectify improperly sized, improperly located or omitted chases or openings due to faulty or late information or failure to check final location. 5. Provide 18 gauge galvanized sleeves and inserts. Extend all sleeves 2 in. above finished floor. Set sleeves and inserts in place ahead of new construction, securely fastened during concrete pouring. Correct, by drilling, omitted or improperly located sleeves. Assume responsibility for all work and equipment damaged during course of drilling. Firestop all unused sleeves. 6. Provide angle iron frame where openings are required for contract work, unless provided by General Construction Contractor. B. In Existing Buildings: 1. Drill holes for floor and/or roof slab openings. 2. Multiple pipes smaller than 1 in. properly spaced and supported may pass through one 6 in. or smaller diameter opening. 3. Seal voids in fire rated assemblies with a fire-stopping seal system to maintain the fire resistance of the assembly. Provide 18 gauge galvanized sleeves at fire rated assemblies. Extend sleeves 2 in. above floors. 4. In wall openings, drill or cut holes to suit. Provide 18 gauge galvanized sleeves at shafts and fire rated assemblies. Provide fire-stopping seal between sleeves and wall in drywall construction. Provide fire stopping similar to that for floor openings. Cornell University 26 05 00 - 10 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260500-BasicElectricalRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 1.15 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING A. Fire-Stopping for Openings Through Fire and Smoke Rated Wall and Floor Assemblies: 1. Provide materials and products listed or classified by an approved independent testing laboratory for "Penetration Fire-Stop Systems". The system shall meet the requirements of "Fire Tests of Penetrations Fire-Stops" designated ASTM E814. 2. Provide fire-stop system seals at all locations where piping, tubing, conduit, electrical busways/cables/wires, ductwork and similar utilities pass through or penetrate fire rated wall or floor assembly. Provide fire-stop seal between sleeve and wall for drywall construction. 3. The minimum required fire resistance ratings of the wall or floor assembly shall be maintained by the fire-stop system. The installation shall provide an air and watertight seal. 4. The methods used shall incorporate qualities which permit the easy removal or addition of electrical conduits or cables without drilling or use of special tools. The product shall adhere to itself to allow repairs to be made with the same material and permit the vibration, expansion, and/or contraction of any items passing through the penetration without cracking, crumbling and resulting reduction in fire rating. 5. Plastic pipe/conduit materials shall be installed utilizing intumescent collars. 6. Provide a submittal including products intended for use, manufacturer's installation instructions, and the UL details for all applicable types of wall and floor penetrations. 7. Fire-stopping products shall not be used for sealing of penetrations of non-rated walls or floors. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Dow Corning Fire-Stop System Foams and Sealants. 2. Nelson Electric Fire-Stop System Putty, CLK and WRP. 3. S-100 FS500/600, Thomas & Betts. 4. Carborundum Fyre Putty. 5. 3-M Fire Products. 6. Hilti Corporation. Cornell University 26 05 00 - 11 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260500-BasicElectricalRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 1.16 NON-RATED WALL PENETRATIONS A. Each trade shall be responsible for sealing wall penetrations related to their installed work, including but not limited to ductwork, piping, conduits, etc. See individual specification sections for requirements. 1.17 SUPPORTS A. Provide required supports, beams, angles, hangers, rods, bases, braces, and other items to properly support contract work. Modify studs, add studs, add framing, or otherwise reinforce studs in metal stud walls and partitions as required to suit contract work. If necessary, in stud walls, provide special supports from floor to structure above. For precast panels/planks and metal decks, support mechanical/electrical work as determined by manufacturer and the Engineer. Provide heavy gauge steel mounting plates for mounting contract work. Mounting plates shall span two or more studs. Size, gauge, and strength of mounting plates shall be sufficient for equipment size, weight, and desired rigidity. B. Equipment, piping, conduit, raceway, etc. supports shall be installed to minimize the generation and transmission of vibration. C. Materials and equipment shall be solely supported by the building structure and connected framing. Gypboard, ceilings, other finishes, etc. shall not be used for support of materials and equipment. 1.18 ACCESS PANELS A. Provide access panels for required access to respective Contract work. Location and size shall be the responsibility of each Contract. Bear cost of construction changes necessary due to improper information or failure to provide proper information in ample time. Access panels over 324 square inches shall have two cam locks. Provide proper frame and door type for various wall or ceiling finishes. Access panels shall be equal to "Milcor" as manufactured by Inland Steel Products Co., Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Provide Contractor for General Trades with a set of architectural plans with size and approximate locations of access panels shown. Cornell University 26 05 00 - 12 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260500-BasicElectricalRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 1.19 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Contractor is responsible for draining, filling, venting, chemically treating and restarting any systems which are affected by work shown on the Contract Documents unless specifically noted otherwise. B. Provide roughing and final water, waste or vent connections to all equipment. Provide loose key stops, sanitary "P" traps, tailpiece, adapters, gas or air cocks, and all necessary piping and fittings from roughing point to equipment. Provide installation of sinks, faucets, traps, tailpiece furnished by others. Provide cold water line with gate valve and backflow prevention device at locations called for. Provide continuation of piping and connection to equipment that is furnished by others. Provide relief valve discharge piping from equipment relief valves. C. Provide valved water outlet adjacent to equipment requiring same. Provide equipment type floor drains, or drain hubs, adjacent to equipment. D. Install controls and devices furnished by others. E. Refer to Contract Documents for roughing schedules, and equipment and lists indicating scope of connections required. F. Provide for Owner furnished and Contractor furnished equipment all valves, piping, piping accessories, traps, pressure reducing valves, gauges, relief valves, vents, drains, as required. 1.20 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Provide complete power connections to all electrical equipment. Provide control connections to equipment. Heavy duty NEC rated disconnect ahead of each piece of equipment. Ground all equipment in accordance with NEC. B. Provide for Owner furnished and Contractor furnished equipment all power wiring, electric equipment, control wiring, switches, lights, receptacles, and connections as required. 1.21 STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Store Materials on dry base, at least 6 in. aboveground or floor. Store so as not to interfere with other work or obstruct access to buildings or facilities. Provide waterproof/windproof covering. Remove and provide special storage for items subject to moisture damage. Protect against theft or damage from any cause. Replace items stolen or damaged, at no cost to Owner. Cornell University 26 05 00 - 13 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260500-BasicElectricalRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 1.22 FREEZING AND WATER DAMAGE A. Take all necessary precautions with equipment, systems and building to prevent damage due to freezing and/or water damage. Repair or replace, at no change in contract, any such damage to equipment, systems, and building. Perform first seasons winterizing in presence of Owner's operating staff. 1.23 RECORD DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall obtain at his expense one (1) set of construction Contract Drawings, (including non-reproduction black and white prints and one set of reproducible mylars or electronic files) for the purpose of recording as-built conditions. B. The Contractor shall perform all survey work required for the location and construction of the work and to record information necessary for completion of the record drawings. Record drawings shall show the actual location of the constructed facilities in the same manner as was shown on the bid drawings. All elevations and dimensions shown on the drawings shall be verified or corrected so as to provide a complete and accurate record of the facilities as constructed. C. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to mark EACH sheet of the contract documents in red pencil and to record thereon in a legible manner, any and all approved field changes and conditions as they occur. A complete file of approved field sketches, diagrams, and other changes shall also be maintained. At completion of the work, the complete set of red marked contract documents, plus all approved field sketches and diagrams shall be submitted to the engineer and used in preparation of the record drawings. D. A complete set of red marked contract drawings shall be submitted, at one time, as the "Record" set. If there are no changes to a specific drawing, the contractor shall write "NO CHANGES" on that drawing. ALL drawings shall be included in the "Record" set. E. The complete set of red marked Contract Documents, completed reproducible mylar or electronic files shall be certified by the Contractor as reflecting record conditions and submitted to the engineer for review. F. Once the as-built drawings have been approved, the Contractor shall have the set scanned or converted to electronic files and submit to the Engineer as the "Record Set". 1.24 FINAL INSPECTION A. Upon completion of all Engineering Site Observation list items, the Contractor shall provide a copy of the Engineering Site Observation Report back to the Engineer with each items noted as completed or the current status of the item. Upon receipt, the Engineer will schedule a final review. Cornell University 26 05 00 - 14 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260500-BasicElectricalRequirements.doc 09/09/2015 1.25 CLEANING A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to keep clean all equipment and fixtures provided under this contract for the duration of the project. Each trade shall keep the premises free from an accumulation of waste material or rubbish caused by his operations. The facilities require an environment of extreme cleanliness, and it is the Contractor's responsibility to adhere to the strict regulations regarding procedures on the existing premises. After all tests are made and installations completed satisfactorily: 1. Thoroughly clean entire installation, both exposed surfaces and interiors. 2. Remove all debris caused by work. 3. Remove tools, surplus, materials, when work is finally accepted. END OF SECTION 26 05 00 Cornell University 26 05 01 - 1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260501-16100-BasicMaterialsAndMethods.doc 09/09/2015 SECTION 26 05 01 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The drawings are diagrammatic, unless detailed dimensioned drawings are included, and show only approximate locations of equipment, fixtures, panelboards, conduits, and wiring devices. Exact locations are subject to the approval of the Owner's Representative. The general run of electrical feeders, branch circuits, and conduits, indicated on the drawings, is not intended to be the exact routing. Exact routings of conduit shall suit the job conditions. B. Circuit designations, in the form of "Home Runs" on branches, indicate the designation of the branch circuit, the size and the quantity of branch circuit conductors, and the panel board or interconnection box from which the branch circuit is served. C. Make measurements at the site and in the building during construction for all systems installed as the work progresses in such a manner that the equipment, piping, vents, ducts, conduit, and boxes will fit in the space available. Maintain headroom and if in unfinished areas, be as neatly installed, as obscure and "out-of-the-way" as physically possible. Where more than one trade is involved in an area, space or chase, all shall cooperate and install their own work to utilize the space equally between them in proportion to their individual requirements. In general, ductwork shall be given preference except where grading of piping becomes a problem, followed by piping then electrical wiring. If, after installation of any equipment, piping, ducts, conduit, and boxes, it is determined that ample maintenance and passage space has not been provided, rearrange work and /or furnish other equipment as required for ample maintenance space. D. Any changes in the size or location of the material or equipment supplied, which may be necessary in order to meet field conditions or in order to avoid conflicts between trades, shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Owner's Representative and approval received before such alterations are made. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric equipment shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. All methods of construction, details of workmanship, that are not specifically described or indicated in the contract documents, shall be subject to the control and approval of the Owner's Representative. B. Equipment and materials shall be of the quality and manufacture indicated in their respective sections of the specifications. The equipment specified is based upon the acceptable manufacturers listed. Equipment types, device ratings, dimensions, etc., correspond to the nomenclature dictated by those manufacturers. Where "or equal" is stated, equipment shall be equivalent in every way to that of the equipment specified and subject to approval. All equipment shall be tested at the factory. Unless specified elsewhere, standard factory inspection and operational tests will be acceptable. Cornell University 26 05 01 - 2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260501-16100-BasicMaterialsAndMethods.doc 09/09/2015 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following equipment, materials and products, including all fittings and accessories: 1. Conduit 2. Surface Metal Raceway 3. Expansion Fittings 4. Channel Support Systems 5. Conductors 6. Cables 7. Cable Termination and Splice Kits 8. Terminal and Equipment Cabinets 9. Wiring Devices Including Dimmers 10. Occupancy Sensors 11. Flashing, Sealing, Firestopping Materials 12. Salvageable Materials 1.4 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS A. Salvageable materials will be reviewed and identified by the Owner. Instruction shall be given to the Contractor whether the Owner will remove salvageable materials, or whether Contractor is to remove and deliver salvageable materials to a designated site. B. Items normally accepted as salvage by the Owner: 1. All three phase circuit breaker panelboards and covers 2. Circuit breakers 3. Disconnects (100 AMP and up) 4. Bus duct and apparatus 5. Luminaires 6. Fire protection equipment 7. Motors above 1/2 HP and up PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Conduit, Raceway and Tubing: 1. Rigid Metal Conduit shall be hot-dipped galvanized or electro-galvanized steel, UL listed "rigid metal conduit." a. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1) Republic Conduit 2) Allied Tube and Conduit 3) Wheatland Tube Company Cornell University 26 05 01 - 3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260501-16100-BasicMaterialsAndMethods.doc 09/09/2015 4) Approved equivalent 2. Electrical Metallic Tubing shall be electro-galvanized steel; UL listed "electrical metallic tubing." a. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1) Republic Conduit 2) Allied Tube and Conduit 3) Wheatland Tube Company 4) Approved equivalent 3. Surface Metal Raceway shall be .040 in. steel UL listed "Surface Metal Raceway". Use manufacturer's standard fittings designed to be used with the specific raceway. a. One-Piece Raceway: 1) Buff or ivory finish. 2) Acceptable Manufacturers: a) Wiremold "700" Series (Design Make) b) Approved equivalent B. Conduit Fittings: 1. Fittings for rigid metal conduit shall be fully threaded and shall be of the same material as the respective raceway system. Fittings for electrical metallic tubing shall be single screw indenter fittings for conduits up to 2 in. and double screw indenter fittings for conduits 2 in. and larger. Connectors shall also have insulated throat up to and including 1 in. size. For sizes 1-1/4 in. and larger, provide plastic insulating bushing. Die-cast, pressure cast fittings shall not be used. Fittings for rigid non-metallic conduit shall be solvent cemented in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. a. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1) O.Z. Gedney 2) Steel City 3) Thomas & Betts 4) Crouse-Hinds 5) Carlon Cornell University 26 05 01 - 4 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260501-16100-BasicMaterialsAndMethods.doc 09/09/2015 2. Expansion Fittings shall be watertight, combination expansion and deflection type designed to compensate for movement in any direction. Fittings shall have flexible copper braid bonding jumpers, neoprene sleeve and stainless steel bands, use aluminum body fittings for rigid aluminum conduit. a. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1) Crouse-Hinds, Type "DX" 2) O.Z./Gedney, Type "DX" 3) Approved equivalent C. Channel Support Systems: 1. Channel Support Systems shall be provided for racking up conduit, trapeze suspensions, cable racks and panel racks. Provide necessary accessories such as bolts, screws, anchors, connection plates, and straps as required to perform the necessary functions. a. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1) Unistrut 2) Globe 3) Kindorf 4) B-Line D. Conductors and Cables: 1. Conductors shall be insulated for 600 volts, unless otherwise noted, and shall be standard AWG and kcmil sizes. Conductors shall be 98 percent copper, thermal plastic or cross-linked polymer insulated, heat and moisture resistant. Conductors shall be stranded, except for conductors used for fire alarm system wiring. Conductor sizes No. 18 AWG and smaller shall be a solid single strand; No. 16 AWG and larger shall be multiple stranded. Minimum conductor size shall be #12 AWG except smaller sizes may be used for communications and special systems. Conductor sizes shall be as called for. Conductors shall be labeled with UL seal and be marked with the manufacturer's name, wire size and insulation type. Insulation for all 600 volt conductors shall be Type THHN/THWN or Type XHHW, unless otherwise noted. Luminaire fixture wire shall conform to the latest Underwriters Laboratories requirements. Flexible cords and cables for general portable use shall be Type "SO" or "SJO." Cornell University 26 05 01 - 5 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260501-16100-BasicMaterialsAndMethods.doc 09/09/2015 Cables for special use shall be of the type specified for the application. a. Color Coding: 1) All circuits shall be color coded according to the following schedule: Three Phase 120/208V Three Phase 277/480V Ground Green Green Neutral White Gray A or L1 Black Brown B or L2 Red Orange C or L3 Blue Yellow b. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1) General Cable 2) Prysmian 3) South Wire 4) Okonite 5) Senator 2. Metal Clad, Type "MC" Cable shall consist to thermal plastic insulated copper conductors of size and quantity indicated, protected by a positive interlocked armor of galvanized steel. The conductors shall be twisted together and shall have an overall moisture and fire resistant fibrous covering. The cable shall provide an adequate path for equipment grounding as required by Article 250 of the NEC and have an integral green insulated full size equipment grounding conductor running its entire length. The cable shall meet the requirements of Article 334 of the National Electrical Code for "Type MC" Metal Clad Cable and shall bear the UL Label. a. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1) Southwire 2) AFC Cable 3) Approved Equal Cornell University 26 05 01 - 6 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260501-16100-BasicMaterialsAndMethods.doc 09/09/2015 3. "Split-bolt" Connectors shall be solderless type. a. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1) Burndy 2) Kearney 3) O.Z./Gedney 4) Thomas and Betts 5) Anderson 4. "TWIST ON" Connectors shall be spiral steel spring type and insulated with vinyl cap and skirt. a. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1) 3-M Company "Scotch-Lock" 2) Ideal "Wing-Nuts" 3) Approved equivalent 5. Ground Connectors shall be exothermic type. a. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1) Cadweld 2) Thermoweld 3) Approved equivalent E. Boxes: 1. Outlet boxes and covers shall be galvanized steel, not less than 2-1/2 in. deep, unless restricted by the surroundings, 4 in. square or octagonal, with knockouts. Outlet boxes exposed to moisture, exterior, wet or damp locations shall be cadmium cast alloy complete with threaded hubs and gasketed screw fastened covers. Minimum box size shall be as indicated in Article 314 of the National Electrical Code for the conductors and devices installed. Boxes shall be approved for the environmental condition where they will be installed. a. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1) Steel City 2) Raco 3) Appleton 4) Crouse Hinds Cornell University 26 05 01 - 7 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260501-16100-BasicMaterialsAndMethods.doc 09/09/2015 2. Pull and junction boxes shall be constructed of not less than 14 gauge galvanized steel with trim for flush or surface mounting in accordance with the location to be installed. Provide screw-on type covers. Boxes installed in damp or wet locations shall be of raintight construction with gasketed cover and threaded conduit hubs. In no case shall boxes be sized smaller than as indicated in Article 314 of the National Electrical Code for conduit and conductor sizes installed. Boxes shall be approved for the environmental condition of the location where they will be installed. a. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1) Hoffman 2) Keystone 3) Approved equivalent F. Terminal and Equipment Cabinets: 1. Terminal and equipment cabinets shall be code gauge galvanized steel with removable endwalls. Fronts shall be of code gauge steel, flush or surface type (as indicated) with concealed trim clamps, concealed hinges, flush lock, and grey baked enamel finish. Boxes and front shall be UL listed and shall be minimum 35 in. H x 24 in. W x 6 in. D. Provide removable insulated plywood terminal board mounted on inside back wall of cabinet. a. Acceptable Manufacturer: 1) Square D "Mono-Flat" 2) Approved equivalent G. Wiring Devices: 1. Wiring Devices (toggle switches, key switches, receptacles, dimmers, occupancy sensors) shall be specification grade as a minimum. Switch handle and receptacle shall be as directed by the Architect. Provide device cover plates as directed by Architect for round or octagonal boxes only in unfinished areas. a. Although only one manufacturers model number has been noted in each device description, acceptable manufacturers are: 1) Pass and Seymour 2) Hubbell 3) Arrow Hart 4) Leviton Cornell University 26 05 01 - 8 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260501-16100-BasicMaterialsAndMethods.doc 09/09/2015 2. Toggle Switches: a. UL verified to meet latest Federal Specification WS-896, NEMA WD-1 and UL Test 20. b. 20 ampere, 1-pole, 277 volt: P&S 20AC1. c. 20 ampere, 2-pole, 277 volt: P&S 20AC2. d. 20 ampere, 3-way, 277 volt: P&S 20AC3. e. 20 ampere, 4-way, 277 volt: P&S 20AC4. f. 20 ampere, 1-pole, 277 volt: w/neon pilot light: P&S 20AC1-RPL. g. 20 ampere, 2-pole, 277 volt: w/neon pilot light: P&S 20AC2 - RPL. h. 20 ampere, 3-way, 277 volt: w/neon pilot light: P&S 20AC3 - RPL. 3. Receptacles: a. Back and side wiring options which accept No. 14 to No. 10 AWG solid and stranded conductors. One (1) piece plated steel or brass mounting strap. Bronze contacts. Meet requirements of Federal Specification W- C-596 and UL 496. b. NEMA 5-20R, 20 ampere, 125 volt, duplex receptacle: P&S 5362, Hubbell HBL5352, Leviton 5362. c. NEMA 5-20R, 20 ampere, 125 volt, duplex G.F.I., 6ma trip receptacle: P&S 2091S. d. Occupancy sensors shall comply with the following as a minimum: 1) Zero crossing switching operation (switch on/off only where sine wave is at zero volts) suitable for linear, non-linear and electronic/magnetic fluorescent ballasts for the loads indicated. Where the load to be controlled exceeds the sensor load rating provide a separate relay of adequate rating. 2) Failure of the unit shall be to the on/closed position or manual operation. 3) Motion sensitivity adjustment (dip switch or dial) and time delay adjustment (5 to 30 minutes minimum, dip switch or dial). 4) Line voltage input and switching. Field selectable for 120 or 277 VAC, 60 Hz. Cornell University 26 05 01 - 9 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260501-16100-BasicMaterialsAndMethods.doc 09/09/2015 5) UL listed and have a five year manufacturer full replacement warranty. 6) Test mode feature to override the set time delay to allow adjusting of the sensitivity. 7) Sensor locations shall be adjusted during construction and at occupancy as recommended by the manufacturer for optimal sensing and operation. 8) Operation shall be close switch/contact upon motion sensing and open after the set amount of time delay without motion. 9) Adjustable controls/settings shall only be accessible when the front cover is removed or from the back of the unit. 10) Unit color shall match the project devices except for the ceiling mounted units which shall match the ceiling color. All color selections shall be by the Architect. 11) Ultrasonic sensing shall not be affected by air movement and shall operate at 32 kHz minimum (shall not interfere with hearing aids or other equipment). 12) Provide components as needed for the indicated control. 13) A factory authorized representative shall coordinate and instruct the start up services of the sensors providing placement recommendations, connection guidance and start up supervision and adjustment. e. Wall Mounted - Passive Infrared (PIR): 1) Unit shall fit into a standard single gang electrical box, have an off button and utilize PIR technology motion sensing. 2) Minimum Switching Capacity: 120 V - 800 W, 277 V - 1200 W. 3) The sensing shall be 180° and the sensitivity area to be a minimum of: a) Major Motion (Walking/Arm Wave): 35 ft. x 30 ft. b) Minor Motion (Small Motion at Desk): 20 ft. x 15 ft. 4) Ambient light level sensing (adjustable 20-300 fc) to prevent "on" operation when the ambient light level is greater than the set point level. Cornell University 26 05 01 - 10 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260501-16100-BasicMaterialsAndMethods.doc 09/09/2015 5) High impact resistant sensor lens. 6) Acceptable Manufacturers: a) Pass & Seymour model OS300S (design make) b) Hubbell c) Watt Stopper d) Sensor Switch f. Wall Mounted - Dual Technology (PIR and Ultra Sonic): 1) Unit shall fit into a standard single gang electrical box, have an off button and utilize PIR and ultrasonic technology motion sensing. Both types of sensing are needed for contact closure but only one is needed to keep it closed. 2) Minimum Switching Capacity: 120 V - 800 W, 277 V - 1200 W. 3) The sensing shall be 180° and the sensitivity area to be a minimum of: a) Major Motion (Walking/Arm Wave): 35 ft. x 30 ft. b) Minor Motion (Small Motion at Desk): 20 ft. x 15 ft. 4) Ambient light level sensing (adjustable 20-300 fc) to prevent "on" operation when the ambient light level is greater than the set point level. 5) High impact resistant sensor lens. 6) Acceptable Manufacturers: a) Hubbell Model AD1277 (design make) b) Watt Stopper c) Cooper d) Sensor Switch g. Wall Mounted - Dual Technology - Dual Switching: 1) Unit shall fit into a standard single gang electrical box, have two off buttons and utilize PIR and ultrasonic technology motion sensing. Both types of sensing are needed for contact closure but only one is needed to keep it closed. To have two contacts each fully rated, electrically separate and be commonly controlled. 2) Minimum switching capacity: 120 V - 800 W, 277 V - 1200 W. Cornell University 26 05 01 - 11 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260501-16100-BasicMaterialsAndMethods.doc 09/09/2015 3) The sensing shall be 180° and the sensitivity area to be a minimum of: a) Major Motion (Walking/Arm Wave): 35 ft. x 30 ft. b) Minor Motion (Small Motion at Desk): 20 ft. x 15 ft. 4) Ambient light level sensing (adjustable 20-300fc) to prevent "on" operation when the ambient light level is greater than the set point level. 5) High impact resistant sensor lens. 6) Acceptable Manufacturers: a) Hubbell Model AD1277x2 (design make) b) Watt Stopper c) Cooper d) Sensor Switch h. Ceiling Mounted - Ultra Sonic: 1) Unit shall mount to standard octagonal box, have auxiliary contact (form C, 0.5A at 24 VDC) and utilize ultra sonic sensing. 2) Shall have self contained rated contacts or control a separate switch pack. If a self contained unit then the ratings and function shall meet or exceed the switch pack specifications. 3) Sensing shall be 360° with a minimum operating area of: a) Major Motion (Walking/Arm Wave): 50 ft. x 30 ft. b) Minor Motion (Small Motion at Desk): 40 ft. x 20 ft. c) Corridor (Major Motion): 50 ft. x 16 ft. 4) Units shall be suitable for overlap of motion detection areas without reduction in spacing and false operation. 5) Sensing shall be suitable for a ceiling/mounting height of up to 12 ft. minimum. 6) Ambient light level sensing (adjustable 20-300 fc) to prevent "on" operation when the ambient light level is greater than the set point level. 7) The maximum depth shall be 1.5 in. below the ceiling/box. Cornell University 26 05 01 - 12 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260501-16100-BasicMaterialsAndMethods.doc 09/09/2015 8) Acceptable Manufacturers: a) Hubbell Model ATU2000CRP (design make) b) Watt Stopper c) Cooper d) Sensor Switch i. Ceiling Mounted - Dual Technology: 1) Unit shall mount to standard octagonal box, have auxiliary contact (form C, 0.5A at 24 VDC) and utilize PIR and ultrasonic technology motion sensing. Both types of sensing are needed for contact closure but only one is needed to keep it closed. 2) Shall have self contained rated contacts or control a separate switch pack. If a self contained unit then the ratings and function shall meet or exceed the switch pack specifications. 3) Sensing shall be 360° with a minimum operating area of: a) Major Motion (Walking/Arm Wave): 50 ft. x 30 ft. b) Minor Motion (Small Motion at Desk): 40 ft. x 20 ft. c) Corridor (Major Motion): 50 ft. x 16 ft. 4) Units shall be suitable for overlap of motion detection areas without reduction in spacing and false operation. 5) Sensing shall be suitable for a ceiling/mounting height of up to 12 ft. minimum. 6) Ambient light level sensing (adjustable 20-300 fc) to prevent "on" operation when the ambient light level is greater than the set point level. 7) The maximum depth shall be 1.5 in. below the ceiling/box. 8) Acceptable Manufacturers: a) Hubbell Model ATD2000CRP (design make) b) Watt Stopper c) Cooper d) Sensor Switch Cornell University 26 05 01 - 13 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260501-16100-BasicMaterialsAndMethods.doc 09/09/2015 j. Switch Pack: 1) Provide a minimum of one (1) switch pack for each ceiling mounted occupancy sensor. Provide additional units for multiple circuits (quantity to match the quantity of circuits). 2) Unit shall be plenum rated with line voltage side into a metallic box. 3) Low voltage power shall be suitable for a minimum of three (3) occupancy sensors. Multiple sensors shall be able to control a single switch pack. 4) Minimum switching capacity shall be 20A (all types of loads) at 120/277VAC. k. Testing: 1) Each occupancy sensor shall be fully tested for proper operation of all functions after installation. 2) Testing shall include sensitivity, time delay, ambient lighting level, etc. 3) Operation and settings shall be acceptable to the Owner. H. Flashing, Sealing, Fire-stopping: 1. Fire-Stopping for Openings Through Fire and Smoke Rated Wall and Floor Assemblies: a. Provide materials and products listed or classified by an approved independent testing laboratory for "Through-Penetration Fire-Stop Systems". The system shall meet the requirements of "Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire-Stops" designated ASTM E814. b. Provide fire-stop system seals at all locations where piping, tubing, conduit, electrical busways/cables/wires, ductwork and similar utilities pass through or penetrate fire rated wall or floor assembly. Provide fire- stop seal between sleeve and wall for drywall construction. c. The minimum required fire resistance ratings of the wall or floor assembly shall be maintained by the fire-stop system. The installation shall provide an air and watertight seal. Cornell University 26 05 01 - 14 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260501-16100-BasicMaterialsAndMethods.doc 09/09/2015 d. The methods used shall incorporate qualities, which permit the easy removal or addition of electrical conduits or cables without drilling or use of special tools. The product shall adhere to itself to allow repairs to be made with the same material and permit the vibration, expansion and/or contraction of any items passing through the penetration without cracking, crumbling and resulting reduction in fire rating. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Dow Corning Fire-Stop System Foams and Sealants b. Nelson Electric Fire-Stop System Putty, CLK and WRP c. S-100 FS500/600, Thomas & Betts d. Carborundum Fyre Putty e. 3-M Fire Products PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Unless otherwise noted, wiring for all systems indicated in the contract documents shall consist of insulated conductors installed in raceways. Raceways shall be continuous from outlet box to outlet box and from outlet box to cabinet, junction or pull box. Secure and bond raceways to all boxes and cabinets so that each system of raceways is electrically continuous throughout. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, install all wiring in the following raceway system: 1. Wiring 600 Volts or Less in Dry Locations: Electrical metallic tubing. 2. Flexible metal conduit shall be used for final connection to all motors, final connection to rotating or vibrating equipment, final connections to dry type transformers and final connections to recessed lighting fixtures. Liquidtight flexible conduit shall be used in all wet or damp locations. Maximum length of flexible conduit shall be 36 in., except that from outlet boxes to lighting fixture maximum length shall be 6 ft. Provide green insulated equipment grounding conductor in all flexible metal conduit. 3. Surface metal raceway may not be used for surface runs in finished areas. Cornell University 26 05 01 - 15 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260501-16100-BasicMaterialsAndMethods.doc 09/09/2015 B. Raceways: 1. Sized as indicated on the drawings. Where sizes are not indicated, raceways shall be sized as required by the National Electrical Code in accordance with the quantity, size, and type of the insulation conductors to be installed. Raceways shall be minimum 3/4 in. trade size for branch circuit wiring and minimum 1 in. trade size for all telephone intercommunications, instrumentation, fire alarm, television and computer systems and for all branch circuit "Home Runs" to panelboards. 2. Installed to provide adequate grounding between all outlets and the established electrical system ground. 3. Cut square, free of burrs due to field cutting or manufacture, and bushed where necessary. 4. Installed with exterior surfaces not less than 6 in. from any surface with normal operating temperature of 200°F or higher. 5. Plugged at the ends of each roughed-in raceway with an approved cap or disc to prevent the entrance of foreign materials during construction. 6. Concealed throughout except where exposure is permitted by the Owner's Representative. 7. Installed parallel or perpendicular to floors, walls and ceilings where exposed wiring is permitted. 8. Installed with a minimum of bends and offsets. All bends shall be made without kinking or destroying the cross section contour of the raceway. Factory made bends are acceptable and should be considered for raceways larger than 2". 9. Installed with UL approved rain-tight and concrete-tight couplings and connectors. 10. Firmly fastened within 3 ft. of each outlet box, junction box, cabinet or fitting. Raceways shall not be attached to or supported by wooden plug anchors or supported from mechanical work such as ductwork, piping, etc. 11. Installed with a #14 AWG fish wire in all telephone, intercommunication, "Spare" or "Empty" conduit runs to facilitate future installation of conductors. 12. Installed with expansion fittings at all building expansion joints such that no undue stress is placed on any electrical raceway due to the proper functioning of expansion joints. 13. Arranged in a neat manner for access and allow for access to work installed by other trades. Cornell University 26 05 01 - 16 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260501-16100-BasicMaterialsAndMethods.doc 09/09/2015 14. Raceways installed in concrete slabs shall be located so as not to affect structural integrity of slab, and such that conduit shall have a minimum of one inch of concrete cover on all sides. Obtain approval from the Owner's Representative prior to installing conduit larger than 1 in. trade size in concrete slabs. Raceways in slabs shall be for floor box use only. 15. Become familiar with the general construction of the building and place sleeves, inserts, etc., as required. All penetrations through existing floors shall be core drilled and sleeved. 16. Wherever a cluster of four (4) or more raceways rise out of floor exposed, provide neatly formed 6 in. high concrete envelop, with chamfered edges, around raceways. 17. All raceways shall be supported adequately by malleable iron pipe clamps or other approved methods. In exterior or wet locations, supports shall allow not less than 1/4 in. air space between raceway and wall. Firmly fasten raceway within 3 ft. of each outlet box, junction box, cabinet or fitting. The following table lists maximum spacing between conditions, strength of supporting members, etc. 18. Furnish and install such supports at no additional cost to owner. Conduit Trade Size Type of Run Horizontal Spacing in Feet Vertical Spacing in Feet 1/2 in., 3/4 in. Concealed 7 10 1 in., 1-1/4 in. Concealed 8 10 1-1/2 in. and larger Concealed 10 10 1/2 in., 3/4 in. Exposed 5 7 1 in., 1-1/4 in. Exposed 7 8 1-1/2 in. and larger Exposed 10 10 19. Where raceways puncture roof, install pitch pockets as required in order that the roof warranty is maintained. Coordinate with representative of roofing material manufacturer. 20. At each flush mounted panelboard, terminal cabinet, control cabinet, etc., provide four (4) spare 3/4 in. raceways from panelboard, etc., to an area above the nearest accessible ceiling space. Make 90° turn above the ceiling, arranged for further continuation of raceway, and cap. 21. Provide a bushing at each conduit termination unless fitting at box where conduit terminates has hubs designed in such a manner to afford equivalent protection to conductors. Provide grounding type insulated bushings on all conduit sizes 1-1/4 in. trade size and larger, and on all feeder raceways regardless of size. Provide standard bushings for conduits 1 in. and smaller unless otherwise stated. Cornell University 26 05 01 - 17 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260501-16100-BasicMaterialsAndMethods.doc 09/09/2015 C. Wiring Methods: 1. Conductors shall not be installed until raceway system, including all outlets, cabinets, bushings and fittings, is completed. Verify that all work of other trades which may cause conductor damage is completed. Use only U.L. approved cable lubricants when necessary. Do not use mechanical means to pull conductors No. 8 or smaller. 2. In general, conductors shall be the same size from the last protective device to the load. 3. All wiring systems shall be properly grounded and continuously polarized throughout, following the color-coding specified. Connect branch circuit wiring at panelboards, as required, in order to provide a "balanced" three-phase load on feeders. 4. Provide insulated green ground conductor and white (gray for 277 volt) insulated neutral conductor in each branch circuit. 5. All feeder connections shall be made to bus and other equipment using solderless, pressure type terminal lugs. 6. For splices and taps, No. 10 AWG and smaller, use solderless "twist on" connectors having spiral steel spring and insulated with a vinyl cap and skirt. 7. For splices and taps, No. 8 and larger, use solderless "Split Bolt" type connectors or compression fittings. 8. Use cast connections for ground conductors. 9. Make all splices and connections in accessible boxes and cabinets only. 10. Cover uninsulated splices, joints, and free ends of conductor with rubber and friction tape of PVC electrical tape. Plastic insulating caps may serve as insulation. Heat shrink sleeves shall be acceptable for crimp type splices. 11. On termination at branch circuit outlets, leave a minimum of 8 in. free conductor for installation of devices and fixtures. 12. Feeder conductors shall be continuous from point of origin to load termination without splice. If this is not practical, contact the Owner's Representative and receive written approval for splicing prior to installation of feeder(s). Where feeder conductors pass through junction and pull boxes, bind and lace conductors of each feeder together. For parallel sets of conductors, match lengths of conductors as near equal as possible. Cornell University 26 05 01 - 18 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260501-16100-BasicMaterialsAndMethods.doc 09/09/2015 13. Branch circuit conductors installed in panelboards, and control conductors installed in control cabinets and panels shall be neatly bound together using "Ty- Raps" or equivalent. 14. Provide conduit seals and explosion proof devices as indicated on the plans and as dictated by the National Electrical Code for all hazardous locations indicated on the drawings. 15. Lighting fixtures, detectors, etc., in mechanical equipment, boiler and pump rooms shall be installed with exposed wiring after equipment, ductwork, piping, etc., are in place. In general, lighting shall be as located on the drawings; where conflicts exist, locate lights for best distribution. D. Outlet Boxes: 1. Consider location of outlets shown on drawings as approximate only. Study architectural, process piping, mechanical, plumbing, structural, roughing-in, etc., drawings and note surrounding areas in which each outlet is to be located. Locate outlet so that when fixtures, motors, cabinets, equipment, etc., are placed in position, outlet will serve its desired purpose. Where conflicts are noted between drawings, contact Owner's Representative for decision prior to installation. Comply with Article 314 of National Electrical Code relative to position of outlet boxes in finished ceilings and walls. 2. Prior to installation, relocate any outlet location a distance of five feet in any direction from location indicated on drawings if so directed by the Owner's Representative. Prior to completion of wall construction, adjust vertical height of any outlet from height indicated if so directed by Owner's Representative. The above modifications shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Where outlets at different mounting heights are indicated on drawings adjacent to each other (due to lack of physical space to show symbol on drawings), install outlets on a common vertical line. 4. Where switch outlets are shown adjacent to strike side of door, locate edge of outlet box approximately 3 in. from door frame. 5. Outlet boxes in separate rooms shall not be installed "back-to-back" without the approval of the Owner's Representative. 6. Outlet boxes shall be sized to accommodate the wiring device(s) to be installed. 7. Outlet boxes installed in plaster, gypsum board or wood paneled walls shall be installed with raised plaster covers or raised tile covers. 8. Outlet boxes installed in tile, brick or concrete block walls shall be installed with extra-deep type raised tile covers or shall be 3-1/2 in. deep boxes with square corners and dimensions to accommodate conductors installed. Cornell University 26 05 01 - 19 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260501-16100-BasicMaterialsAndMethods.doc 09/09/2015 9. Surface ceiling mounted outlet boxes shall be minimum 4 in. square, 1-1/2 in. deep, galvanized sheet metal. 10. Surface wall mounted outlet boxes shall be cast type boxes having threaded or compression type threadless hubs. Exterior boxes shall be cast type with threaded hubs and gasketed cover plates secured by non-ferrous screws. 11. Install a device cover plate over each and every outlet indicated on drawings. Do not install plates until painting, cleaning and finishing of surfaces surrounding the outlet are complete. Install single one-piece multi-gang covers over multi-gang devices. E. Receptacles: 1. Provide 20 ampere 125 volt, duplex receptacles unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. F. Junction and Pull Boxes: 1. Install junction and pull boxes in readily accessible locations. Access to boxes shall not be blocked by equipment, piping, ducts and the like. Provide all necessary junction or pull boxes required due to field conditions and size as require by the National Electrical Code. G. Equipment Mounting Heights: Coordinate with architectural interior elevations. 1. Unless otherwise noted, mount devices and equipment at heights measured from finished floor to device/equipment centerline as follows: a. Toggle switches (up position "on") 46 in. b. Receptacle outlets (long dimension vertical, ground" pole farthest from floor) 18 in. c. Receptacle outlets above counters 8 in. above counters d. Fire alarm manual stations 46 in. e. Fire alarm combination audio/visual and standalone visual device (entire strobe lens at heights indicated) 80 in. to bottom of the notification device f. Standalone fire alarm audio device 90 in. (min) to 96 in. (max) Cornell University 26 05 01 - 20 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260501-16100-BasicMaterialsAndMethods.doc 09/09/2015 g. Terminal cabinets, control cabinets, to top of backbox 72 in. h. Disconnect switches, motor starters, enclosed circuit breakers. 48 in. 2. Where structural or other interferences prevent compliance with mounting heights listed above, consult Owner's Representative for approval to change location before installation. H. Hangers and Supports: 1. Provide steel angles, channels and other materials necessary for the proper support and erection of motor starters, distribution panelboards, large disconnect switches, large circuit breakers, pendant mounted lighting fixtures, etc. 2. Panelboards, disconnect switches, circuit breakers, cabinets, large pull boxes, cable support boxes and starters shall be secured to ceiling and floor slab and not supported from conduits. Small panelboards, etc., as approved by Owner's Representative, may be supported on walls. Racks for support of conduits and heavy electrical equipment shall be secured to building construction by substantial structural supports. I. Identification: 1. Provide engraved lamicoid identification nameplates on main switchboard, main service disconnects and on all panelboards using designation shown in panelboard schedule. Include voltage, phase, equipment served, voltage source to panel or equipment. 2. Provide engraved lamicoid identification nameplates for each circuit breaker in the main distribution panel listing the panelboard or equipment connected to each device. 3. Provide engraved lamicoid identification nameplates on all items of equipment including individual circuit breaker enclosures and disconnect switches, listing the equipment connected to the particular device provided under Specification Section 262000, including, but not limited to: starters, disconnect switches, variable speed drives, circuit breakers, etc. Include voltage, phase, equipment served, voltage source to panel or equipment. 4. Provide complete type written directory for each panelboard listing room number, function, etc, for each circuit breaker. Provide type written updated panelboard directories for existing panelboards affected by this work. Cornell University 26 05 01 - 21 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260501-16100-BasicMaterialsAndMethods.doc 09/09/2015 5. Nameplates shall be engraved black, with white core, with Helvetica medium 3/16 in. lettering. 1/8 in. lettering is acceptable where space of 3/16 in. is not available. 6. Identify junction and pullboxes for particular service such as power, lighting, fire alarm, telephone, interphone, public address, nurse call, etc. using stencil lettering on cover. 7. Using dymo tape label all receptacle and switch coverplates, power poles, etc. listing panel designation and circuit number. Dymo tape shall be attached to inside of receptacle or switch coverplates. J. Spare Parts: 1. Deliver to Owner and obtain receipt for spare parts including key switches, fuses, etc. 3.2 TESTS A. Branch circuits shall be tested during installation for continuity and identification and shall pass operational tests to determine that all circuits perform the function for which they are designed. For all feeder wiring rated 600 volts or less, provide 1,000 volt "Megger" insulation test prior to energizing feeders. Use a 1,000-volt motor driven megger for all tests. Test voltage shall be applied until readings reach a constant value, and until three (3) equal readings, each one (1) minute apart, are obtained. Minimum megger reading shall be 45 megohms for feeder conductors. Documents test results and submit for approval prior to energizing conductors. END OF SECTION 26 05 01 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Cornell University 26 05 26 - 1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations GROUNDING M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260526-16450-Grounding.doc 09/09/2015 SECTION 26 05 26 - GROUNDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide grounding system equal to or exceeding the requirements of NEC, latest issue, Article 250 and in the event of a conflict or discrepancy with NEC Article 250, the more stringent requirement shall apply. Raceway system which includes metal conduit, wireways, pullboxes, junction boxes, bus ducts, built-up enclosures, enclosures, motor frames, etc., shall be made to form a continuous, conducting permanent ground circuit of the lowest practical impedance to enhance the safe conduction of ground fault currents and to prevent objectionable differences in voltage between metal nonload current carrying parts of the electrical system. 1.2 QUALITYASSURANCE A. All methods of construction, details of workmanship, that are not specifically described or indicated in the contract documents, shall be subject to the control and approval of the Owner's Representative. Equipment and materials shall be of the quality and manufacture indicated in their respective sections of the specifications. The equipment specified is based upon the acceptable manufacturers listed. Equipment types, device ratings, dimensions. etc., correspond to the nomenclature dictated by those manufacturers. Where "or equal" is stated, equipment shall be equivalent in every way to that of the equipment specified and subject to approval. All equipment shall be tested at the factory. Unless specified elsewhere, standard factory inspection and operational tests will be acceptable. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Conductors: 1. Exposed grounding conductors such as bars, straps, cables, flexible jumpers, braids, shunts, etc., shall be bare copper unless otherwise called for. 2. Cable size shall be as required by NEC Code, Section 250, stranded, soft drawn or soft annealed copper, unless otherwise called for. 3. Provide cable insulation type and color as called for. a. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1) Same make as for 600 volt conductors. Cornell University 26 05 26 - 2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations GROUNDING M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260526-16450-Grounding.doc 09/09/2015 B. Connectors, Clamps, Terminals: 1. Provide mechanical connectors and clamps made of silicon bronze. Solderless compression terminals shall be copper, long-barrel, NEMA two bolt. a. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1) Burndy 2) Anderson 3) T & B 4) Penn-Union 5) Approved equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Raceway Systems: 1. All metal supports, cable trays, messenger cables, frames, sleeves, brackets, braces, etc. for the raceway system, panels, switches, boxes, starters controls, etc., which are not rigidly secured to and in contact with the raceway system, or which are subject to vibration and loosening, shall be bonded to the raceway system, the size of the bonding conductor is accordance with NEC Table 250- 122. 2. Termination of rigid conduit at all boxes, cabinets, and enclosures shall be made up tightly with a double locknut arrangement and a bushing, bushings being of the insulated type where required by NEC. 3. Conduit which runs to or from all boxes, cabinets, or enclosures having concentric or eccentric knockouts which partially perforate the metal around the conduit and hence impair the continuity of system ground circuits shall be provided with bonding jumpers sized in accordance with NEC Table 250-122 connected between a grounding type bushing/locknut on the conduit and a ground bus or stud inside the box, cabinet, or enclosure and attached thereto. 4. Conduit expansion joints and telescoping sections of metal raceways shall be provided with bonding jumpers sized in accordance with NEC Table 250-122. 5. Where flexible metallic conduit and/or liquid-tight conduit is used, a bonding jumper shall be provided, sized in accordance with NEC Table 250-122. 6. All nonmetallic runs of conduit and/or raceway shall be provided with a system ground conductor sized according to Table 250-122. Cornell University 26 05 26 - 3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations GROUNDING M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-260526-16450-Grounding.doc 09/09/2015 B. Secondary Electrical Systems: 1. The neutral conductor of low voltage, single and/or polyphase system or distribution system, except special isolated double insulated systems, shall be solidly connected at the transformer neutral bushing, or at the main secondary switchgear to system ground, and shall be sized for current carrying capacity, not to be less than as required by NEC, Table 250-66. 2. Provide equipment grounding conductor, green colored insulation, with phase conductors, to primary side of all transformers rated 600 volts or less circuited to case and secondary neutral bushing, to motors, starters, heating equipment, elevator equipment, panelboards and convenience outlets; insulation shall be same type as phase conductors. 3. Transformer secondary neutral bushings shall be circuited to nearest metallic water pipe, building steel, or ground rod. 4. Equipment grounding conductors, shall extend from the point of termination back to the ground bus of the serving panelboard, switchboard, transformer, or switchgear. 5. The grounding conductors contained in the interstices of interlocked armor cable shall be connected to the ground bus at every equipment termination point and to each other and to system ground; ground at every splice location. 3.2 TESTS A. Grounding: 1. Grounds and grounding systems shall have a resistance to solid earth ground not exceeding following values: a. For grounding non-current carrying metal parts associated with secondary distribution system 25 Ohms 2. Providing grounding tests to verify the above values. Where these values are not met, add additional ground rods or connections in order to meet these values. END OF SECTION 26 05 26 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Cornell University 26 50 00 - 1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations LIGHTING M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-265000-16500-Lighting.doc 09/09/2015 SECTION 26 50 00 - LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide interior lighting systems, including luminaires, hangers, supports, fittings, lamps, wiring, connections and controls, as indicated in the Contract Documents for complete and operational systems. The lighting layouts on the drawings are diagrammatic only. Refer to architectural "Reflected Ceiling Plans" for exact location of interior luminaires. Luminaires, in general, have been specified for the particular type of ceiling in which they are to be installed. Verify the ceiling construction details and provide luminaires suitable for the respective ceiling types and room finish schedule. 1.2 ENERGY CONSERVATION WORK A. Work installed as part of this Contract will be eligible for energy rebates/incentives available. The energy rebate shall be paid directly to the Owner. The Electrical Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner to provide proof of purchase information, quantities involved, fill out forms, etc., to accommodate all required paperwork. Include all costs associated with this requirement. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All luminaires shall be new and bear a NRTL label for the service intended. Luminaires shall be standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture to the specific type light luminaires specified and shall be the manufacturer's latest standard design that complies with specification requirements. Manufacturer's luminaire catalog numbers as indicated on the "Luminaire Schedule" indicate quality, type, and style, but may not cover required special design details. Provide luminaires having such special details as noted in the "Luminaire Schedule", as indicated by the specified luminaire model number and as required for proper installation. Verify the availability of all luminaires proposed to be used in the execution of the work prior to submitting same for approval. The discontinuance of production of any luminaire after such approval has been granted shall not relieve the Contractor from furnishing an approved luminaire of comparable quality and design at no additional cost. Luminaires shall be as specified in the "Luminaire Schedule". Luminaire types, appearance, characteristics, photometrics, finishes, etc., correspond to the specified manufacturer, and associated catalog number, listed in the "Luminaire Schedule". Products of other listed acceptable manufacturers shall be equivalent in every way to that of the luminaire specified. The Engineer reserves the right to disapprove any luminaire type submitted which he feels is not equal in quality, appearance or performance to the luminaire specified. B. Should there be any difference between drawings and schedules, secure from Architect/Engineer such information as is necessary before tendering his proposal. When finishes are not definitely specified, they shall be as selected by the Architect. Cornell University 26 50 00 - 2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations LIGHTING M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-265000-16500-Lighting.doc 09/09/2015 C. Locations indicated for luminaires are approximate. Field coordinate exact locations as near as possible to the location indicated. Coordinate with the Engineer for any major location changes. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings as described in Section 260500. Luminaire shop drawings shall include photometric data for each luminaire utilizing the specified lens/louver type, lamp(s) and ballast(s). All luminaire types for the project shall be submitted in a single complete package which shall be in the form of a soft cover binder with each luminaire separated by an identified index tab. Information on each luminaire shall include: 1. Manufacturer and Catalog Number. 2. Dimensioned Construction Drawing(s). 3. Complete Catalog "Cut" Sheet. 4. Photometrics (space to mounting height ratio, coefficient of utilization complete values, IES distribution, candlepower distribution by angle and luminaire efficiency). 5. Lens/Louver Type. 6. Reflector information (type, material, reflectance, etc). 7. Ballast with each type luminaire as applicable (type, sound rating, overload protection, voltage, input/fixture wattage, ballast factor, power factor, etc.). 8. Materials for all components. 9. Socket Type. 10. Lamp (rated life, initial lumen output, mean lumen output, Kelvin color, color rendering index, dimensions, wattage, socket type, mercury content). 11. Certification of IES LM-79 an IES LM-80 testing for LED luminaires. 12. Proof that the lamps and ballasts to be provided are on the Consortium for Energy Efficiency's (CEE) list of approved equipment. B. Product Substitutions: 1. Provide products indicated. No substitutions will be considered or allowed. Cornell University 26 50 00 - 3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations LIGHTING M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-265000-16500-Lighting.doc 09/09/2015 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Luminaires and equipment shall be delivered with NRTL and manufacturer's labels intact and legible. Broken, cracked and damaged materials and equipment shall be removed from the site immediately and be replaced with new materials and equipment. Luminaires and accessories shall be stored in protected dry locations in their original unbroken package or container. Luminaires shall be protected from dust and dampness both before and after installation. Luminaires shall be protected from paint and cleaning solvents during all phases of construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMINAIRES A. Luminaires shall be identical in construction features, options, performance and appearance to the luminaires specified in the Luminaire Schedule. Luminaires and all components shall be suitable and rated for the intended use and location. 1. Lamps: a. Lamps shall be suitable for the intended luminaire and meet the luminaire requirements and ratings. b. Acceptable manufacturers: 1) General Electric 2) Osram/Sylvania 3) Phillips B. LED luminaires shall be identical in construction features, options and appearance to the luminaries specified in the Luminaire Schedule. LED luminaires include white and RGB systems respectively. 1. LED luminaries shall be provided with all cables, controllers, power supplies, connectors, terminators and accessories required for a complete installation. LED system shall utilize pulse width modulation, non-linear scaling techniques and reverse polarity protection for high-resolution output. 2. RGB LED systems shall be capable of at least 8-bit control of red, green and blue module. RGB LED system shall be capable of setting each module with a unique and individual address. Each address shall be controlled independently by DMX or alternate method protocol. All RGB LED fixtures shall undergo a minimum of eight-hour burn-in testing during manufacturing. 3. LED luminaries shall be high brightness and binned for forward voltage, luminous flux and wavelength. Cornell University 26 50 00 - 4 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations LIGHTING M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-265000-16500-Lighting.doc 09/09/2015 4. LED luminaires shall be tested in accordance with IESNA LM-79 (luminous output, power input, luminaire efficacy (lumens/watt), color temperature and color rendering index) and IESNA LM-80 (output luminous maintenance, 10,000 hour minimum test). Luminaire output shall be a minimum of 60 lumens/watt. Rated life shall be a minimum of 50,000 hours at 50% output. Testing shall be performed by a US Department of Energy (DOE) accredited laboratory. 5. LED drivers shall be solid state Class 1 power supply/driver. The system shall have a minimum 90% power factor and a maximum of 30% THD, and heat sensing with color sensing feed-back. Adequate heat sink capability shall be provided to ensure the rated life. 6. The luminaire (to include LED lamps and LED drivers) shall have a full five (5) year minimum warranty for replacement and labor. a. Acceptable LED Node Manufacturers: 1) Philips 2) Osram 3) Cree 4) Nichea 5) Lumiled C. Ballasts: 1. Ballasts shall be designed for continuous operation within the luminaire provided, and utilizing the lamp(s) specified, without overheating or causing any other detrimental affects. Ballasts shall be quiet in operation and of the lowest noise level available. Luminaires shall in no way amplify ballast noise, but rather shall suppress ballast noise. Ballasts considered to have objectionable hum or noise shall be replaced immediately at no additional cost. 2. Fluorescent ballasts shall conform to UL and ANSI standards and shall display symbols of approval by the NRTL and of certification by the C.B.M. The component parts of the ballast shall be designed, fabricated, and assembled in accordance with the latest NEMA requirements. Ballasts shall be marked "Class P" indicating approved integral ballast protection. Fluorescent ballasts not "P" rated shall be individually fused at the ballast; fuses shall be cartridge type, sized as recommended by the manufacturer. Ballasts shall be high performance and have 0.95 power factor minimum, starting temperature of 0°F or less and a crest factor of 1.7 or less. Luminaires with two lamps or multiples of two shall have two-lamp ballasts. Three-lamp ballasts shall not be used. Ballasts for compact fluorescent lamps shall be electronic type. a. Electronic Ballasts: Operating temperature shall not exceed 25°C temperature rise over 40°C ambient. Sound rating shall be "A+" with sound levels less than 18 dBA. Cornell University 26 50 00 - 5 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations LIGHTING M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-265000-16500-Lighting.doc 09/09/2015 Maximum input wattage at stabilized temperatures shall be, 60 watts for two lamp ballast, or 30 watts for one lamp ballast, when using 32 watt T- 8 lamps. Ballasts shall comply with Federal Communication Commission Rules and Regulation for EMI and RFI, applicable ANSI Standards on harmonic distortion, surge protection, etc., IEEE Publication 587, Category A for line transients. Lamps shall operate at a frequency of 20 to 35 kHz with no detectable flicker. Ballast shall be dual rated 120/277V. Maintain a constant light output at an input voltage of +/- 20% of rated voltage. Average lamp current crest factor not to exceed 1.4. Total harmonic distortion (THD) shall not exceed 10%. Ballast types shall be as listed below and as specified in the Luminaire Schedule. a) Ballasts shall provide optimal lamp electrode current to preheat electrodes, maximize lamp life in frequent switching applications and minimize required preheat time. b) Ballasts shall be wired with lamps in parallel to allow additional lamps to remain lit if one lamp fails. c) Ballasts shall restart replacement lamps without needing the power to the ballasts to be cycled. d) Provide ballasts with ballast factor of 0.6 to 1.15 as specified on Luminaire Schedule or 0.89 if not indicated. e) Provide NEMA Premium, CEE qualified ballasts as indicated in the contract documents. 2) Design Make Manufacturers: a) Advance b) General Electric c) Osram Sylvania d) Universal D. Lenses: 1. Shall be listed materials tested in accordance with ASTM D-635, "Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Self-Supporting Plastics in a Horizontal Position" and burns less than 2/5 inches per minute. 2. The products shall have a smoke density of less than 75 when tested in accordance with ASTM D-2843, standard test method for "Density of Smoke from the Burning or Decomposition of Plastics". Cornell University 26 50 00 - 6 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations LIGHTING M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-265000-16500-Lighting.doc 09/09/2015 3. The flame spread rating shall not exceed 0-25 and smoke developed rating shall not exceed 450 in accordance with ASTM E-84, standard test method for "Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials". 4. Self-ignition shall not occur below 600°F, in accordance with ASTM D-1929, standard test method for "Ignition Properties of Plastics". 5. Materials shall remain in place 15 minutes at 175°F and fall from frame at 200° below ignition temperature in accordance with ASTM D-648, "Deflection Temperature of Plastics Under Flexural Load". E. Wiring: 1. Wiring within lighting fixture for connection to branch circuit shall be: a. NEC Type AF for 120 volt, minimum No. 18 AWG. b. NEC Type SF-2 for 277 volt, minimum No. 18 AWG. 2. Stranded wire within lighting fixture shall be lead dipped. F. General: 1. Parabolic open cell luminaires shall have reflector channels for symmetrical distribution at all lamp operations. A minimum of two channels shall be provided. G. Sockets - Lampholders: 1. Lampholders shall be of porcelain or bakelite with a 660 watt, 660 volt rating. Lampholders approved for use may be the type providing for screw-type wire terminal connections or the type of socket provided with attached leads, or the type permitting push-in locking connection of the ballast wiring; Makes: Bryant, Leviton or Kulka or approved equal. Sockets shall be attached to the socket bars by means of screw/nut arrangement or any other approved means that will insure solid mounting and support of the lampholders. Lampholders shall be of the pressure lock or push-in-and-hold type, and shall be UL listed. H. Luminaire Schedule: 1. Luminaire schedule is found on contract drawings. Cornell University 26 50 00 - 7 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations LIGHTING M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-265000-16500-Lighting.doc 09/09/2015 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Provide for every luminaire shown on the plans, as scheduled on the drawings. B. Where a luminaire is specified or approved for certain locations, all luminaires in those locations must be of the same manufacturer and style. All luminaires shall be NRTL tested. C. Obtain exact location of all ceiling and wall mounted luminaires from the Architect/Engineer. D. Luminaire fasteners or hangers shall be capable of supporting four times the luminaire weight. E. Luminaires shall be supported independent from ceiling system or other building services. Support luminaires at two locations, using #10 steel wire similar to that used to support the ceiling grid. Directly attach steel wire to structural member. F. Mount luminaires in true vertical and horizontal alignment. Offset luminaires as required to avoid obstructions. Provide all necessary hangers and supports for proper luminaire installation. Such supports shall be anchored to channels in the ceiling construction, to the structural slab or to structural members above the suspended ceiling. G. Provide all necessary accessories for "end-to-end" mounting where continuous rows of fluorescent luminaires are indicated. All luminaire assemblies shall be grounded. H. New luminaires may be provided to replace existing luminaires scheduled to remain or be reused, subject to shop drawing approval. 3.2 SURFACE CEILING MOUNTING A. Mount surface luminaires tight to surface in a manner such that mounting surface does not distort fixture. B. Luminaires installed in continuous rows may be fed by a single outlet if fixtures are UL approved and suitable for through wiring in luminaire raceway. C. Luminaire fasteners or hangers shall be capable of supporting four times luminaire weight. D. Luminaires shall be supported independent from ceiling system or other building services. Cornell University 26 50 00 - 8 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations LIGHTING M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-265000-16500-Lighting.doc 09/09/2015 3.3 RECESSED MOUNTING A. The Electrical Contractor shall verify ceiling type, construction, and material prior to placing an order for recessed luminaires. B. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish fixtures with an IC rating for all recessed incandescent fixtures installed in direct contact with insulation. C. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install plaster frames for plaster ceilings and flanged frames for drywall ceilings. D. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install all required mounting hardware and accessories to adapt fixtures to ceiling construction. E. Lay-in type luminaires shall be supported independent of the ceiling system at each end of the luminaire with galvanized support wire. F. Provide and install seismic hold-down clips for all lay-in type lighting fixtures. 3.4 PENDANT MOUNTING A. Mount pendant mounted luminaires from 1/4 in. threaded rods of required length. B. Sleeve threaded rods with 1/2 in. EMT painted with color as directed by Architect/Engineer. C. Luminaires installed in continuous rows may be fed by a single outlet if they are UL approved and suitable for through wiring in luminaire raceway. 3.5 REMOTE BALLASTS A. Remote ballasts shall be mounted in an approved NEMA 1 enclosure. Remote ballasts shall be located in areas easily accessible to maintenance personnel. B. Wiring from luminaire to remote ballast shall not exceed the ballast manufacturer's recommendations for distance. C. Remote ballast shall be clearly labeled indicating fixture served, voltage, panelboard and circuit number served from. 3.6 AIRCRAFT CABLE SUSPENSION A. Cables shall be 1/16 in. aircraft cable with end safety fittings. Cable shall be provided with 2 in. diameter mini-canopy and threaded coupler for attachment to a 1/4 in.-20 threaded stud extending 3/4 in. below ceiling. B. Cable assembly shall include a spring-loaded adjustment device mounted in the fixture. Cornell University 26 50 00 - 9 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations LIGHTING M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-265000-16500-Lighting.doc 09/09/2015 C. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing required supports for cable attachment. D. For cord feed to the luminaire provide continuous cord clip of matching color to attach the cord to the cable. E. Support per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.7 COVE LIGHTING A. Fluorescent cove lighting shall be installed so as to produce a continuous and unbroken band of light with no shadows or light gaps. B. A combination of 2 ft., 3 ft. and 4 ft. lamp fixtures may be required to accomplish a continuous band of light. 3.8 LAMPS A. Furnish and install required lamps in all luminaires. Any lamp which fails prior to project close-out shall be replaced at no additional cost. B. Replace any lamp or lamps whose color is determined to be unsatisfactory. 3.9 BALLASTS A. Furnish and install ballasts for all luminaires requiring ballasts. B. To facilitate multi-level lamp switching, lamps within fixture shall be wired with the outermost lamp at both sides of the fixture on the same ballast, the next inward pair on another ballast and so on to the innermost lamp (or pair of lamps). Within a given room, each switch shall uniformly control the same corresponding lamp (or lamp pairs) in all fixture units that are being controlled. C. Provide two-lamp ballasts for fixtures with two (2) fluorescent lamps or multiples of two (2) lamps. On four (4) lamp luminaires, the two (2) outside lamps shall be on one ballast and the two (2) inside lamps shall be on the other ballast. D. Where three-lamp luminaires are indicated, unless switching arrangements dictate otherwise, utilize a common two-lamp ballast to operate the center lamp in pairs of adjacent units that are mounted in a continuous row. The ballast luminaire and the slave- lamp luminaire shall be factory wired with leads or plug devices to facilitate this circuiting. Individually mounted luminaires and the odd fixture in a row shall utilize a single-lamp ballast for operation of the center lamp. Contractors shall verify lengths of factory wired leads. E. Dimming ballasts and lamps shall be burned in at full brightness for a minimum of 100 hours prior to being used for dimming. Keep a record of all rooms with dimming luminaires and when the lamps and ballasts were burned in. Submit this record with the lighting operation and maintenance manual. Cornell University 26 50 00 - 10 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations LIGHTING M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-265000-16500-Lighting.doc 09/09/2015 3.10 GROUNDING A. Ground all non-current carrying parts of all lighting fixtures. B. All grounding shall be accomplished with NRTL tested grounding connectors suitable for this purpose. 3.11 LABELING A. Attach a self-adhesive red dot label, 1/2 in. in diameter, to all lighting fixtures with an integral battery back up and/or those tied into an emergency generator. Labels shall be attached to these fixtures or to adjacent ceiling tiles so that they are readily discernible for testing and maintenance purposes. 3.12 FINAL CLEANING A. Immediately prior to acceptance, damp clean diffusers, glassware, luminaire trim, reflectors, lamps, louvers, lens and similar objects of all luminaires. Remove all dirt, corrosion, foreign material, finger marks, and blemishes. Replace all burned out lamps and failed components. 3.13 REMOVAL OF BALLASTS IN EXISTING LUMINAIRES A. Assume ballasts contain PCB material unless labeled otherwise or test samples show materials are not PCB; submit a test report. Remove all ballasts from existing luminaires indicated on contract documents. Dispose of all ballasts which do not have non PCB labels in PCB containers and pay all costs to have containers taken to EPA approved incinerators and disposed of all EPA regulations. Follow all EPA regulations for transporting material. If ballast has leaked in existing luminaires, remove material deposited in luminaire and dispose of those materials as indicated above. Provide documentation verifying disposal of PCB contaminated ballasts. 3.14 REMOVAL OF LAMPS IN EXISTING LUMINAIRES A. The Contractor shall employ the service of a certified disposal/recycling service company to dispose of all removed fluorescent and/or HID lamps. All disposal procedures shall be performed in accordance with EPA Requirements and Subtitle C for the disposal of mercury contaminated lamps. END OF SECTION 26 50 00 Cornell University 28 31 02 - 1 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 SECTION 28 31 02 - ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, equipment and services to perform operations required for the complete installation of a fully operational analog addressable fire alarm system and related Work as described in the Contract Documents. B. Provide system as approved by local Fire Marshal and the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). System materials and installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All methods of construction, details of workmanship that are not specifically described or indicated in the contract documents, shall be subject to the control and approval of the Owner's Representative. Equipment and materials shall be of the quality and manufacture indicated in their respective sections of the specifications. The equipment specified is based upon the acceptable manufacturers listed. Equipment types, device ratings, dimensions, etc. correspond to the nomenclature dictated by those manufacturers. All equipment shall be tested at the factory. Unless specified elsewhere, standard factory inspection and operational tests will be acceptable. B. Installation shall be in accordance with NFPA-70 (National Electrical Code), NFPA-72 (National Fire Alarm Code), AHJ, state codes, local codes, requirements of authority having jurisdiction and the contract documents. Installer shall be certified in the State of New York for fire alarm installation. C. Equipment shall be designed, manufactured, assembled, and tested in accordance with the latest revisions of applicable published UL, NFPA, ANSI, NEMA and IEEE Standards. All system equipment shall be compatible and of the same manufacturer. D. Each item of the fire alarm system shall be listed as a product of a single fire alarm system manufacturer and shall bear the UL Label. E. System installation shall be under the supervision of an accredited factory representative. Final connections to the FACP, annunciator panel and any other panels shall be by the factory representative. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 2 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 F. The system provider must: 1. Provide equipment from a single manufacturer for which they maintain a contract, distributorship, are an agent, or other formal arrangement for which documentation can be produced showing authority to sell and service the equipment in this territory. 2. Demonstrate that they have successfully installed these systems, utilizing their standard products, for a period of five (5) years minimum. 3. Maintain a service organization to provide both normal and emergency service. Emergency service must be available 24 hours per day, 365 days per year and staff must be adequate to respond within 2 hours of an emergency call. 4. Have a service location not more than 50 miles from the project location. 5. Maintain adequate spare parts inventory to provide both normal and emergency service. 6. Employ service technicians who are trained in accordance with the systems manufacturer's recommendations. 7. Own and demonstrate proficiency in the use of the required test equipment, tools, etc. for the proper installation, set-up, testing and maintenance of the system. If requested, provide a listing of tools and/or equipment and where appropriate, certifications in the proper training and use of the tools and/or equipment 8. Provide all system programming to deliver a customized system to the Owner ready for use. 9. All system programming is to be completed to the satisfaction of the Owner. If after preliminary use of the system, and/or training, the increased understanding of the system's features and capabilities necessitates reprogramming to any extent, it is to be performed at no additional cost. 10. Provide a minimum of two system inspections/tests each year during the warranty period as described in NFPA 72. Needed and requested system programming changes shall be provided at these times. 11. Warranty period shall be as described elsewhere with two years being minimum. Provide a service contract for the Owner review for two years beyond the warranty period. Warranty shall include all parts, materials, labor, transportation, etc. 12. Any system being extended or connected to an existing system shall be tested for full functionality prior to beginning work. System shall be signed off by Owner/Engineer as fully functional prior to any new work. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 3 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The system shall constantly monitor all initiation devices and notification circuits for any abnormalities or alarm conditions. System shall sample/poll each addressable device no less than every 10 seconds. B. The system operation subsequent to the alarm activation by any initiating device (manual station, automatic detector, sensor, sprinkler flow switch, etc.) shall be as follows: 1. All audible alarm notification appliances within corresponding building or designated area shall provide a common audible fire alarm signal until the System Reset Key or the Signal Silence Key is depressed. 2. All visual alarm notification appliances shall flash continuously and synchronized until the system is reset or silenced. 3. The remote central monitoring station shall be notified automatically until the System Reset Key or the Signal Silence Key is depressed. 4. Shutdown of the corresponding HVAC system equipment shall occur with a supervisory alarm until the system is reset. All fans over 2000 cfm shall be shut down. 5. Activation of all programmed outputs assigned to the initiating device shall occur until the system is reset or the silence key is depressed. 6. The alarm shall be displayed at the local Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) and the fire alarm annunciator panel. A printout shall be produced at the FACP. 7. The system alarm LED shall flash on the control panel and the fire alarm annunciator panel until the alarm has been acknowledged/reset. Once acknowledged, this same LED shall latch on. A subsequent alarm received shall flash the system alarm LED on the control panel and annunciator. The LCD display shall show the new alarm information. 8. A pulsing audible alarm tone shall occur within the local building control panel and, where applicable, the fire alarm annunciator panel until the event has been acknowledged. 9. Alarms shall be entered into the system event log history. C. Any subsequent alarm shall follow the operation described above. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 4 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 D. The activation by any system smoke detector or sensor shall initiate an alarm verification operation whereby the panel will reset the activated detector and wait for a second alarm activation. If, within a preset time after resetting, a second alarm is reported from the same or any other smoke detector, the system shall process the alarm as described previously. If no second alarm occurs within the prescribed time, the system shall resume normal operation. The alarm verification shall operate only on smoke detector alarms. Other activated initiating devices shall be processed immediately. The alarm verification operation shall be selectable by device. E. A manual evacuation (drill) switch shall be provided to operate the alarm notification appliances without causing other control circuits to be activated. However, should an actual alarm occur, all alarm functions shall occur as described previously. F. The system shall have a password(s) to allow the operator to display all alarms, troubles, and supervisory service conditions log history including the time of each occurrence. This shall be able to be viewed from the front of the control panel, annunciator panel or from a computer connected to the FACP. G. The actuation of the " walk test" program at the control panel shall activate the "Walk Test" mode of the system which shall cause the following to occur: 1. The remote central monitoring station connection shall be bypassed. 2. Only audible and visual appliances shall be operated. Other alarm functions (elevator recall, HVAC shutdown, etc.) shall not be affected. 3. Walk test shall be selectable by circuit or circuits. 4. Actual alarms received during a "Walk Test" shall cause the control panel to go into alarm and override the walk test mode. 5. The control panel shall show trouble conditions. 6. The walk test activation of any initiation device shall cause the audible signals to activate for two seconds or a distinguishable audible. 7. The panel shall automatically reset itself after signaling is complete. 8. The control panel shall automatically return to normal condition if there is no activity on a walk test circuit for a period of 30 minutes. H. Any momentary opening of an initiating or notification appliance circuit wiring shall cause an audible signal to sound at the Fire Alarm Control Panel and, where applicable, the annunciator panel for four seconds indicating a trouble condition. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 5 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 I. Elevator Operation: 1. Provide the following equipment as a minimum and as indicated on the drawings: a. Smoke detection in the elevator equipment room. b. Smoke detection at each elevator lobby. c. Smoke detection in the elevator shaft if a smoke hatch. d. Heat detection in the equipment room and shaft (high and low) if a sprinkler system is in the area. Detectors shall be within 2' of the individual sprinkler heads. e. Detection devices located in elevator lobbies, elevator hoistways and elevator machine rooms shall be used for elevator recall. Hoistway and equipment room heat detection shall initiate power shut down prior to water flow. Operation shall be in accordance with ASME A17.1, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators. Signals shall be provided to the elevator controls for main level lobby alarm, any lobby alarm, elevator equipment room alarm and elevator hoistway alarm as a minimum. Provide addressable control modules for the signals to the elevator controls. J. Alarm initiation of a detector associated with a smoke hatch or fire barrier shall initiate a system alarm. Also, provide connections between the auxiliary contacts on the detectors or addressable control module and the associated smoke hatches and fire barriers such that the smoke hatch or fire barriers will be operated upon its respective detector activation. Provide power supplies, wiring and accessories for fire alarm system and all supervisory functions required for proper smoke hatch and fire barriers operation. K. Duct mounted smoke detectors associated with duct dampers shall have an addressable control module to operate the duct damper. In the event of an alarm initiation by the duct mounted smoke detector or the associated air handling unit/fan shut down the duct damper shall be closed. Control wiring shall be provided to shut the damper(s) when the associated air handling unit is not operational. Provide power supplies, wiring and accessories as needed for this operation. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 6 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 L. Provide wiring and equipment such that alarm initiation of a heat detector located in the elevator machine room and/or the elevator shaft shall provide suitable voltage from the fire alarm control panel to be applied to the shunt trip coil of the elevator's supply circuit breaker. No fire alarm devices except the heat detectors in the elevator machine rooms and shaft shall cause this. Also, alarm initiation of these heat detectors shall initiate the system alarm functions described above. Provide an addressable control module with a Form C contact at the elevator controllers, which shall be normally closed and shall open upon alarm initiation of any of these heat detectors; this contact shall be used to disconnect the battery-powered emergency return unit if so equipped with the use of a relay suitable for the emergency power circuit. Also, provide an auxiliary contact on the main line disconnect switch (four pole unit) and two (2) #12 in conduit to the elevator controller from this contact for the same purpose. M. Provide a minimum of two Form C contacts at the building's fire alarm control panel. This contact shall activate upon activation of any fire alarm initiating device. N. Provide connection to the fire pump controller and addressable initiation modules to monitor the following points as separate and distinctive trouble signals: 1. Pump running. 2. Phase reversal. 3. Switch not in automatic. 4. Trouble. 5. Power loss. 1.4 SUPERVISION A. The system shall utilize independently supervised initiation device circuits. The alarm activation of any initiation device shall not prevent the subsequent alarm operation of any other initiation device. B. Notification appliance circuits shall be supervised to indicate an open or short circuit condition. C. The incoming power to the system shall be supervised so that any power failure must be audible and visually indicated at the control panel and the remote annunciator. A green "power on" LED shall be displayed continuously while incoming power is present. This shall be a trouble alarm. D. The system batteries shall be supervised so that a low battery condition or disconnection of the battery shall be audibly and visually indicated at the control panel and the remote annunciator. This shall be a trouble alarm. E. The system shall have provisions for disabling and enabling all circuits individually for maintenance or testing purposes. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 7 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Provide a complete system submittal prior to ordering of equipment and installation including but not limited to: 1. Complete equipment list. 2. Catalog descriptive literature for all equipment. This shall include a description of the unit, ratings, functions, capability, materials and compatibility with other components. 3. Riser Wiring Diagram showing all equipment, devices, device addresses, connections, control connections, remote notification connection(s), wire quantities and sizes. 4. Floor plan indicating equipment and device locations, addresses, power circuit information with power panel location, notification circuiting, initiation circuiting, control circuiting and any system applicable building characteristics (ceiling heights, structural members impeding detection, etc). Contact the Engineer for an electronic copy of the project floor plans. Engineer logo shall be included in final drawing. 5. Typical Terminal Wiring Diagram for each type of device. 6. Terminal wiring Diagram for all Fire Alarm equipment. 7. Calculations including: a. Battery sizing calculations indicating total number of power devices, load associated with each type device, backup period and recommended battery capacity (AH). b. Voltage drop calculations with actual equipment loads used to derive battery back-up ampere-hour rating and individual circuit voltage drop (indicate the wire size to be used and the associated voltage drop with the allowed voltage drop) for each circuit. 8. Complete console enclosure and equipment configuration. B. If required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) provide a submission of all requested information for review and comment by the AHJ. All AHJ comments shall be incorporated and resubmitted until approved. C. Test reports at the completion of the project. Testing shall be of all system devices, equipment, circuits, features and functions. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 8 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. The project fire alarm system shall comply with and be in accordance with the drawings and specifications. All system equipment and materials shall be of the same manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. System and component acceptable manufacturers include the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Pyrotronics - Siemens 2.2 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A. The fire alarm system shall be comprised of the components specified as a minimum and also include components not indicated but required for a complete and operable system as described herein. B. The system and all its components shall be UL listed and in accordance with NFPA 72, local and state codes. C. The system shall have 25 % spare capacity. This shall include all individual notification circuits, initiation circuits, initiating modules, alarm modules, power supplies, batteries, central processing unit memory and printed circuit card space. System initiation device and control device capacity shall be a minimum of the indicated percentage over the shown quantity or 250 whichever is greater. D. Each initiating device shall have an individual address for system communication. The system addresses shall not exceed seven digits. Each address, initiation circuit, notification circuit and control point shall have an individual identification description. 2.3 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (FACP) A. The system shall be entirely solid state, microprocessor based, use digital transmission and shall be field programmable. All system programming including field modifications shall be stored in non-volatile memory. Field modifications shall be automatically stored without special actions. The panel shall be designed and manufactured expressly for the intent to detect the presence of fire and to provide indication of such detection. Panel shall contain as a minimum power supply(s), control module, main control printed circuit board, initiation modules, notification modules, terminals and back up battery(s). Control module shall have 80 character backlit LCD display and twelve control buttons (four being field assignable), minimum. Display shall indicate the battery voltage at all times. B. The system shall be modular in design to allow for future expansion with a minimum of hardware additions. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 9 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 C. The FACP shall be located where shown on the drawings. Enclosures shall accept all system items for an aesthetically suitable operator's console. Enclosures shall be of modular size to allow surface mounting of multiple boxes adjacent to each other, shall have hinged solid metal doors and contain a lock with a key common to all system devices. Enclosure shall have a red finish. D. The FACP shall operate its integral LCD Display through an RS-232C port operating up to 9600 baud to indicate all operator transactions, alarms, trouble reports and any other conditions specified by system programming. E. Conditions of the system shall be indicated at the operator interface by LED's. These conditions shall be alarm, supervisory, trouble and alarm silenced. An LCD 2 line, 40 character per line display shall also be included. It shall display "SYSTEM IS NORMAL" with the date and time under normal circumstances. The LCD display shall also indicate type of alarm, point status, number of alarms and location. Through the use of function keys, historical data can also be displayed. F. The FACP shall include a password (three levels of protection with individual passwords, minimum) protected key pad for access to programming, special functions and all system features. G. Any event initiated by the FACP due to an alarm input shall be retained in nonvolatile EPROM memory. The FACP shall also have sufficient memory for 1200 individual alarm/trouble events. H. The FACP shall have the following user connection types: 1. Ethernet connection for a computer, personal data device or printer. Connection shall allow for programming changes, history download, setting review/changes, etc. 2. RS 232 port for connection of a serial printer. I. Provide modules for network interfacing and connection to graphic annunciator. J. The FACP shall be equipped with a minimum of 60 hours of battery standby. The FACP shall be equipped with battery charging circuits sufficient to recharge fully depleted batteries to within 70% of the maximum capacity within 12 hours. When the system is operating on the battery supply, a trouble condition shall be generated. When utility power is restored, the system shall revert back to 120 VAC supply without any operator intervention. K. Design Equipment: Siemens. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 10 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 2.4 REMOTE TRANSPONDER UNIT (RTU) A. The RTU shall function as a subpanel to the FACP, and shall have all the initiation, notification, control, battery, display functions, etc as the FACP. In the event of failure of the FACP the RTU shall continue to function as a standalone system. All remote notification shall be through the FACP. Provide power circuits to the RTU similar to the FACP. The spare capacity indicated for the FACP shall also be provided in the RTU's. All trouble and alarm conditions at the RTU shall be transmitted to the FACP for suitable operation. B. RTU's shall contain their own processors and memory and function independently of the FACP but utilize the same base programming. Programming functions in the RTU shall be accessible through the FACP and RTU. C. The RTU shall be capable of communication with addressable devices that are uniquely identified by an address. Wiring shall be shielded twisted pair cable. The system must allow up to 2,500 feet wire length to the furthest addressable device. T-tapping of the communications channel or multiple loop channels shall be supported. D. Enclosures shall be of modular size to allow [flush] [surface] mounting of multiple boxes adjacent to each other, shall have hinged solid metal doors and contain a lock with a key common to all system devices. E. The FACP shall communicate with RTU's through dual supervised data lines. Data lines shall be standard #18 AWG twisted shielded pair minimum or as recommended by the manufacturer. In normal operation, each line shall be used alternately on intervals to maintain line integrity. Should either data line fail, system shall automatically revert to alternate data line and data line trouble shall be reported to operator. The FACP shall automatically "re-boot" after data line is restored. Minimum allowable distance between the FACP and RTU shall be 2500'. F. Design Make: To match FACP. 2.5 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM A. Provide a complete emergency telephone communications system. B. The Emergency Communications Control Panel (ECCP) shall be alerted to incoming calls from any remote emergency telephone station by individual line flashing lamps for each station and a common audible signal. When the attendant picks up the master handset located in the ECCP, the audible signal shall be silenced, but each line lamp shall continue to flash until the call is answered by placing individual switches in the talk position. The line lamp for the answered call shall remain constantly illuminated until the attendant terminates the call. The attendant shall be able to communicate privately with an individual station or simultaneously with several stations as required by placing the individual line switches in the talk position. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 11 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 C. The master telephone shall be a handset with transmitter and receiver. Provide permanent flexible cord attachment long enough for the handset to reach the floor and cradle in the ECCP. D. Remote Emergency Telephone Stations shall be located in elevators, elevator lobbies, areas of refuge, stair towers, mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, generator rooms and as shown on the drawings. The remote telephone circuits shall be electrically supervised and individually zoned. Removing a Remote Emergency Telephone Station receiver from its cradle shall cause an audible tone to sound within the telephone indicating that the telephone is in operational condition. The tone shall remain until the call is answered. Remote Emergency Telephone Stations shall be a handset with transmitter and receiver. Provide permanent flexible cord attachment long enough for the handset to reach the floor. Remote Emergency Telephone Stations shall be mounted in a recessed back box. Coverplate shall be stainless steel with "Fire Fighters' Telephone" engraving. Tamperproof lock shall be provided in coverplate. E. All wiring of the Emergency Telephone Communication System shall be supervised. Open or short circuits shall report to the ECCP as trouble condition. F. In the event of normal power failure, the entire telephone communications system shall automatically transfer to standby power source. Provide separate and dedicated power circuit(s) for the ECCP. G. The ECCP shall be installed near the FACP H. Design Equipment: Siemens. 2.6 AUDIO EVACUATION SYSTEM A. Notification speakers shall be located as shown on the drawings and shall be electrically supervised, and zoned as shown on the drawings. Minimum zoning shall be by floor. Provide zone selector switches, individual zone lamps, trouble lamp and test switch at the Emergency Communications Control Panel (ECCP). All-call capability shall be provided by operation of a single switch. Master microphone shall be located in the ECCP and shall have integral "press-talk" announcement. Signals shall automatically sound again upon lifting of "press-to-talk" switch at the end of the announcement. B. Provide an audible amplifier unit and locate within the ECCP. All components shall be solid state. Preamplifier shall contain microphone input and necessary tone and volume controls. Power amplifier shall be rated 500 watts minimum for suitable power rating for the indicated system, locations and ambient sound level while having the system spare capacity factor indicated and have a frequency response of 125-12,000 Hz. System shall provide intelligible voice communication throughout the project. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 12 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 C. Speakers shall be flush mounted, 4 in. size, 8 ohms impedance, 11 watts rating. Provide integral matching transformer for 70 volt line and with 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1.0 and 2 watt taps. Speakers shall have a steel housing, water-sealed compression driver, and baked epoxy finish. Color shall be white. Provide bi-directional or weatherproof mounting where shown on drawings. D. In the event of 120 VAC power failure, the entire audio evacuation system shall automatically transfer to the system standby power source. E. Design Equipment: Simplex. 2.7 VENTILATION FAN SHUTDOWN CONTROL A. Provide supervised normally closed relays and contactors for connection into the fan motor control circuits ahead of all automatic devices. B. Sequence fan shutdown for every air distribution system. Provide duct detectors in return of systems over 2,000 cfm and in both supply and return at each floor of systems over 15,000 cfm. C. Provide drill bypass feature, locate switch on Fire Alarm Control Panel and label "DRILL-FAN SHUTDOWN BYPASS". Buzzer shall sound continuously while in bypass mode. D. Provide fan reset feature, locate switch on Fire Alarm Control Panel and label "FAN RESET". 2.8 INITIATION DEVICES A. GENERAL 1. Provide analog addressable smoke and thermal sensors as shown. All detectors, control modules, monitor modules and all other initiation devices shall communicate with twisted pair cable and have an individual address. Peripheral devices shall be of the some manufacturer as the FACP. 2. Spot type detectors shall utilize the same interchangeable bases. 3. If a device is removed or taken out of service a trouble signal shall be initiated. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 13 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 B. PHOTO-OBSCURATION TYPE SMOKE DETECTOR 1. The photo-obscuration detector shall operate on the photo electronic principle and provide an analog signal to the system indicating the amount of smoke. Detector shall be an analog addressable type. 2. The detector shall incorporate a built in type identification so the system can identify the type of detector. The sensor shall be continually monitored to measure any change in their sensitivity because of the environment (dirt, smoke, temperature, humidity, etc.). Unit shall not be affected by exterior light or EMF. 3. The detector shall be designed and arranged to prevent interference from exterior electromagnetic fields and light. 4. The detector shall provide advance indication of the analog value of the products of combustion to the FACP indicating that maintenance is required in order to insure normal operation. The detector sensitivity shall be adjustable per device (within UL limits) and be set at the FACP for continuous or variable based on time of day. There shall be a minimum of six selectable sensitivity levels. The individual detector sensitivity setting shall be adjusted to meet the building/space characteristics and operation. 5. Detectors shall be designed for twistlock mounting to a separate base assembly. Provide manufacturer's recommended back box suitable for surface mounting where required. 6. The detector base shall have terminals for making all connections; no soldering shall be required. It shall be possible to secure the detector to the base with a concealed socket headscrew to prevent unauthorized tampering. 7. Smoke detectors shall be UL 268 listed and FM approved. 8. All smoke detectors shall be field checked and set to meet the prevailing conditions of the premise and any Owner requests. All such work shall be performed by an authorized representative of the manufacturer trained in such procedures. 9. Photo-obscuration type smoke detection shall be used for smoke detection unless indicated otherwise indicated. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 14 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 C. IONIZATION TYPE SMOKE DETECTOR 1. The ionization detector shall operate on the "ionization" principle and shall send an analog signal to the FACP and have a distinct system address. 2. The detector shall incorporate a built in type identification so the system can identify the type of sensor. The unit shall be continually monitored to measure any change in their sensitivity because of the environment (dirt, smoke, temperature, humidity, etc.). 3. It shall provide advance indication of the analog value of the products of combustion to the control panel indicating that maintenance is required in order to insure normal operation. The unit sensitivity shall be adjustable per device (within UL limits) from the FACP. 4. Detector shall be designed for twistlock mounting to a separate base assembly. Provide back box suitable for surface mounting where required. 5. The base shall have terminals for making all connections; no soldering shall be required. It shall be possible to secure the detector to the base with a concealed socket headscrew to prevent unauthorized tampering. 6. Shall be UL 268 listed and FM approved. 7. All smoke detectors shall be field checked and set to meet the prevailing conditions of the premise and any Owner requests. All such Work shall be performed by an authorized representative of the manufacturer trained in such procedures. There shall be a minimum of three sensitivity levels selectable by unit at the FACP. 8. Ionization type smoke detectors shall be utilized where indicated and in electric rooms and elevator rooms. D. PROJECTED BEAM PHOTO ELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTORS 1. Microprocessor based beam type smoke detector consisting of a single transmitter and receiver unit with a reflective unit separate transmitter and receiver units. Units shall have individual system addresses and provide an analog signal based on the beam obscuration. Unit shall have a sensing range suitable for the intended location with capability up to 60' x 320' of detection area. Where an analog signal is not available provide an addressable initiation module for system interface. 2. Transmitter shall produce a crystal controlled infrared beam. 3. Shall have an adjustable time delay (up to 30 seconds) for momentary beam blockage. Alarm sensitivity shall be adjustable from 20 to 60%. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 15 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 4. Shall initiate trouble alarm when dust obscures beam by 50%. Unit shall compensate for a gradual buildup of dust. 5. Installation with convenient beam alignment adjustments. 6. Provide with manufacturer surface mounting backbox for surface mounted locations. 7. Housing color to match the surrounding colors. 8. Operating voltage 18-32 VDC. Provide a 24 VDC power circuit from the FACP. Connect unit to the system addressable circuit. 9. Provide with remote indicator and testing station for each unit. Station shall indicate system condition (alarm, normal, trouble), have the ability to remotely test the system and have time delay/sensitivity adjustments. Mount station in local utility space and label for the specific unit. 10. Acceptable Manufacturer a. System manufacturer. b. Another manufacturer listed with the system and meeting these specifications. E. HEAT DETECTOR 1. The heat detector shall be a thermal sensor and shall constantly monitor the space temperature and constantly report this to the system. The unit shall be analog addressable. 2. The sensor shall use dual solid state thermistors and shall monitor the ambient temperature from 32 degrees F, to 155 degrees F and provide a fast response to rapid increase in temperature. The sensor shall send data to the FACP representing the analog value of the ambient temperature. The FACP shall be suitable to monitor for set temperature (selectable by detector for 135 or 155 degrees F) and rate of rise (selectable by detector for 15 or 20 degrees F per minute). Individual detector thermal settings shall be adjusted for the building/space characteristics and operation but shall initially be set to 135 degrees F set temperature and 15 degrees F per minute rate of rise. 3. Detectors shall be designed for twistlock mounting to a separate base assembly. Provide back box suitable for surface mounting where required. 4. The detector base shall have terminals for making all connections; no soldering shall be required. It shall be possible to secure the detector in the base with a concealed socket headscrew to prevent unauthorized tampering. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 16 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 5. Smoke detectors shall be UL 268 listed and FM approved. 6. All thermal sensors shall be field checked and set to meet the prevailing conditions of the premise. All such work shall be performed by an authorized representative of the manufacturer trained in such procedures. F. COMBINATION SMOKE AND HEAT DETECTOR 1. Single detector shall have both heat and smoke sensing capability as described in the photoelectric smoke detector and heat detector paragraphs above. Unit shall provide two individual analog sensing levels to the FACP including one for smoke and one for heat. 2. Detector shall utilize the same base unit as the smoke and heat detectors. G. ADDRESSABLE INITIATION MODULE 1. The addressable initiation module shall be used to connect supervised conventional initiating device or zone of supervised conventional initiating devices (water flow switches, tamper switches, manual pull stations, (4) wire smoke detectors, conventional (4) wire duct detectors, fire pump alarms, dry chemical fire extinguisher control panels, etc.) to one of the system's addressable circuits. 2. The module shall provide address setting means using rotary decimal switches and also store an internal identifying code which the control panel shall use to identify the type of device. 3. The module shall contain an integral LED that flashes each time the unit is polled. H. MANUAL PULL STATIONS 1. Noncoded pull-down type, double action (push then pull down) manual addressable units with keyed test/reset. Units shall be semi-flush where installed in construction with hollow or block walls. Where construction does not allow semi-flush mounting then unit shall be surface mounted utilizing the manufacturers back box. Each unit shall have a distinct address. Units shall be key reset. 2. Units installed outdoors or in potentially wet locations shall be rated for such conditions. 3. Bright red finish with white lettering "FIRE ALARM". Cornell University 28 31 02 - 17 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 I. DUCT-TYPE SMOKE DETECTOR 1. Detector shall be a photoelectric type that shall be activated by the presence of combustion products. 2. The detector head shall be a plug-in unit. The unit shall contain no moving parts. One chamber shall be for fire detection and the second chamber shall function as a reference, to stabilize the detector for changes in environmental temperature, humidity and pressure. It shall be possible to electrically check detectors sensitivity, using a sensitivity test set, or equivalent, and readjust the detectors sensitivity as required. 3. The detector base shall have terminals for making all connections; no soldering shall be required. It shall be possible to secure the detector in the base with a concealed socket-head screw to prevent unauthorized tampering. 4. Smoke detectors shall be listed by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. and approved by Factory Mutual Insurance Company. 5. Provide complete with sampling tubes. Size sampling tubes for 80% of the width of the duct. Locate in ductwork for the indicated system and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 6. Provide auxiliary contacts and separate 24 VDC power to relay required for smoke damper operation. 7. Provide a remote indicating light/key test switch for each duct detector and mount [directly below each duct detector on the underside of the ceiling where the detector is concealed] [in a local utility room with a sign indicating the system and location of the duct detector (ie. AHU-2, Second Floor East End)]. 8. Provide addressable base. 2.9 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES A. BELLS 1. 24 volts DC. 2. 10 in. diameter, bell shall be rated 90 dB at 10 ft. 3. Vibrating under-dome type. 4. Surface mounted on wall. 5. Install in backbox, approximately 14 in. sq. with 4 in. maximum depth. Provide grilled for backboxes. Paint bell and inside of box with matte black paint. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 18 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 B. HORNS 1. 24 volts DC. 2. Basic grille type with powder coated red finish paint. 3. Horn shall be rated 94 dBA (anechoic chamer) at 10 feet. Output shall be selectable steady tone or coded. Provide dampening devices to reduce unit output by 5dBA for a minimum of 40% of the system horn units and install as needed to meet the Owners needs. 4. Units shall be semi-flush where installed in construction with hollow or block walls. Where construction does not allow semi-flush mounting then unit shall be surface mounted utilizing the manufacturers back box. 5. Units installed outdoors or in potentially wet locations shall be rated for such conditions. 6. Provide directional projector where noted on the Drawings. 7. Provide backbox and grille for fully recessed installations; 4 in. deep box maximum. C. STROBE UNIT 1. 24 volts DC with built-in Xenon Flasher; two watts maximum. Pulse duration shall be 0.2 seconds with maximum duty cycle of 40%. Illumination intensity shall be field selectable for 15, 30, 75 or 110 candela. Output setting shall be 15 candela in corridors, 75 candela in general areas, 110 candela in sleeping areas or as indicated. Flash rate minimum 1 Hz, maximum 2 Hz. Units within building shall flash in synchronization. 2. Protruding pyramid shaped lexan lens with reflector and the word "FIRE" imprinted on the lens. 3. Rated life shall be a minimum of 500 hours of continuous operation. 4. Units installed outdoors or in potentially wet locations shall be rated for such conditions. 5. Units shall be semi-flush where installed in construction with hollow or block walls. Where construction does not allow semi-flush mounting then unit shall be surface mounted utilizing the manufacturers back box. Wall or ceiling mounted as noted on the Drawings. 6. Provide surface backbox for surface installation; 4 in. deep maximum. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 19 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 D. COMBINATION HORN-STROBE UNITS 1. Unit shall be a combination of the horm and strobe units specified above in a single manufactured unit. E. ADDRESSABLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES 1. Notification appliances specified herein shall be addressable and individually programmed for use as dictated by the Owner. Notification shall be programmed by floor, office space, common space, specialty use space and others as directed. Appliances shall only annunciate upon the directed conditions and order. 2.10 ADDRESSABLE CONTROL MODULE A. The addressable control module shall have an individual system address, be supervised and control an output dry contact from indication from the FACP. This can be used to control or have an input to elevator controls, notification appliances, door holder circuits, fans systems, etc. as indicated. Modules shall be connected to the addressable loop(s). B. The unit shall control an output relay (dry contact form C). The module shall mount in a 4 in. square, 2-1/8 in. deep electrical box. C. The module shall contain an integral LED that shall flash each time the module is polled. D. The module shall provide address setting means using rotary decimal switches and also store an internal identifying code which the control panel shall use to identify the type of device. Each unit shall have a separate address and be connected to the system addressable signaling circuit. 2.11 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR A. Wall mount within a flush box. Maximum depth of 4 in., stainless steel trim. Nominal dimensions of 4" x 12". B. Annunciation shall be by two line by 40 character LCD display to provide system information and alarm/trouble description. C. Unit power and control shall be from the FACP. Unit circuiting shall be supervised. D. Provide trouble signal with audible buzzer, silencing switch and system reset. All pushbuttons shall be inoperable without keyswitch activated. Pushbuttons for alarm acknowledge, silence and alarm reset shall be standard on the front with a description. Shall include a minimum of four auxiliary switches/pushbuttons to be programmed as coordinated with the owner (possible options are door holder release override, manual alarm initiation, elevator capture bypass, etc.). E. Tamper-resistant front panel screws. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 20 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 F. Provide a 12 in. x 18 in. framed directory showing the building outline of each floor and referencing device descriptions. All lettering shall be minimum 1/2 in. high. Mount next to remote annunciator. 2.12 GRAPHIC ANNUNCIATOR PANEL A. Provide a complete electrically supervised flush mounted type directory and graphic annunciator to display the location of each initiation device as described herein and shown on the Drawings. B. The graphic display and directory shall be 12 in. high by 18 in. wide and shall be designed for flush mounting on both the front display section and the back control and access section. C. The graphic display shall consist of backbox, support brackets, terminal strips, and LEDs. Each initiation device shall have a separate indicating LED. D. Provide a 1/4 in. thick plexiglass graphic floor plan on each level, silk screened in a minimum of three colors with 1/8 in. thick plexiglass cover panel. E. Acceptance of products to be used will be considered only when the following requirements have been met: 1. A complete full size construction drawing of the annunciator is submitted to the Owner's Representative. 2. Written acceptance is received from the Owner's Representative prior to actual construction of the graphic panel. 2.13 MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDERS A. Rated 115 volts AC. B. Holders shall be wall or floor mounted adjacent to the doors as dictated by the building conditions. Floor mounted units shall only be used where wall mounted are not possible. C. Door holders shall be aluminum construction, have 25 pound holding force and shall have all necessary mounting hardware. Provide door plate for each and extender chain (chromed and 1" links) where needed. D. At each door holder location (or pair of door holders where two doors occupy the same opening), provide a flush mounted keyswitch to disable or enable the door holders. (Keyswitches not indicated on drawings). The keyswitch shall be maintained contact, with key removable in the vertical position. Keyswitch shall be tamper resistant, factory prewired brushed stainless steel finish. Provide all wiring to connect to local door holders. Make: Dyna Lock 70001 or equivalent. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 21 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 2.14 AUTOMATIC DIALER A. Provide automatic tie to telephone line upon activation of the fire alarm system and transmission of prerecorded message. Provide two telephone lines from the building service individually routed to the FACP and terminated. B. Ten minute digitally stored message capacity. C. Provide automatic line seizure. D. Provide automatic telephone dialing to a prearranged telephone line. System shall have standard pre-recorded message stored in the memory. Record and store custom message as indicated by the Owner or call station. 2.15 DIGITAL COMMUNICATOR A. The digital fire communicator shall be installed in the FACP or mounted in a separate enclosure. The communicator shall be powered by 24 VDC from the FACP and shall report four (4) conditions - (2) alarm, (1) trouble and (1) supervisory. The unit shall have a built in auxiliary relay output which is programmable for alarm or trouble conditions, and shall be capable of sending a distinctive AC power failure report. B. Install all wiring in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. All wiring shall be completely tested as directed by the manufacturer, and a written test report submitted to them for approval. Their approval shall be obtained before connecting any devices. The system manufacturer, by their approval of the test report, shall assume all responsibility for all installed wiring. C. The communicator shall have the following features: visual and audible trouble indications; supervised or unsupervised input channels, dual phone line interface with line seizure; local and remote programming and automatic 24-hour test. D. The communicator shall be UL 864 listed and meet the requirements of NFPA 82 Chapter 4 for supervising station fire alarm systems. 2.16 CENTRAL STATION MONITORING A. Make all arrangements for, and pay all costs for a UL listed central station monitoring service to monitor the fire alarm system via the digital communicator for a period of one year. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 22 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 2.17 BATTERY AND CHARGER A. Standby power shall be provided through 24 volt DC battery and automatic charger. B. Provide sealed lead-calcium batteries, ampere-hour capacity which will allow system to operate 24 hours under supervisory condition and at the end of this period to operate all alarm signals for five 15 consecutive minutes. C. Provide cell reversal protection. D. Life expectancy shall be ten years minimum. E. Charger shall be self-regulating, solid state, type, automatic with capability to fully charge the discharged battery within five hours. F. Locate charger within the FACP enclosure. Locate batteries in a separate vented enclosure directly adjacent to the FACP. 2.18 SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEM A. Provide a UL 864 listed smoke control system. The system shall provide automatic operation of smoke exhaust fans, makeup air fans, air handling units, and dampers in accordance with the smoke control sequence indicated on the drawings. The smoke control system main controls shall be located in the building fire command center. B. Provide addressable control modules within three feet of each smoke exhaust fan controller, makeup air fan controllers, air handling unit controller, and damper controlled by the smoke control system. Wire these for control of the individual units. C. Provide addressable initiation modules to monitor status/operation of each smoke exhaust fan, makeup air fan, air handling unit, and damper controlled by the smoke control system. D. Enclosure: Finish to match Fire Alarm Control Units. The locking cover/display assembly to be hinged. Key and lock shall be common to all secured fire alarm system enclosures. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 23 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 E. System Graphic Annunciator/Control 1. Annunciator Unit: Provide an LED-indicating light located on the graphic annunciator to indicate the status for all smoke control equipment. For systems with two or more Smoke Control System Graphic Annunciators, each Annunciator shall be programmable to allow multiple Annunciators to have equal operation priority or to allow hierarchal priority control to be assigned to individual Annunciators (locations). 2. Fans, dampers, and other operating equipment in normal status shall be indicated by a green LED. Fans, dampers, and other operating equipment in off or closed status shall be indicated by a red LED. Fans, dampers, and other operating equipment in fault status shall be indicated by a yellow LED. The annunciator shall graphically depict the building arrangement and smoke control system zones. Fans, major ducts, dampers, and airflow direction shall be indicated. 3. Provide HOA switches labeled "ON-AUTO-OFF" on the annunciator to permit fire-fighters manual control of each individual smoke control fan or air handling unit. HOA switches labeled "OPEN-AUTO-CLOSE" shall be provided on the annunciator for each individual smoke control damper. 4. Provide a toggle or push-button switch to test the LEDs mounted on the unit. The test switch does not require key operation. 5. Provide a HOA switch labeled "OPEN-AUTO-LOCK" on the annunciator for each stairway to permit fire-fighters manual control of stairway door locks in accordance with local codes. 6. In the normal switch position, the fans, air handling units, or dampers operate automatically as controlled by the building automation/temperature control system. Automatic controls can be overridden with the HOA switches provided on the graphic annunciator. The operation of the HOA switches shall permit manual control and override of any conflicting signal from the building automation/temperature control system or any other system. 7. Enclosure: finish to match Fire Alarm Control Units. The locking cover/display assembly is hinged on the left. Key and lock shall be common to all secured fire alarm system enclosures. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 24 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 2.19 WIRE GUARDS A. Where specified herein or shown on the drawings provided a suitable wire guard for protection of indicated devices/equipment. Units shall be custom as needed for the application. B. Wire guard shall be a minimum #6 wire gage of zinc plated steel, overall clear coating and welded at joints. For any unit needing access it shall have an integral hinge and locking means. C. As a minimum provide a wire guard for equipment where indicated and in gymnasiums. D. Wires shall have 2 inch maximum spacing. E. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Design Make: American Time and Signal. 2. Simplex 3. Approved equal. 2.20 PULL STATION ALARM COVER A. Provide a protective alarm cover over manual pull stations where indicated. Unit shall allow easy access to the manual pull station and also provide an audible alarm when operated. B. Unit shall provide a 95dB alarm at 1 foot and be powered from a 9VDC battery. C. Unit shall be suitable for use in the intended location and pull station. D. Acceptable manufacturer: 1. System manufacturer. 2. STI Stopper II Cornell University 28 31 02 - 25 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, EQUIPMENT A. All installations shall be accomplished in a professional manner by qualified personnel regularly engaged in and experienced in this type of Work. Fire alarm installation shall be directed by a person who possesses a state license for installation of fire alarm systems. All equipment and components shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. System junction boxes and surface mounted device boxes shall be painted red. C. Provide all wiring to sprinkler flow switches, pressure switches, and alarm check valves, installed by others. Maintain supervisory circuitry to the switches. Use liquidtight conduit for the last 2 ft. - 0 in. of raceway at the switch. D. Provide all wiring to post indicator valves, OS&Y valves and dry pipe sprinkler system maintenance air pressure switches, provided by others. Wire into the supervisory alarm portion of the fire alarm system. E. Provide all wiring to the smoke dampers installed by others. Provide an addressable control module for each. Wire to the damper junction box with flexible conduit and wire; provide box or boxes as required. Install according to NEC. Smoke dampers shall close when its associated smoke duct detector is in alarm, upon direction from the FACP or if the associated fan unit is not operating. F. Provide all power supplies and wiring to smoke relief hatches and fire barriers] provided by others. Smoke relief hatch or fire barrier shall operate only when its associated smoke detector is in alarm. G. Provide all wiring to duct smoke detectors. Duct smoke detectors shall be mounted on the ventilating ductwork by others. All mounting arrangements, holes cut into ductwork, sealing of openings along with ceiling and access doors for the duct type detectors shall be provided by others. Provide duct detectors along with sampling tubes with end caps. Sequence smoke damper operation thirty seconds after its associated fan has been shut down. H. Provide all wiring required for fan shutdown. Wire from the addressable control module for each fan to be shut down and provide wiring from the module to the fan control unit (starter, adjustable speed drive, etc). Dry contact shall be wired ahead of all control functions for starters. Provide intermediate relay for control circuits beyond the rating of the control module. I. Install all door holders in accordance with installation detail on the drawings and coordinate with the General Construction trade. A maximum of fifty door holders shall be wired to each power circuit. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 26 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 J. Provide 120 volt AC supervisory relays in the Fire Alarm Control Panel enclosure for each magnetic door holder power circuit to insure their associated circuit breakers are in the "ON" position. In the event a circuit breaker is in the "OFF" position, its associated supervisory relay shall transmit a trouble signal. K. Provide all elevator capture control wiring. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Pay all costs to modify existing elevator controllers for elevator capture and alternate level capture. L. Elevator machine room and shaft heat detectors shall be mounted within two feet of the sprinkler head where applicable. M. Detection and initiating equipment shall be listed by NRTL and approved by FM. N. All surface mounted devices shall be mounted on a special box furnished by fire alarm equipment manufacturer. Total assembly shall be secure, smooth contour and have no protrusions. O. Where detectors are installed on wood or masonry surfaces, attach brackets directly to the surface with tamperproof fasteners. Where detectors are installed on suspended ceilings, provide additional supports in the ceiling, such as channel support system, angle iron or additional runner bars. Fasten the additional supports rigidly to the ceiling runner bar system. Attach bracket to the supports with tamperproof fasteners. Install metal spacers between the bracket and supports so that the ceiling tiles will not be a part of the support system. P. Install wall mounted audio/visual signal devices at 80 in. AFF to bottom of lens. Where ceiling types are called for, verify ceiling type and mounting height in the field. Provide pendant-mounted devices as required for specified mounting height. Q. An auxiliary fire alarm relay used to control an emergency control device that provides control functions described in this specification shall be located within 3 ft. of the emergency control device and all wiring shall be supervised. R. All smoke detectors shall be field checked and set to meet the prevailing conditions of the premise. All such Work shall be performed by an authorized representative of the manufacturer trained in such procedures. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 27 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 3.2 SYSTEM CIRCUITING A. All wiring shall conform to the NEC, and to NFPA-72, National Fire Alarm Code. B. Install all wiring in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations taking into account loading, intended location, circuit length, spare capacity and voltage drop. C. All wiring shall be copper and installed in a dedicated/segregated EMT conduit system. D. Power circuits: 1. Provide the required quantity of 20 ampere, 120 volt circuits to the system with a minimum of one for the FACP. E. Provide minimum #18 AWG twisted shielded pair for addressable signal line circuits. Notification appliance circuits shall be#14AWG minimum. F. Provide minimum #18 AWG twisted pair for speakers and telephones. Speaker ircuits shall be shielded. G. Addressable signal line circuits shall be NFPA 72 2010 Class A (redundant, single open operation). H. Notification appliance circuits shall be NFPA 72 - 2010 Class A (redundant, single open operation). I. Provide a 24VDC power circuit, #16 twisted pair minimum, with each initiation addressable circuit for the entire length. J. Notification circuits shall be segregated as indicated on the drawings and by individual floors as a minimum. Circuits shall also be dedicated to audible or visual appliances but not both. 3.3 PROGRAMMING A. Include in bid the cost to cover all system programming, including items particular to this project (such as custom zone descriptions, time delay settings, sensitivity settings, etc.) such that entire system is 100% complete and operating to the Owner's satisfaction. Coordinate all system programming with the Owner and Cornell Design Standard 16721, Section 1.06A. Also, provide programming of the system a minimum of once during the warranty period to provide changes requested by the Owner. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 28 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 3.4 SPARE EQUIPMENT A. Provide the following spare equipment to the Owner. Deliver the equipment to the Owner designated location on the project site in original packaging. B. Equipment to include: 1. Smoke detectors: 5% of each type used with a minimum of five. 2. Heat detectors: 5% of each type used with a minimum of five. 3. Addressable control modules: 2% of each type used with a minimum of two. 3.5 TESTING AND INSTRUCTION A. The complete fire alarm system shall be fully tested after the installation is complete. Testing shall include all devices, FACP, annunciator panel, other panels, features and functions. Testing shall be witnessed by the owners representative (Cornell EH&S and IFD) and be in accordance with the NFPA and herein. Provide a testing report to the authority having jurisdiction and the Engineer as a submittal. B. Provide a minimum of 4 hours of instruction to the operating personnel designated by the Owner's Representative with regard to use and operation of the system. Provide up to three programming modifications. C. Provide three sets of keys to all panels, manual stations, etc., to the Owner's Representative. D. Provide a copy of the system programming to the Owner on a CD/DVD disk or flash drive. E. Provide to the Owner system Operation Manuals as specified, that shall include as a minimum. 1. Bill of Material. 2. Catalog descriptive literature for all equipment. This shall include a description of the unit, ratings, functions, capability, materials and compatibility with other components. 3. Riser Wiring Diagram showing all equipment, devices, device addresses, connections, control connections, remote notification connection(s), wire quantities and sizes. 4. Floor plan indicating equipment and device locations, addresses, power circuit information with power panel location, notification circuiting, initiation circuiting and control circuiting. Contact the Engineer for a copy of the project floor plans. Cornell University 28 31 02 - 29 Statler Hotel Public Restroom Renovations ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. Project No. 150208 P:\2015\15-0200\150208\Specs\elec\150208-283102-16722-AnalogAddressableFireAlarmSystem.doc 09/09/2015 5. Typical Terminal Wiring Diagram for each type of device. 6. Terminal wiring Diagram for all Fire Alarm equipment. 7. Calculations including: a. Battery sizing calculations indicating total number of power devices, load associated with each type device and recommended battery capacity (AH). b. Voltage drop calculations with actual equipment loads used to derive battery back-up ampere-hour rating and individual circuit voltage drop (indicate the wire size to be used and the associated voltage drop with the allowed voltage drop) for each circuit. 8. Instruction report starting when instruction was given and who was in attendance, signed by Owner's Representative. 9. A written test report from an authorized representative of the equipment manufacturer that each device and overall system operation has been 100% tested and approved. 10. Certificate of Completion as described in NFPA-72. 11. A five year warranty in accordance with the Basic Requirements of these Specifications shall be provided for this system. END OF SECTION 28 31 02 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 10/1/2015 1 0:42:38 AM 130 STATLER DRIVE ITHACA, NY 14853 CLIENT: CORNELL UNIVERSITY SWBR PROJECT #: 15535.00 ARCHITECT & STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: MEP CONSULTANT: SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. 387 EAST MAIN STREET ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14604 PHONE: (585) 232-8300 FAX: (585) 232-9221 M/E ENGINEERING, P.C. 150 NORTH CHESTNUT STREET ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14604 PHONE: (585) 288-5590 FAX: (585) 288-0233 CERAMIC WALL TILE ;STAINED WOOD MOLDING, TRIM, AND CAP. TOILET PARTITION IMAGE #1 :STILE AND RAIL ;WOOD DOOR _. ?. DRAWING LIST GENERAL G-000 TITLE SHEET/PROJECT DATA ARCHITECTURAL A-000 CODE COMPLIANCE PLANS A-100 RESTROOM DEMOLITIONS PLANS A-110 RESTROOM NEW WORK PLANS A-420 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS A-600 DOOR AND ROOM FINISH SCHEDULES, DETAILS PLUMBING P-000 KEY PLANS, SYMBOLS, NOTES, & DETAILS - PLUMBING P-100 RESTROOM PLANS - GROUND, FIRST & SECOND FLOOR - DEMOLITION - PLUMBING P-200 RESTROOM PLANS - GROUND, FIRST & SECOND FLOOR - NEW WORK - PLUMBING ELECTRICAL E-000 ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES & SYMBOLS LIST E-100 RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLANS - ELECTRICAL E-200 RESTROOM NEW WORK PLANS - ELECTRICAL E-400 ELECTRICAL DETAILS, RISER DIAGRAMS, AND SCHEDULES ERAMIC WALL T CERAMIC TILE FLOOR TOILET PARTITION IMAGE #2 ERAMIC TILE COVE BASE Intout DRAWING SYMBOLS VIEW TITLE DETAIL NO. EXTERIOR ELEVATION ELEVATION NO. „ OR DOOR NUMBERS �fil STEE thermLetalsasnoted)LARGESCALE TITLE WINDOW TYPES <I 4` is s SCALE: X"=1' 0" DRAWING NO. PVG QT QTR QTY R RB RCP 101 ROOM NUMBER T&B T&G TEL THRES TEMP TER THK TK BD BUILDING/WALL SECTION CUT DETAIL NO. VIEWING DIRECTION X 1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 1 ELEVATION NO. 2 A -XXX 4 DRAWING NO. Q REVISION CONE 012 OR C12 PARTITION TYPE PLAN KEY NOTE A XXX - DRAWING NO. DETAIL SECTION CUT DETAIL NO. VIEWING DIRECTION X 1 STRUCTURAL 0 GRID REFLECTED CEILING PLAN WOOD FRAMING (CONTINUOUS) TEMPERED 1 DEMOLITION KEY NOTE CEILING TYPE AND HEIGHT 8' -IJ° AFF — I B EW A -XXX DRAWING NO. — _ — CONCRETE DETAIL -BLOW UP FINISH WOOD ROOF DRAIN, ROAD - DETAIL NO. X t A -XXX DRAWING NO. ADJUSTABLE, ADJACENT MATERIAL SYMBOLS 11-1 1 1-"- _ � I -� I _I I UNDISTURBED EARTH �///A STEE thermLetalsasnoted)LARGESCALE �f turf t BATT INSULATION <I 4` is s GRAVEL OR CRUSHED STONE MARKER BOARD MOUNTED METAL MULLION NORTH NATURAL NONCOMBUSTIBLE NOT IN CONTRACT PVG QT QTR QTY R RB RCP STEEL -SMALL-SCALE (Other metals as noted) T&B T&G TEL THRES TEMP TER THK TK BD TOP AND BOTTOM TONGUE AND GROOVE TELEPHONE THRESHOLD TEMPORARY TERRAZZO THICKNESS) TACK BOARD ACS PNL ACCESS PANEL CONE RIGID INSULATION ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN ID INSIDE DIAMETER NO OR tf i •�./,. -`//' STONE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN WOOD FRAMING (CONTINUOUS) TEMPERED WOOD BLOCKING(INTERMITTENT) MSI.1 CONN CONNECT(ION) EW EACH WAY IN - :- ; CONCRETE Y�` FINISH WOOD ROOF DRAIN, ROAD TOC • s►41, CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT ADJUSTABLE, ADJACENT PLYWOOD CONSTRUCTION EWC F� INCL /!� BRICK -; ; •` GYPSUM, SAND, MORTAR RECESSED TOM LIST OF ARCHITECTURAL/STRUCTURAL ABBREVIATIONS AB ANCHOR BOLT NC AIR CONDITION(!NG) (ED) ACC ACCESSIBLE ACCU AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT ACI AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE ACT ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE ACM ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL ACDUS PNL ACOUSTICAL PANEL CLR CMT CMU CNTR CO COL CONC CLEAR, COLOR CERAMIC MOSAIC TILE CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COUNTER CLEANOUT, CASED OPENING, COMPANY COLUMN CONCRETE ENCL ENGR EOS EP EQ EQUIP ES ETC ENCLOSURE ENGINEER EDGE OF SLAB ELECTRIC PANEL EQUAL EQUIPMENT EMERGENCY SHOWER ET CETERA HSS HT HTG HTR HVAC HW HYD HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTION HEIGHT HEATING HEATER HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING HOT WATER HYDRANT MRK BD MTD MTL MULL N NAT NCOMBL NIC MARKER BOARD MOUNTED METAL MULLION NORTH NATURAL NONCOMBUSTIBLE NOT IN CONTRACT PVG QT QTR QTY R RB RCP PAVING QUARRY TILE QUARTER QUANTITY RISER, RADIUS, THERMAL RESISTANCE RUBBER BASE, RESILIENT BASE REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE, T&B T&G TEL THRES TEMP TER THK TK BD TOP AND BOTTOM TONGUE AND GROOVE TELEPHONE THRESHOLD TEMPORARY TERRAZZO THICKNESS) TACK BOARD ACS PNL ACCESS PANEL CONE CONFERENCE ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN ID INSIDE DIAMETER NO OR tf NUMBER REFLECTED CEILING PLAN TMPD TEMPERED ADDL ADDITIONAL CONN CONNECT(ION) EW EACH WAY IN INCHES NOM NOMINAL RD ROOF DRAIN, ROAD TOC TOP OF CONCRETE ADJ ADJUSTABLE, ADJACENT CONSTR CONSTRUCTION EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER INCL INCLUDED NORM NORMAL REC RECESSED TOM TOP OF MASONRY ADH ADHESIVE CONT CONTINUE(OUS) EXIST EXISTING INCAND INCANDESCENT NRC NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT REF REFRIGERATOR TOPO TOPOGRAPHY, TOPOGRAPHIC AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR CONTR CONTRACT(OR) EXC EXCAVATION, EXCAVATE INFO INFORMATION NTS NOT TO SCALE REFL REFLECT TOS TOP OF STEEL AGGR AGGREGATE COORD COORDINATE EXP EXPAND, EXPANSION INSUL INSULATION NWC NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE REG REGISTER, REGULATION TOW TOP OF WALL AHU AISC AIR HANDLING UNIT AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CPT CSJ CARPET CONSTRUCTION JOINT EXT EXTERIOR, EXTERNAL, EXTINGUISHER INTERM INT INTERMEDIATE INTERIOR 0/0 OA OUT TO OUT OVERALL, OUTSIDE AIR REINF REQD REINFORCED REQUIRED TPD TSTAT TOILET PAPER DISPENSER THERMOSTAT CONSTRUCTION CSK COUNTER SUNK F/F FACE TO FACE JAN JANITOR OC ON CENTER RESIL RESILIENT TV TELEVISION AISI AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL CT CERAMIC TILE, COUNT, CURRENT FAAP FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR JST JOIST OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER REV REVISION TYP TYPICAL INSTITUTE TRANSFORMER PANEL JT JOINT OF/CI OWNER FURNISHED, CONTACTOR RF RESILIENT FLOORING U HEAT TRANSFER COEFFICIENT ALT ALTERNATE CTR CENTER FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL KIP 1000 POUNDS INSTALLED RFG ROOFING UC UNDERCUT ALUM ALUMINUM CW COLD WATER PIPING, CASEMENT FD FLOOR DRAIN KIT KITCHEN OF/0I OWNER FURNISHED, OWNER RH RIGHT HAND, ROOF HATCH UCL UNDER CABINET LIGHTING ANOD ANODIZED WINDOW FDTN FOUNDATION KO KNOCKOUT INSTALLED RM ROOM UGND UNDERGROUND APPROX APPROXIMATE CU CUBIC FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER KPL KICK PLATE OFD OVERFLOW DRAIN RO ROUGH OPENING UH UNIT HEATER ARCH ARCHITECT(URAL) CUR CABINET UNIT HEATER FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET L LITER, ANGLE OFF OFFICE ROW RIGHT OF WAY UL UNDERWRITER'S ARD AUXILLARY ROOF DRAIN CU YD CUBIC YARD FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET LAM LAMINATE(D) OH OPPOSITE HAND RTU ROOF TOP UNIT LABORATORIES ASD ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN 0 DEEP, DEPTH FIN FINISH(ED) LAU LAUNDRY OH DR OVERHEAD (COILING) DOOR RV ROOF VENT UNEX UNEXCAVATED ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING D PENNY (NAIL) FIXT FIXTURE LAV LAVATORY OPNG OPENING RWB RUBBER WALL BASE UNFIN UNFINISHED AND MATERIALS db BAR DIAMETER FLASH FLASHING LB POUND OPP OPPOSITE S SOUTH UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED AWP ACOUSTICAL WALL PANEL DEL DOUBLE FLEX FLEXIBLE LBL LABEL OPT OPTIONAL, OPTIMUM SAB SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS UTIL UTILITY AWS AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY DEFS DIRECT -APPLIED EXTERIOR FINISH FLOUR FLUORESCENT LD LOAD OZ OUNCE SAN SANITARY UV UNIT VENTILATOR BAT BATTEN SYSTEM FLG FLOORING, FLANGE LF LINEAR FEET (FOOT) PA PUBLIC ADDRESS SC SOLID CORE, SHADING VARN VARNISH(ED) B/B BACK TO BACK DEG DEGREE FO FINISHED OPENING LH LEFT HAND, LATENT HEAT PBD PARTICLEBOARD COEFFICIENT VB VINYL BASE B BD BCNYS BASE BOARD BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK DEMO DEPT DEMOLITION DEPARTMENT FP FRTW FIRE PROTECTION, FIREPROOF FIRE RETARDANT TREATED LIN LKR LINEAR LOCKER PC PLUMBING CONTRACTOR, PORTLAND CEMENT SCHED SEAL SCHEDULE SEALER ON FLOOR (FINISH) VCT VENT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VENTILATION STATE DET DETAIL WOOD LL LIVE LOAD PCC PRECAST CONCRETE SECT SECTION VERT VERTICAL BITUM BITUMINOUS DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN FT FOOT, FEET LLH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL PCT PORCELAIN CERAMIC TILE SF SQUARE FOOT, SAFETY FACTOR VEST VESTIBULE BD BOARD DIA OR o DIAMETER FTG FOOTING LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL PED PEDESTAL SFRM SPRAYED FIRE -RESISTIVE VIF VERIFY IN FIELD BLDG BUILDING DIAG DIAGONAL, DIAGRAM FTR FINNED TUBE RADIATION LOC LOCATION PEND PENDANT MATERIAL VIN VINYL BLKG BLOCKING DIM DIMENSION FURN FURNACE, FURNITURE, FURNISH LRFD LOAD & RESISTANCE FACTOR PER PERIOD SGT STRUCTURAL GLAZED TILE VOL VOLUME BM BEAM, BENCHMARK DIFF DIFFUSER FUT FUTURE DESIGN PERF PERFORATED SMT SHEET VR VAPOR RETARDER BOT BOTTOM DIR DIRECTION FWC FABRIC WALL COVERING LT LIGHT PGBD PEG BOARD SHR SHOWER VT VINYL TILE BR BEDROOM DISP DISPENSER GA GAGE LTG LIGHTING PL PLATE, PROPERTY LINE SIM SIMILAR V SHT VINYL SHEET BRG BEARING DIV DIVISION GAL GALLON LWC LIGHT -WEIGHT CONCRETE PLF PONDS PER LINEAR FOOT SOG SLAB ON GRADE VWC VINYL WALL COVERING BRZ BRONZE DMPF DAMP PROOFING GALV GALVANIZED MACH MACHINE PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE SP STANDPIPE, SUMP PIT W WEST BSMT BASEMENT DL' DEAD LOAD GB GRAB BAR MAINT MAINTENANCE PLAS PLASTER SPA SPACES W/ WITH BTWN BETWEEN DN DOWN GC GENERAL CONTRACT(OR) MAS MASONRY PLB PLUMBING SPKR SPEAKER WC WATER CLOSET, WALL BUR BUILT UP ROOFING DO DITTO GFRC GLASS FIBER REINFORCED MATL MATERIAL PLYWD PLYWOOD SPEC SPECIFICATION COVERING BW BOTH WAYS DR DOOR, DRIVE CONCRETE MAX MAXIMUM PNL PANEL SQ SQUARE W/0 WITHOUT CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION CUI ELEV SIGN DS DOWNSPOUT GFRG GLASS FIBER REINFORCED MCMECHANICAL CONTRACTOR POL POLISHED SRD SECONDARY ROOF DRAIN WD WOOD CAB CABINET DW DISHWASHER GYPSUM MCB METAL CORNER BEAD PORC PORCELAIN SS SERVICE SINK WDW WINDOW CB CATCH BASIN, CORNER BEAD DWV DRAINAGE WASTE & VENT GL GLASS, GROUND LEVEL MDQ MEDIUM DENSITY OVERLAY POS POSITIVE, POSITION SSM SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL WF WIDE FLANGE CH BD CHALKBOARD DWG DRAWING GL BLK GLASS BLOCK MDF MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD PPT PRESSURE -PRESERVATIVE SSP STAINLESS STEEL PIPE WD GO WOOD GUARD CEM CEMENT DWL DOWEL GLU LAM GLUED LAMINATED BEAM MECH MECHANICAL TREATED SST STAINLESS STEEL WH WATER HEATER CF CFMF CONTRACTOR FURNISHED COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING E EA EAST EACH GR GWT GRADE, GROSS GLAZED WALL TILE MEP MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND FIRE PR PREFAB PAIR PREFABRICATE STA STC STATION SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS WI WM WROUGHT IRON WIRE MESH CF/CI CONTRACTOR FURNISHED/ EBCNYS EXISTING BUILDING CODE OF NEW GYP GYPSUM PROTECTION PREFIN PREFINISH STD STANDARD WP WATERPROOFING, WORKING CONTRACTOR INSTALLED YORK STATE GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD M1 77 MEZZANINE PREP PREPARATION STIFF STIFFENER POINT CF/01 CONTRACTOR FURNISHED/ EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR GYP PLAS GYPSUM PLASTER MFR MANUFACTURER PROJ PROJECT STL STEEL WR WATER REPELLENT, WEATHER OWNER INSTALLED EF EACH FACE HB HOSE BIBB MH MANHOLE PROJ SCRN PROJECTION SCREEN STOR STORAGE RESISTANT CG CORNER GUARD EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH HC HOLLOW CORE, HOSE CABINET MM MILLIMETER • PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT STR STRAIGHT, STRINGERS W RECPT WASTE RECEPTACLE CH COAT HOOK SYSTEM HCP HANDICAPPED MIFRC MASTIC/INTUMESCENT FIRE- PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH STRUCT STRUCTURAL WSCT WAINSCOT CI CAST IRON EJ EXPANSION JOINT HDW HARDWARE RESISTIVE COATING PT PAINT, POST TENSION SUSP SUSPENDED WT WEIGHT, WATERTIGHT, WATER CIP CAST IN PLACE, CAST IRON PIPE ELAS ELASTOMERIC HDWD HARDWOOD MIN MINIMUM PTN PARTITION SV SHEET VINYL TABLE CJ CONTROL JOINT EL ELEVATION HM HOLLOW METAL MISC MISCELLANEOUS PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PLASTIC) SY SQUARE YARD WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC CL CENTERLINE ELEC ELECTRIC(AL) HO HOLD OPEN MLWK MILLWORK T TREAD X BY CLG CEILING ELEV ELEVATOR HORIZ HORIZONTAL MO MASONRY OPENING T/ TOP OF YD YARD 010 CLOSET EM ENTRY MAT, EXPANDED METAL HP HIGH POINT, HORSEPOWER EMER EMERGENCY HR HOUR PROJECT DATA / SITE MAP SWBR ARCHITECTS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.9221 www.swbr.com THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.G.. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED© ROCHESTER, NEW YORK REVISIONS no. date by description PROJECT: STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC AREA RESTROOM RENOVATIONS CLIENT: CORNELL UNIVERSITY DRAWING TITLE TITLE SHEET/ PROJECT DATA DRAWING NO. G-000 drawn by checked proj. mgr. proj. no. KMS CWJ CWJ 15535.00 STATUS: 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ISSUE DATE: 09/30/2015 10/1/2015 10:42:53 AM Restroom Reno_Centra 5535_Cornell Revit Models 20 FILE PATH: LEVEL -1 ALTERATION WORK AREA EXISTING NON -ADA COMPLIANT FRONT APPROACH, PULL SIDE J- EXISTING NON -ADA COMPLIANT LATCH APPROACH, PULL SIDE EXISTING NON -ADA COMPLIANT FORWARD APPROACH, PUSH 1 SIDE I ' I L i r aliSralaMIZIIMIZZA 1 / 5'-0" .1•11•10 MINI111111 1 11*I cIYATF Mit A ADA HEIGHT URINAL T I L O ADA :1. AMBULATORY / STALL 000 sees ES 0011E 0 W 0 • mow ..,. 0110 0 ..-�.�.� 1 5'-0 CLEA.t L___10111111 3'-10" ADA AMBULATORY STALL 0 GSM SIM 00/2. OND 0 MEP ell! 4' - 11 " EXISTING NON -ADA COMPLIANT SECOND FLOOR RESTROOM CODE COMPLIANCE PLAN 1/4" = LEVEL -1 ALTERATION WORK AREA ®•! •!•®•i•®•i•Ws UNIVERSAL TOILET 203 EXISTING NON -ADA COMPLIANT FRONT APPROACH, PULL SIDE J -400•SSW• Mit EXISTING NON -ADA COMPLIANT LATCH APPROACH, PULL SIDE EXISTING NON -ADA COMPLIANT FRONT IMIND —I APPROACH, PUSH l 1 SIDE II it 1 5'-0" =MM. RENZINO WOMEN 102 +/- 11" ADA HEIGHT URINAL '3 c I � / 4'-0 r ADA AMBULATORY STALL r 1 1 L 5'-0" CLEAR 3'-33/8" —0— NON -ADA COMPLIANT APPROACH WIDTH 4'-103/4" j, EXISTING NON -ADA COMPLIANT FIRST FLOOR RESTROOM CODE COMPLIANCE PLAN 1/4" = 5'-0" 3'-1" UNIVERSAL TOILET ADA AMBULATORY STALL 3' - 9 7/8" 5'-0" CLEAR LEVEL -1 ALTERATION WORK AREA 4'-6" J 3'-2" WOMEN 01110. MEW WNW ilia MEIN 0E0E. N 002 MEN 001 10 N ` / i L GROUND FLOOR RESTROOM CODE COMPLIANCE PLAN 1/4" = J BUILDING DATA & CODE REVIEW PROJECT NAME: STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC AREA RESTROOM RENOVATIONS SWBR PROJECT NUMBER: 15535.00 , PREPARED BY: DATE: KMS 08/11/201 CHECKED BY: CWJ DATE: 08/11/2015 BUILDING DATA & CODE SUMMARY BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE - 2010 OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: D SINGLE X❑ MIXED OCCUPANCY (Chapter 3) 0 SEPARATED DX NON -SEPARATED IF SEPARATED, FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF FIRE BARRIER (Table 508.3.3): OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION(S): R2 USE(S): HOTEL, CONFERENCE CENTER ® COMBINATION OF BOTH HR CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION : (Chapter 6) 13 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM PROVIDED: NFPA STANDARD: 13 El YES 0 13R D NO 0 13D REHABILITATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES EXISTING BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE 2010 - CLASSIFICATION OF WORK Refer to Code Compliance Drawings for location of Work Areas as defined in Chapter 2 of EBCNYS D REPAIR D ALTERATION - LEVEL 1 D ALTERATION - LEVEL 2 D ALTERATION - LEVEL 3 D CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY (Chapter 5) (Chapter 6) (Chapter 7) (Chapter 8) (Chapter 9) FORMER OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: NEW OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: PARTIAL CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY: IF YES: ® ADDITION (Chapter 10) SEPARATED FROM EXISTING WITH FIRE WALL? ® YES 0 SEPARATED 0 YES D NO 0 NOT SEPARATED D NO IF NO, HEIGHT AND AREA OF ENTIRE BUILDING (EXISTING PLUS ADDITION) SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH CHAPTER 5 OF BCNYS IF YES, CHAPTER 10 OF THE EBCNYS DOES NOT APPLY. THE ADDITION IS CONSIDERED A SEPARATE BUILDING AND NOT AN ADDITION TO THE EXISTING BUILDING. THE ADDITION SHALL COMPLY WITH THE BCNYS. IF YES, FIRE RESISTANCE RATING (Table 705.4 BCNYS): D HISTORIC BUILDING 0 RELOCATED STRUCTURE SEISMIC RETROFIT REQUIRED? (Chapter 11) (Chapter 12) HR 0 YES D NO OtherApp}lcabie Provis;on Pr this a I C Al1?..L un e:xnz a3.yinese trcall' el s .b .e.. ape d :hail Cts tp1- With , Ohapser 11 of tha .zzacall y infeasible. U . Y pi rcresms d bas n facilities to be i1 i1 „� :13 pe t3 tted. The ' xi e s ite' .area as the, ex at 35602 ie flame snare 5hes steal rk State. SZB603.1 General. t fare protection pEo.ea 64neral..xtce i.th I.' e4..S 3es in acc r5t1G 1 ai•hes ais, shall be and sr ke- a Class ;1'1artte ..sprea C=2 , eke --de el red >3-450 read 26-75; sloe -de i p -450. 76-200:: ke-level pe i 0-450. Class. C; ante G. anther t spread an ibex in Sec exceed 10 per CODE COMPLIANCE LEGEND L NORTH ACCESSIBLE STALL 5' TURNING RADIUS CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OR APPROACH CLEARANCE EXISTING 1 HOUR FIRE RESISTANT FIRE BARRIER SCHOOL HOTEL —10.- FIRST ► FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR RESTROOMS NORTH —�- GROUND FLOOR RESTROOMS KEY PLAN ENTRANCE OFF STATLER DRIVE NTS SWBR ARCHITECTS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.9221 www.swbr.com THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED CD ROCHESTER, NEW YORK REVISIONS no. date by description PROJECT: STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC AREA RESTROOM RENOVATIONS CLIENT: CORNELL UNIVERSITY DRAWING TITLE CODE COMPLIANCE PLANS DRAWING NO. A-000 drawn by checked proj. mgr. proj. no. KMS CWJ CWJ 15535.00 STATUS: 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ISSUE DATE: 09/30/2015 RTIC E 5ANG I XITF A ' A zEi AY S" EXiTAFCESS P I R D ' i -)ER A Ri £3i SStVD FI CI OSFI? SP ES -; USE GROUPR-2, PI tNifiRl anther t spread an ibex in Sec exceed 10 per CODE COMPLIANCE LEGEND L NORTH ACCESSIBLE STALL 5' TURNING RADIUS CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OR APPROACH CLEARANCE EXISTING 1 HOUR FIRE RESISTANT FIRE BARRIER SCHOOL HOTEL —10.- FIRST ► FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR RESTROOMS NORTH —�- GROUND FLOOR RESTROOMS KEY PLAN ENTRANCE OFF STATLER DRIVE NTS SWBR ARCHITECTS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.9221 www.swbr.com THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED CD ROCHESTER, NEW YORK REVISIONS no. date by description PROJECT: STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC AREA RESTROOM RENOVATIONS CLIENT: CORNELL UNIVERSITY DRAWING TITLE CODE COMPLIANCE PLANS DRAWING NO. A-000 drawn by checked proj. mgr. proj. no. KMS CWJ CWJ 15535.00 STATUS: 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ISSUE DATE: 09/30/2015 10/1/2015 1 0:42:50 AM FILE PATH: C:\1 -Local Revit Models 2015\15535 Cornell Statler Hotel Restroom Reno Central kristins.rvt i ®\\\\ Ir Ir 11 ii I� WOMEN 202 UNIVERSAL TOILET II J �I 203 MEN 201 NEW Ir-' IL ©au 0©© SECOND FLOOR RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" J 5 'j r ,.\ 1 UNIVERSAL TOILET 4.1y it II I I 1 r �� I I! Il II fi D oo© FIRST FLOOR RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLAN 1/4" = ©©© GROUND FLOOR RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLAN 1/4" = NORTH DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL ARTWORK TO BE REMOVED BY OWNER PRIOR TO CONTRACTOR'S DEMOLITION ACTIVITIES. 2. EXISTING CEILINGS TO REMAIN. PATCH, REPAIR, AND PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING AT ANY NEW WORK PENETRATIONS. 3. EVERY ATTEMPT HAS BEEN MADE TO DOCUMENT PERTINENT EXISTING CONDITIONS FROM EXISTING SURVEYS, DRAWINGS AND LIMITED FIELD INSPECTION. PRIOR TO THE SUBMISSION OF BIDS, CONTRACTORS SHALL WALK THE SITE AND SATISFY THEMSELVES TO EXISTING VISUAL CONDITIONS. THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE CONSULTED WHEN ANY QUESTION ARISES RELATIVE TO MATERIALS AND CONDITIONS NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN OR SPECIFIED. 4. ALL EXISTING WORK (CEILING, FLOORS, WALLS, FINISHES, ETC.) DISTURBED BY NEW CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PATCHED AND REFINISHED. PATCHING AND FINISH WORK IS THE REPAIR WORK REQUIRED TO RESTORE SURFACES TO THE ORIGINAL CONDITION AND/ OR MATCHING THE ADJACENT SURFACES. MISCELLANEOUS FINISH REQUIREMENTS TO WALL, FLOOR AND CEILING IN AREAS AFFECTED BY DEMOLITION HAVE NOT BEEN TOTALLY INCORPORATED INTO THE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. REFER TO THE DEMOLITION , FLOOR AND REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL CUTTING , PATCHING AND REFINISHING WORK SCOPE. 5. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO LIMIT IMPACT OF CONSTRUCTION ON THE SURROUNDING OCCUPANTS AND OPERATIONS DURING THE PROJECT. SAFE LEGAL PASSAGES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL BUILDING OCCUPANTS DURING ALL THE PHASES OF THIS PROJECT. 6. "REMOVE" IS DEFINED AS: DETACH ITEMS FROM EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND DISPOSE OF THEM OFF-SITE UNLESS INDICATED TO BE SALVAGED OR REINSTALLED. SWBR ARCHITECTS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.9221 www _ s w b r. c o m THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Q ROCHESTER, NEW YORK REVISIONS no. date by description PROJECT: STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC AREA RESTROOM RENOVATIONS CLIENT: CORNELL UNIVERSITY DRAWING TITLE RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLANS DRAWING NO. A-100 drawn by checked proj. mgr. proj. no. KMS CWJ CWJ 15535.00 STATUS: 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ISSUE DATE: 09/30/2015 DEMOLITION NOTES INDICATED AS # NO. DESCRIPTION 1 REMOVE ALL TOILET PARTITIONS, URINAL SCREENS, MIRRORS, SHELVING UNITS, SOAP DISPENSERS, GRAB BARS, TOILET PAPER DISPENSERS, PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERS, COAT HOOKS, NAPKIN DISPOSALS, SANITARY NAPKIN/TAMPON DISPENSERS, TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSERS, BABY CHANGING TABLES, AND ALL OTHER TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES. 2 REMOVE CERAMIC FLOOR TILE, CERAMIC TILE BASE, AND MORTAR SETTING BED. IF MUD BED EXISTS, LEAVE IN PLACE. PREP SLAB TO RECEIVE SCHEDULED FINISH. SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. 3 REMOVE WALL COVERING AND ADHESIVE. PREP WALLS TO RECEIVE SCHEDULED FINISH. SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 4 REMOVE GYPSUM WALL BOARD FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW TILE BACKER PANELS AT WALLS TO RECEIVE CERAMIC WALL TILE. SEE NEW WORK PLANS, INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, AND ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. 5 REMOVE MARBLE THRESHOLD. PREP FLOOR TO RECEIVE SCHEDULED FINISH. 6 REMOVE GYPSUM WALL BOARD. 7 REMOVE METAL STUD AND GWB CORNER AT CHASE. SEE DETAIL 4/A-110. PATCH AND REPAIR GYPSUM BOARD CEILING TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE, PAINT PER ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. 8 REMOVE METAL STUD AND GWB PARTITION ALONG COLUMN TO ENLARGE DOOR PUSH CLEARANCE. SEE DETAIL 5/A-110. PATCH AND REPAIR GYPSUM BOARD CEILING TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE, PAINT PER ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. 9 REMOVE DOOR, FRAME, AND HARDWARE. REMOVE AND SALVAGE WOOD TRIM AROUND FRAME FOR REINSTALLATION. SEE JAMB DETAIL ON A-600. SWBR ARCHITECTS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.9221 www _ s w b r. c o m THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Q ROCHESTER, NEW YORK REVISIONS no. date by description PROJECT: STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC AREA RESTROOM RENOVATIONS CLIENT: CORNELL UNIVERSITY DRAWING TITLE RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLANS DRAWING NO. A-100 drawn by checked proj. mgr. proj. no. KMS CWJ CWJ 15535.00 STATUS: 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ISSUE DATE: 09/30/2015 10/14/2015 11:02:41 AM FILE PATH: C:11 -Local Revit Models 2015115535_Cornell Statler Hotel Restroom Reno_Central_kristins.rV DOUBLE STUDS AT JAMB BEYOND CRIPPLE STUD HEADER TRACK BULLNOSE CERAMIC TILE, CWT -1 CERAMIC COVE BASE BEYOND, CT -2 4 7/8" 5/8" GWB ON 3 5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" OC VINYL WALLCOVERING, VWC-1 BULLNOSE CERAMIC TILE, CWT -1 • CERAMIC FLOOR TILE, CT -1 FLOOR DRAIN WALL OPENING DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0" TOILET PARTITION DOOR (OF/Cl) CERAMIC COVE BASE BEYOND, CT -2 PLACE THIRD ANGLE IN WALL 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD WI VINYL WALLCOVERING, VWC-1 3 5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" OC L3x3x3/16 x 2-1/2" LONG WELDED AT BASE OF TUBE, (3) SIDES NOTE: PROVIDE EASED EDGES AT ALL WOOD PROFILES; WOOD DOOR FRAME, STN -1 3/8" DIA POWERS "WEDGE BOLT" WITH 2" MINIMUM EMBEDMENT, TYP OF (3) HSS 3x3x3/16 FULL HEIGHT OF PARTITION, TYP AT. INTERSECTIONS 3 5/8" METAL STUDS FASTENED TO STEEL TUBE, (3) SIDES 1x3 SOLID WOOD TRIM TOILET PARTITION DOOR (OF/CI) STRUCTURAL BRACING PLAN DETAIL 1 1/2" =11-0" EXISTING METAL STUD AND GWB PARTITION TO REMAIN EXISTING METAL STUL) AND GWB PARTITION TO REMAIN WALL MOUNTED FLIP DOWN BABY CHANGING TABLE EXISTING CONC ENCASED STEEL BEAM (TYPICAL OF 12) METAL STUDS TO MATCH EXISTING AND 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD, PATCH AND FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE ' 5/8" GWB LAMINATED TO CONCRETE PIER ' II REMOVE METAL STUD f AND GWB PARTITION II jI METAL STUD TO MATCH EXISTING UNIVERSAL TOILET ROOM PLAN DETAIL #2 1 1/2" = 1'-0" REMOVE METAL STUD AND GWB CORNER SOLID FAT WOOD BLOCKING IN WALL FOR GRAB BAR INSTALLATION 1-1/2" HAT FURRING WITH 5/8" GWB, SEE NEW WORK PLAN EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN 5/8" GWB AND SOLID FRT WOOD BLOCKING TO CREATE CHAMFERED CORNER CONDITION, 45* TRIM PIECE AND FINISH EXISTING METAL STUD AND GWB PARTITION TO REMAIN EXISTING CHASE UNIVERSAL TOILET ROOM PLAN DETAIL #1 1 1/2" = 1'-0" • 5'-0" CLEAR SECOND FLOOR RESTRGOMS: DECEMBER 21, 2015 THROUGH JANUARY 18, 2016 SECOND FLOOR RESTROOMS CAN BE CLOSED FOR CONSTRUCTION DURING THIS PERIOD ONLY. SECOND FLOOR RESTROOMS MUST BE OPEN ON JANUARY 19, 2016. 5'-0" CLEAR UNIVERSAL TOILET 2031 5 A-110 WOMEN U1 SECOND FLOOR RESTROOM_ NEW 111.'ORK PLAN 114" = 1'-0" TYPICAL AT FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR :? OOR PES-TROOMS: DECEMBER 10, 2015 THROUGH JANUARY 9, 2016 FIRST• -y FLOOR FiF' Ti -BOOMS CAN BE CLOSED FOR CONSTRUCTION DURING THIS PERIOD ONLY. FIRST I FLOOR AF"STROOMS MUST :BE OPEN ON JANUARY 10, 2016. CLEAR 5'-0" CLEAR - UNIVERSAL TOILET MEN 101 I Noe' 2 lid A -110J WOMEN A-110 TYP FIRST FLOOR RESTROOM NEW WORK PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" i=z COU�D 7!..1�OR RESTRCO11S:-.DECEM ,r R.!3, 201. THROUGH JANUARY 21, 2016 OUND FLOOR RESTPOOMS CAN E t17.'.:.OSFD FOR OC NSTRUCTION DURING THIS PERIOD ONLY. GROUND FLOOR RES'TROUMS MUST. :'_ ufEN ON JANI;JARY 22, 2016. A-110 • ,+ v.«to.,,�CaO.a��•ir�ii.1,YY�L./1,: !�Y' ... ..L r ' WOMEN 1IJ Loofl 10 - I`I Iv -1.5:12- i3 I I- 1 7 rIc �A 41:1 a5 rL— _• Li, _ TYP F II i1 -Sic;) 12c 2 /171 ,.E TYP 11 ¢ 11071-; • • qtr.•-_ 3 0 5' - 0" DISPOSAL� 15A ABOVE NAPKIN GROUND FLOOR RESTROOM NEW WORK PL 1/4" =1'-0" TYPICAL AT GROUND FLOOR NEW WORK GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL FLOORS, WALLS, CEILINGS, AND OTHER SURFACES THAT ARE TO REMAIN ARE TO BE PATCHED, REPAIRED, AND REFINISHED PRIOR TO FINISH INSTALLATION. ALL SURFACES ARE TO BE RESTORED TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION AND/OR MATCH THE ADJACENT SURFACES. 2. SEE A-420 FOR TOILET FIXTURE AND ACCESSORY MOUNTING STRIP LEGEND FOR TOILET FIXTURE AND ACCESSORY KEYNOTES ON THIS SHEET. KEYNOTE IS INDICATED AS A 3. EXISTING FLOOR DRAINS LOCATIONS TO REMAIN. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ASSOCIATED WORK. 4. PROVIDE SOLID FRT WOOD BLOCKING OR 6" WIDE, 16 GA METAL STRAPPING BEHIND ALL SURFACE -MOUNTED TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES. MODIFY EXISTING FRAMING TO PROVIDE ROUGH OPENINGS REQUIRED FOR NEW RECESSED FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES. 5. PROVIDE PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING AT NEW AND EXISTING FLOOR PENETRATIONS WHERE INTERIOR OF CHASE HAS BEEN EXPOSED DUE TO CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. 6. ALL WALLS TO RECEIVE VINYL WALL COVERING VWC-1 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE, CLEAN, AND REINSTALL ALL EXISTING CEILING DIFFUSERS. 8. PATCH, REPAIR, AND PAINT CEILING TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL WORK. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. PARTITION TYPE LEGEND INDICATE$ PARTITION TYPE INDICATES PARTITION HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR GYPSUM BOARD / METAL STUD SERIES PARTITIONS A3 4 7/8" 3 5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. (1) LAYER 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE. UNBALANCED SERIES PARTITIONS ag U8 5/8" (1) LAYER 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD FASTENED TO EXISTING METAL STUD FRAMING AT EXISTING GWB REMOVAL (SEE DEMOLITION PLANS). SEE CODE COMPLIANCE DRAWING FOR FIRE RATING LOCATIONS. 21/8" 1 1/2" METAL HAT FURRING HORIZONTAL AT 24" O.C. ATTACHED TO FACE) OF EXISTING GYPSUM WALL BOARD WITH (1) LAYER 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD AT ROOM SIDE ONLY. 41/4" 3 5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. (1) LAYER 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD AT ROOM SIDE ONLY. PARTITION GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL PARTITIONS ARE TO BE TO THE UNDERSIDE OF EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD CEILING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SEE PARTITION TYPE LEGEND. 2. DIMENSIONS S-IOWN FOR EACH PARTITION DESCRIPTION INDICATE FACE-TO-FACE THICKNESS OF MATERIALS LISTED FOR THAT PARTITION. 3. ALL NEW METAL STUD PARTITIONS TO RECIEVE CERAMIC TILE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED USING 20 GAUGE METAL STUDS @ 16" 0.C. 4. MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD TO BE USED IN ALL TOILET, SHOWER AND BATHROOMS. SUBSTITUTE CEMENT BACKING BOARD FOR GYPSUM BOARD DIRECTLY BEHIND ALL WALLS/SURFACES TO RECEIVE CERAMIC TILE. NORTH - S B W R SWBR ARCHITECTS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585_232_9221 www.swbr.com THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS. ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON. FIRM. OR CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 49 ROCHESTER, NEW YORK REVISIONS PLAN KEY NOTES INDICATED AS p. DESCRIPTION NO. -1 by 1 STILE AND RAIL WOOD TOILET PARTITION DOOR (OF/CI). SEE DOOR TYPE 1 ON 1/A-600 FOR ELEVATION AND DETAILS. 2 PROVIDE AUTOMATIC SOAP DISPENSER IN SOLID SURFACE (SS -1) COUNTERTOP. 3 PROVIDE 2'-0" x 4'-0" MIRROR DIRECTLY ABOVE COUNTERTOP BACKSPLASH. SEE A-420 FOR INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. 4 AT CLOSET CARRIER MODIFICATIONS, INFILL EXISTING CARRIER ANCHOR LOCATIONS WITH 3,000 PSI EPDXY GROUT. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 5 PROVIDE 10" WIDE x 41/2" HIGH OPENING IN TOILET PARTITION WALL TO ACCOMMODATE EXISTING FLOOR DRAIN. SEE DETAIL 7/A-110. PARTITION TYPE LEGEND INDICATE$ PARTITION TYPE INDICATES PARTITION HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR GYPSUM BOARD / METAL STUD SERIES PARTITIONS A3 4 7/8" 3 5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. (1) LAYER 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE. UNBALANCED SERIES PARTITIONS ag U8 5/8" (1) LAYER 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD FASTENED TO EXISTING METAL STUD FRAMING AT EXISTING GWB REMOVAL (SEE DEMOLITION PLANS). SEE CODE COMPLIANCE DRAWING FOR FIRE RATING LOCATIONS. 21/8" 1 1/2" METAL HAT FURRING HORIZONTAL AT 24" O.C. ATTACHED TO FACE) OF EXISTING GYPSUM WALL BOARD WITH (1) LAYER 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD AT ROOM SIDE ONLY. 41/4" 3 5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. (1) LAYER 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD AT ROOM SIDE ONLY. PARTITION GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL PARTITIONS ARE TO BE TO THE UNDERSIDE OF EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD CEILING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SEE PARTITION TYPE LEGEND. 2. DIMENSIONS S-IOWN FOR EACH PARTITION DESCRIPTION INDICATE FACE-TO-FACE THICKNESS OF MATERIALS LISTED FOR THAT PARTITION. 3. ALL NEW METAL STUD PARTITIONS TO RECIEVE CERAMIC TILE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED USING 20 GAUGE METAL STUDS @ 16" 0.C. 4. MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD TO BE USED IN ALL TOILET, SHOWER AND BATHROOMS. SUBSTITUTE CEMENT BACKING BOARD FOR GYPSUM BOARD DIRECTLY BEHIND ALL WALLS/SURFACES TO RECEIVE CERAMIC TILE. NORTH - S B W R SWBR ARCHITECTS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585_232_9221 www.swbr.com THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS. ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON. FIRM. OR CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 49 ROCHESTER, NEW YORK REVISIONS no. date by description 1 10/14/2015 KMS Bid Addendum #1 PROJECT: STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC AREA RESTROOM RENOVATIONS CLIENT: CORNELL UNIVERSITY DRAWING TITLE RESTROOM NEW WORK PLANS DRAWING NO. A-110 drawn by checkod proj. mgr. proj. no. KMS CWJ CWJ 15535.00 STATUS: 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ISSUE DATE: 09/30/2015 10/1/2015 1 0:42:44 AM vi c u) I c 0 I O 0) cc 0 O cCU) 0) Ti) 0 4) 0) 0) 0 01 Lc) Lc) fl To -a 2 IZ 0 J FINISH FLOOR LEGEND: rn rn 3A 3B 4 LAVATORY WALL -MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER WASTE RECEPTACLE / PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER (ROLL) WASTE RECEPTACLE WASTE RECEPTACLE / PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER (FOLDED) URINAL (NON -ADA) 4A URINAL (ADA) URINAL SCREEN TOILET PAPER DISPENSER (NON -ADA) TOILET PAPER DISPENSER (ADA) WATER CLOSET (NON -ADA) WATER CLOSET (ADA) NAPKIN DISPOSAL GRAB BARS (ADA) TOILET FIXTURE & ACCESSORY MOUNTING STRIP 9A GRAB BARS (ADA AMBULATORY STALL) TOILET PAPER DISPENSER 10 (NON -ADA) TOILET PAPER DISPENSER (ADA) 10A 11 ROBE HOOK (ALL STALLS) (NON -ADA) 11A ROBE HOOK (ALL STALLS) (ADA) TOILET PARTITION (FLOOR ANCHORED) SANITARY NAPKIN/TAMPON DISPENSER El WALL MOUNTED FLIP DOWN BABY CHANGING TABLE El TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER (NON -AICA) 15A 15B TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER (ADA) TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER (UNIVERSAL TOILET ROOMS ADA) NAPKIN DISPOSAL (WET WALL LOCATION NON -ADA) NAPKIN DISPOSAL (ADA) ROBE HOOK 7A WATER CLOSET (ADA) ® GRAB BARS (ADA) 1'-0" 3'-0" WC c_ TOP OF SEAT d Oct = r 0 N_0 El TOILET PAPER DISPENSER (NON -ADA) 3'-0" WC n WATER CLOSET (ADA) n GRAB BARS (ADA) rj=1 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER (ADA) 3'-6" 3'-4" • u- 0 - cc I—< 0Zo' N GENERAL NOTES: "-'TOP OF SEAT n COAT HOOK (ALL STALLS) (NON -ADA) COAT HOOK (ALL STALLS) (ADA) 12 TOILET PARTITION (FLOOR ANCHORED) EQ � EQ 11A HOOK NOTE: TOILET PARTITIONS AT GROUND FLOOR ONLY 1. USE MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED IN TOILET FIXTURE & ACCESSORY MOUNTING STRIP UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ITEMS INDICATED ON THE FLOOR PLANS WITH NO DESIGNATION OR "NON -ADA" ARE TO BE MOUNTED AT STANDARD "NON -ADA" MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 2. COORDINATE PLUMBING FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH SPECIFICATION DIVISION 15B. IFA CONFLICT OR QUESTION ARISES BETWEEN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND PLUMBING DOCUMENTS, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION. 3. HEIGHTS GIVEN FOR OPERABLE ACCESSORIES ARE TO THE UPPER MOST CONTROL ON THAT ACCESSORY, NOT TO THE BOTTOM OR TOP OF UNIT. 4. "MFR STD" = INSTALL ACCESSORIES AT STANDARD HEIGHT AS RECOMMENDED BY ACCESSORY MANUFACTURER. 5. INSULATE EXPOSED HOT WATER SUPPLY AND WASTE PIPES. 6. URINAL SCREENS AT GROUND FLOOR TO BE POWDER -COATED STEEL CONSTRUCTION. URINAL SCREENS AT FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR TO BE STAINLESS STEEL CONSTRUCTION. Z 0 z SANITARY NAPKIN/ TAMPON DISPENSER COIN SLOT 00 WALL MOUNTED FLIP DOWN BABY CHANGING TABLE ,4" MAX WHEN OPEN TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER (NON -ADA) NAPKIN DISPOSAL (WET WALL LOCATION NON -ADA) 16A TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER (ADA) NAPKIN DISPOSAL (ADA) FACE OF -®- WALL 6" 15B TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER (UNIVERSAL TOILET ROOMS ADA) GENERAL NOTES (FOR RENOVATION PROJECTS): 1. PATCH AND REPAIR WALLS, CEILINGS AND FLOORS AT REMOVALS SUCH AS TOILET PARTITIONS, PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TOILET ACCESSORIES. 2. WHERE "ADA" APPEARS WITHIN A TOILET COMPARTMENT ON THE FLOOR PLANS FOR A RENOVATION WITHIN AN EXISTING TOILET ROOM, THIS INDICATES THAT THE SIZE AND CONFIGURATION OF THE STALL IS REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE. WHERE THESE LOCATIONS CONTAIN EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES, NOT SCHEDULES TO BE REPLACED, THE FIXTURES MAY BE NON-COMPLIANT WITH ANSI OR ADA GUIDELINES. FINISH FLOOR TOP OF OPERABLE PART ROBE HOOK EQ EQ CENTERED ON WALL BEHIND TOILET PARTITION DOOR PANEL, COORDINATE I IN FIELD TOILET PARTITION DOOR PANEL OUTLINE I C) Lf) NOTE: 1. AT MASONRY WALLS USE 3/8" SLEEVE ANCHORS (EQUAL TO HILTI HS6) OR ADHESIVE ANCHORS 3/8" DIA X 1'-0" O.C. STAGGERED (EQUAL TO HILTI HY20). 2. FOR STUD WALL CONSTRUCTION USE 1/4" LAG BOLTS W/ OVERSIZED WASHERS. 3. PROVIDE 2 x 6 WD. BLOCKING IN STUD WALL CONSTRUCTION. FASTEN TO DOUBLED UP STUDS. 3" BACKSPLASH (SS -1), SCRIBE TO WALL & APPLY SEALANT 2 X 6 WD. NAILER ANCHORS STAGGERED Q 12" O.C. SEE NOTE SINK & TRAP 2'-1" r t 0 r N LAVATORY COUNTERTOP DETAIL 1"=1'0" ADA COMPLIANT SINK AND FAUCET 1 1/2" SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP, SS -1 1" SOLID SURFACE APRON (SS -1) CONTINUOUS C4x7.25 WITH 3" LONG L3x3x1/4 CLIP ANGLE, LAG BOLT INTO SOLID 2x WOOD BLOCKING IN WALL CLEAR KNEE AND TOE SPACE MIRROR ATTACHED TO WALL WITH J -TRIM, TOP AND BOTTOM FINISH WOOD EDGES TO MATCH EXPOSED SURFACE SHOP FABRICATED 2'-0" WIDE x4'-0" HIGH SOLID WOOD FRAME SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP AND BACKSPLASH, SS -1 CLEAR SILICONE SEALANT AROUND PERIMETER OF MIRROR 5/16" 3/4" • UNDERCOUNTER WASTE RECEPTACLE (NIC) CIRCULAR WASTE CHUTE RECESSED IN STONE COUNTERTOP CIRCULAR WASTE CHUTE RECESSED IN STONE COUNTERTOP SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP, SS -1, WITH LOOSE 3" HIGH BACK AND SIDE SPLASH SEE NEW WORK PLANS COUNTERTOP PLAN DETAIL (FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR) 1/2" = 1'-0" (TYPICAL AT FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR MEN'S AND WOMEN'S RESTROOMS) SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP, SS -1, WITH LOOSE 3" HIGH BACK AND SIDE SPLASH COUNTERTOP PLAN DETAIL (GROUND FLOOR) 1/2" = 1'-0" (TYPICAL AT GROUND FLOOR MEN'S AND WOMEN'S RESTROOMS) PROVIDE 3" DIAMETER HOLE IN GYPSUM WALL BOARD TOP AND BOTTOM TO ALLOW VENTILATION OF AIR BEHIND MIRROR WASTE RECEPTACLE / PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER (ROLL) VINYL WALLCOVERING, VWC-1 CERAMIC COVE BASE, CT -2 4' 0" 2'-0" x 4'-O" MIRROR, SEE DETAIL 7/A-420 WALL SCONCE, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS CERAMIC WALL TILE, CWT -2, RETURN TO INSIDE CORNER SOAP DISPENSER WALL -MOUNTED LAVATORY 0 c) cc 0 1 1 UNIVERSAL TOILET 103 1/4" = WALL SCONCE, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS CERAMIC WALL TILE, CWT -1, RETURN TO INSIDE CORNER NORTH ELEVATION CERAMIC WALL TILE, CWT -2 2'-0" x 4'-0" MIRROR, SEE DETAIL 7/A-420 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP, SS -1 VINYL WALLCOVERING, VWC-1 CERAMIC COVE BASE, CT -2 (SIMILAR AT UNIVERSAL TOILET 203) PROVIDE 3" DIAMETER HOLE IN GYPSUM WALL BOARD, TOP AND BOTTOM, TO ALLOW VENTILATION OF AIR BEHIND MIRROR /- VINYL WALLCOVERING, VWC-1 MEN 101 - SOUTH ELEVATION • VINYL WALLCOVERING, VWC-1 CERAMIC COVE BASE, CT -2 1/4" = 1'-0" (SIMILAR AT WOMEN 102, MEN 201, AND WOMEN 202) VINYL WALLCOVERING, VWC-1 4" UNDERSIDE MEN 101 - NORTH ELEVATION 1x8 SOLID WOOD WALL CAP 1x4 SOLID WOOD TRIM 1x3 SOLID WOOD TRIM STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOOR (OF/CI) CERAMIC COVE BASE, CT -2 1/4" = 1'-0" (SIMILAR AT WOMEN 102, MEN 201, AND WOMEN 202) 2'-0" x 4'-0" MIRROR, SEE DETAIL 7/A-420 CERAMIC WALL TILE, CWT -2 WALL SCONE, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP, SS -1 VINYL WALLCOVERING, VWC-1 CERAMIC COVE BASE, CT -2 T PROVIDE 3" DIAMETER HOLE IN GYPSUM WALL BOARD, TOP AND BOTTOM, TO ALLOW VENTILATION OF AIR BEHIND MIRROR r Ii 1 e*) r® VINYL WALLCOVERING, VWC-1 RECESSED WASTE RECEPTACLE CERAMIC COVE BASE, CT -2 VINYL WALLCOVERING, VWC-1 WOMEN 002 - SOUTH ELEVATION 1/4" = (SIMILAR AT MEN 001) SWBR ARCHITECTS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.922 -1 www.swbr.com THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ROCHESTER, NEW YORK REVISIONS no. date by description PROJECT: STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC AREA RESTROOM RENOVATIONS CLIENT: CORNELL UNIVERSITY DRAWING TITLE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS DRAWING NO. A-420 drawn by checked proj. mgr. proj. no. KMS CWJ CWJ 15535.00 STATUS: 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ISSUE DATE: 09/30/2015 1 LAVATORY riWALL-MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER 3 WASTE RECEPTACLE / PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER (ROLL) 6A TOILET PAPER DISPENSER (ADA) 8 NAPKIN DISPOSAL 6 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER 4 URINAL (NON -ADA) (NON -ADA) 8" MIN 4A URINAL (ADA) 7 8 WATER CLOSET (NON -ADA) NAPKIN DISPOSAL 5 URINAL SCREEN 3A WASTE RECEPTACLE NOTE: MOUNT TO MATCH EXIST. TOILET EXIST. - NON -ADA URINAL URINALS IN RMS SEE PLAN FOR HORIZONTAL LOC - 3B WASTE RECEPTACLE / 9A GRAB BARS (ADA 9 GRAB BARS (ADA) AMBULATORY STALL) 4' - 0" 10" 3 - 6" 1 _ 0 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER (FOLDED) — DISPENSING HEIGHT TOP k 3' - 4'' 3, pr - r - TOP OF OPERABLE PART A EnUR / • - CD TO f ' OF° TRIM Zo i b _ — TOP OF RIM r c0 \ rcn o_ .. a-�— G d tV ' U N OF BAR MFR STD] o o G \ �fr h— m O �- Q C7 CV Zn r r L_ 4, O. ®� N Lam. -I -------\ WC T _ WCc\j . N O O cn ? Q o c�-i \- 17" MIN NOTE: ELONGATED FACE ADA URINAL RIM OF WALL TO HAVE 1'-2" FROM TYP BOTH - TO RIM SIDES OF STALL NOTE: SIDE OF FLUSH TOILET C° r CONTROL TOP OF SEAT ON OPEN DEPTH LEGEND: rn rn 3A 3B 4 LAVATORY WALL -MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER WASTE RECEPTACLE / PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER (ROLL) WASTE RECEPTACLE WASTE RECEPTACLE / PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER (FOLDED) URINAL (NON -ADA) 4A URINAL (ADA) URINAL SCREEN TOILET PAPER DISPENSER (NON -ADA) TOILET PAPER DISPENSER (ADA) WATER CLOSET (NON -ADA) WATER CLOSET (ADA) NAPKIN DISPOSAL GRAB BARS (ADA) TOILET FIXTURE & ACCESSORY MOUNTING STRIP 9A GRAB BARS (ADA AMBULATORY STALL) TOILET PAPER DISPENSER 10 (NON -ADA) TOILET PAPER DISPENSER (ADA) 10A 11 ROBE HOOK (ALL STALLS) (NON -ADA) 11A ROBE HOOK (ALL STALLS) (ADA) TOILET PARTITION (FLOOR ANCHORED) SANITARY NAPKIN/TAMPON DISPENSER El WALL MOUNTED FLIP DOWN BABY CHANGING TABLE El TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER (NON -AICA) 15A 15B TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER (ADA) TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER (UNIVERSAL TOILET ROOMS ADA) NAPKIN DISPOSAL (WET WALL LOCATION NON -ADA) NAPKIN DISPOSAL (ADA) ROBE HOOK 7A WATER CLOSET (ADA) ® GRAB BARS (ADA) 1'-0" 3'-0" WC c_ TOP OF SEAT d Oct = r 0 N_0 El TOILET PAPER DISPENSER (NON -ADA) 3'-0" WC n WATER CLOSET (ADA) n GRAB BARS (ADA) rj=1 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER (ADA) 3'-6" 3'-4" • u- 0 - cc I—< 0Zo' N GENERAL NOTES: "-'TOP OF SEAT n COAT HOOK (ALL STALLS) (NON -ADA) COAT HOOK (ALL STALLS) (ADA) 12 TOILET PARTITION (FLOOR ANCHORED) EQ � EQ 11A HOOK NOTE: TOILET PARTITIONS AT GROUND FLOOR ONLY 1. USE MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED IN TOILET FIXTURE & ACCESSORY MOUNTING STRIP UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ITEMS INDICATED ON THE FLOOR PLANS WITH NO DESIGNATION OR "NON -ADA" ARE TO BE MOUNTED AT STANDARD "NON -ADA" MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 2. COORDINATE PLUMBING FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH SPECIFICATION DIVISION 15B. IFA CONFLICT OR QUESTION ARISES BETWEEN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND PLUMBING DOCUMENTS, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION. 3. HEIGHTS GIVEN FOR OPERABLE ACCESSORIES ARE TO THE UPPER MOST CONTROL ON THAT ACCESSORY, NOT TO THE BOTTOM OR TOP OF UNIT. 4. "MFR STD" = INSTALL ACCESSORIES AT STANDARD HEIGHT AS RECOMMENDED BY ACCESSORY MANUFACTURER. 5. INSULATE EXPOSED HOT WATER SUPPLY AND WASTE PIPES. 6. URINAL SCREENS AT GROUND FLOOR TO BE POWDER -COATED STEEL CONSTRUCTION. URINAL SCREENS AT FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR TO BE STAINLESS STEEL CONSTRUCTION. Z 0 z SANITARY NAPKIN/ TAMPON DISPENSER COIN SLOT 00 WALL MOUNTED FLIP DOWN BABY CHANGING TABLE ,4" MAX WHEN OPEN TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER (NON -ADA) NAPKIN DISPOSAL (WET WALL LOCATION NON -ADA) 16A TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER (ADA) NAPKIN DISPOSAL (ADA) FACE OF -®- WALL 6" 15B TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER (UNIVERSAL TOILET ROOMS ADA) GENERAL NOTES (FOR RENOVATION PROJECTS): 1. PATCH AND REPAIR WALLS, CEILINGS AND FLOORS AT REMOVALS SUCH AS TOILET PARTITIONS, PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TOILET ACCESSORIES. 2. WHERE "ADA" APPEARS WITHIN A TOILET COMPARTMENT ON THE FLOOR PLANS FOR A RENOVATION WITHIN AN EXISTING TOILET ROOM, THIS INDICATES THAT THE SIZE AND CONFIGURATION OF THE STALL IS REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE. WHERE THESE LOCATIONS CONTAIN EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES, NOT SCHEDULES TO BE REPLACED, THE FIXTURES MAY BE NON-COMPLIANT WITH ANSI OR ADA GUIDELINES. FINISH FLOOR TOP OF OPERABLE PART ROBE HOOK EQ EQ CENTERED ON WALL BEHIND TOILET PARTITION DOOR PANEL, COORDINATE I IN FIELD TOILET PARTITION DOOR PANEL OUTLINE I C) Lf) NOTE: 1. AT MASONRY WALLS USE 3/8" SLEEVE ANCHORS (EQUAL TO HILTI HS6) OR ADHESIVE ANCHORS 3/8" DIA X 1'-0" O.C. STAGGERED (EQUAL TO HILTI HY20). 2. FOR STUD WALL CONSTRUCTION USE 1/4" LAG BOLTS W/ OVERSIZED WASHERS. 3. PROVIDE 2 x 6 WD. BLOCKING IN STUD WALL CONSTRUCTION. FASTEN TO DOUBLED UP STUDS. 3" BACKSPLASH (SS -1), SCRIBE TO WALL & APPLY SEALANT 2 X 6 WD. NAILER ANCHORS STAGGERED Q 12" O.C. SEE NOTE SINK & TRAP 2'-1" r t 0 r N LAVATORY COUNTERTOP DETAIL 1"=1'0" ADA COMPLIANT SINK AND FAUCET 1 1/2" SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP, SS -1 1" SOLID SURFACE APRON (SS -1) CONTINUOUS C4x7.25 WITH 3" LONG L3x3x1/4 CLIP ANGLE, LAG BOLT INTO SOLID 2x WOOD BLOCKING IN WALL CLEAR KNEE AND TOE SPACE MIRROR ATTACHED TO WALL WITH J -TRIM, TOP AND BOTTOM FINISH WOOD EDGES TO MATCH EXPOSED SURFACE SHOP FABRICATED 2'-0" WIDE x4'-0" HIGH SOLID WOOD FRAME SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP AND BACKSPLASH, SS -1 CLEAR SILICONE SEALANT AROUND PERIMETER OF MIRROR 5/16" 3/4" • UNDERCOUNTER WASTE RECEPTACLE (NIC) CIRCULAR WASTE CHUTE RECESSED IN STONE COUNTERTOP CIRCULAR WASTE CHUTE RECESSED IN STONE COUNTERTOP SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP, SS -1, WITH LOOSE 3" HIGH BACK AND SIDE SPLASH SEE NEW WORK PLANS COUNTERTOP PLAN DETAIL (FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR) 1/2" = 1'-0" (TYPICAL AT FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR MEN'S AND WOMEN'S RESTROOMS) SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP, SS -1, WITH LOOSE 3" HIGH BACK AND SIDE SPLASH COUNTERTOP PLAN DETAIL (GROUND FLOOR) 1/2" = 1'-0" (TYPICAL AT GROUND FLOOR MEN'S AND WOMEN'S RESTROOMS) PROVIDE 3" DIAMETER HOLE IN GYPSUM WALL BOARD TOP AND BOTTOM TO ALLOW VENTILATION OF AIR BEHIND MIRROR WASTE RECEPTACLE / PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER (ROLL) VINYL WALLCOVERING, VWC-1 CERAMIC COVE BASE, CT -2 4' 0" 2'-0" x 4'-O" MIRROR, SEE DETAIL 7/A-420 WALL SCONCE, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS CERAMIC WALL TILE, CWT -2, RETURN TO INSIDE CORNER SOAP DISPENSER WALL -MOUNTED LAVATORY 0 c) cc 0 1 1 UNIVERSAL TOILET 103 1/4" = WALL SCONCE, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS CERAMIC WALL TILE, CWT -1, RETURN TO INSIDE CORNER NORTH ELEVATION CERAMIC WALL TILE, CWT -2 2'-0" x 4'-0" MIRROR, SEE DETAIL 7/A-420 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP, SS -1 VINYL WALLCOVERING, VWC-1 CERAMIC COVE BASE, CT -2 (SIMILAR AT UNIVERSAL TOILET 203) PROVIDE 3" DIAMETER HOLE IN GYPSUM WALL BOARD, TOP AND BOTTOM, TO ALLOW VENTILATION OF AIR BEHIND MIRROR /- VINYL WALLCOVERING, VWC-1 MEN 101 - SOUTH ELEVATION • VINYL WALLCOVERING, VWC-1 CERAMIC COVE BASE, CT -2 1/4" = 1'-0" (SIMILAR AT WOMEN 102, MEN 201, AND WOMEN 202) VINYL WALLCOVERING, VWC-1 4" UNDERSIDE MEN 101 - NORTH ELEVATION 1x8 SOLID WOOD WALL CAP 1x4 SOLID WOOD TRIM 1x3 SOLID WOOD TRIM STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOOR (OF/CI) CERAMIC COVE BASE, CT -2 1/4" = 1'-0" (SIMILAR AT WOMEN 102, MEN 201, AND WOMEN 202) 2'-0" x 4'-0" MIRROR, SEE DETAIL 7/A-420 CERAMIC WALL TILE, CWT -2 WALL SCONE, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP, SS -1 VINYL WALLCOVERING, VWC-1 CERAMIC COVE BASE, CT -2 T PROVIDE 3" DIAMETER HOLE IN GYPSUM WALL BOARD, TOP AND BOTTOM, TO ALLOW VENTILATION OF AIR BEHIND MIRROR r Ii 1 e*) r® VINYL WALLCOVERING, VWC-1 RECESSED WASTE RECEPTACLE CERAMIC COVE BASE, CT -2 VINYL WALLCOVERING, VWC-1 WOMEN 002 - SOUTH ELEVATION 1/4" = (SIMILAR AT MEN 001) SWBR ARCHITECTS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.922 -1 www.swbr.com THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ROCHESTER, NEW YORK REVISIONS no. date by description PROJECT: STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC AREA RESTROOM RENOVATIONS CLIENT: CORNELL UNIVERSITY DRAWING TITLE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS DRAWING NO. A-420 drawn by checked proj. mgr. proj. no. KMS CWJ CWJ 15535.00 STATUS: 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ISSUE DATE: 09/30/2015 /2015 10:42:41 AM 0 (1i Restroom Reno _Centra a) Z 5\15535 Cornell co T5 0 2 LL STATLER DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE locatn Hand: x mr of 0 0 N rn Grouncl:.Rii 0 00 RH 002. 0 Fr RH F1 10042 To :i II! 1 2 42 To 102'. 103 Pruni 10 R d Floo 2 20044 To 201 To 202 0 44Frotn 2 RH .HR. it 1s Toilet Stat[ D TI 2.6" 5%4` 2 T. WD IND 2'-6 RH 2 T THU LHR REIR' 2 2 No :e+ n 1 stop an cion!.jiigned with robe hook o DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR # DOOR FRAME HARDWARE LABEL THRESHOLD REMARKS DOOR # LEAFS SIZE TYPE MATERIAL FINISH GLASS ELEVATION TYPE _ MATERIAL FINISH WIDTH HEIGHT THICK GROUND 001 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0"_ 1 3/4" F _ WD PREFIN CT -1 1 J1 HM PT -2 SEE SCHEDULE - FLUSH MARBLE FIRST FLOOR 001 002 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" F WD PREFIN - 1 J1 HM PT -2 _ SEE SCHEDULE - _ FLUSH MARBLE VWC-1 002 FIRST FLOOR 101 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" F WD PREFIN - 1 J1 HM PT -2 SEE SCHEDULE- CT -2 FLUSH MARBLE CWT -2, VWC-1 101 102 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" F WD PREFIN - 1 J1 HM PT -2 SEE SCHEDULE- UNIVERSAL TOILET FLUSH MARBLE CT -2 102 103 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" F WD PREFIN - 1 J1 ; HM PT -2 SEE SCHEDULE - FLUSH MARBLE 103 SECOND FLOOR 201 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" F WD PREFIN - 1 J1 HM PT -2 SEE SCHEDULE FLUSH MARBLE 201 202 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" F WD PREFIN - 1 J1 HM PT -2 SEE SCHEDULE- FLUSH MARBLE 202 203 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" F WD PREFIN - 1 J1 HM PT -2 SEE SCHEDULE- FLUSH MARBLE 203 cV tf-2" TYP SEE SCHED 0 SEE DOOR SCHEDULE SEE DOOR SCHED 7 0 FRAME ELEVATION DOOR ELEVATION EXISTING WALL PARTITION EXISTING ROUGH OPENING 1x3 SOLID WOOD TRIM CORIIIbOR SIDE REINSTALL SALVAGED WOOD TRIM, TOUCH UP STAIN AND IRECOAT WITH SPAR URETHANE RESTROOM SIDE J1 DOOR JAMB DETAIL 1 1/2" = TO MATCH EXISTING PARTITION THICKNESS DOOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME AND ANCHORAGE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE ROOM NUMBER ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE WALL CEILING FINISH NOTES MATERIAL/ FINISH MATERIAL/ FINISH NORTH SOUTH EAST WEST FINISH FINISH FINISH FINISH GROUND 001 MEN CT -1 CT -2 CWT -2, VWC-1 CWT -1 VWC-1 VWC-1 PT -1 1, 3 002 WOMEN CT -1 CT -2 CWT -1 CWT -2, VWC-1 VWC-1 VWC-1 PT -1 3 FIRST FLOOR 101 MEN CT -1 CT -2 CWT -1 CWT -2, VWC-1 VWC-1 VWC-1 PT -1 1, 2, 3 102 WOMEN CT -1 CT -2 CWT -2, VWC-1 CWT -1 VWC-1 VWC-1 PT -1 2, 3 103 UNIVERSAL TOILET CT -1 CT -2 CWT -1, CWT -2, VWC-1 CWT -1 VWC-1 VWC-1 PT -1 3 SECOND FLOOR 201 MEN CT -1 CT -2 CWT -1 CWT -2, VWC-1 VWC-1 VWC-1 PT -1 1, 2, 3 202 WOMEN CT -1 CT -2 CWT -2, VWC-1 CWT -1 VWC-1 VWC-1 PT -1 2, 3 203 UNIVERSAL TOILET CT -1 CT -2 CWT -1, CWT -2, VWC-1 CWT -1 VWC-1 VWC-1 PT -1 3 COLOR & FINISH LEGEND PAINT (PT) PT -1 SHERWIN WILLIAMS, SW 7005 PURE WHITE INTERIOR FLAT, CEILING PT -2 PAINTED FAUX WOOD GRAIN FINISH TO MATCH STAINED WOOD CERAMIC TILE (CT) CT -1 DALTILE — CITYVIEW, COLOR: #CY02 SKYLINE GRAY (MATTE FLOOR TILE) 12x24 TILE, PATTERN: RUNNING BOND 1/8" GROUT JOINT USING BOSTIK TRU GROUT, COLOR: TBD CT -2 DALTILE — CITYVIEW, COLOR: #CY02 SKYLINE GRAY 6x12 COVE BASE WALL TILE. COVE BASE CORNER AT ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS. 1/8" GROUT JOINT USING BOSTIK TRU GROUT, COLOR: TBD CERAMIC TILE (CWT) CWT -1 DALTILE — CITYVIEW, COLOR: #CY02 SKYLINE GRAY 12x24 TILE. USE 3x12 BULLNOSE AT OUTSIDE EDGES, PATTERN: RUNNING BOND 1/8" GROUT JOINT USING BOSTIK TRU GROUT, COLOR: TBD CWT -2 G&G TILE INC — MBC1201, COLOR: GRAY MARBLE, WHITE GLOSSY, AND MATT GLASS MIXED 12x12 MESH 1/8" GROUT JOINT USING BOSTIK TRU GROUT, COLOR: TBD VINYL WALL COVERING (VWC) VWC-1 SYMPHONY OVERTURE TYPE II VINYL WALLCOVERING COLOR - AZ52433WA, BIRCH 52" WIDE, UNPERFORATED, REPEAT: RANDOM SOLID SURFACE (SS) SS -1 LG VIATERA — COLOR: INTERMEZZO SMALL OGEE EDGE DETAIL PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS ON ALL EDGES STAIN (STN) STN -1 TO MATCH ARCHITECT'S SAMPLE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES 1. URINAL WET WALL TO RECEIVE CWT -1 FULL HEIGHT. 2. METAL STUD AND GWB TOILET PARTITIONS TO RECEIVE VINYL WALLCOVERING (VWC-1) IN MEN'S, WOMEN'S AND UNIVERSAL TOILET ROOMS. 3. PROVIDE FLUSH MARBLE THRESHOLD AT ENTRY DOOR. OWNER FURNISHED MATERIALS CORNELL UNIVERSITY WILL PROVIDE THE MATERIALS BELOW TO THE CONTRACTOR FOR USE ON THIS PROJECT. CONTRACTOR IS TO REVIEW AND CONFIRM THAT THE QUANTITIES BELOW ARE SUFFICIENT FOR WORK SHOWN ON DOCUMENTS, AND NOTIFY PRIOR TO BID IF DEEMED INSUFFICIENT. ALL EXTRA MATERIALS REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE OWNER AND SHALL BE MOVED TO A STORAGE LOCATION AS DESIGNATED BY THE OWNER AT PROJECT COMPLETION. WALL TILE: DAL -TILE CITY VIEW VY02 - SKYLINE GRAY 12x24 TILE 2,700 SF DAL -TILE CITY VIEW VY02 - SKYLINE GRAY 3x12 BULLNOSE(#S-43C9) 40 EA DAL -TILE CITY VIEW VY02 - SKYLINE GRAY 6x12 COVE BASE (#S-36C9T) 1,000 EA DAL -TILE CITY VIEW VY02 - SKYLINE GRAY COVE BASE OUTSIDE CORNER (#SC-36C9T) 130 EA G&G TILE GLASS AND STONE MOSAIC TILE N/A 400 SF TOILET PARTITION DOORS: MAIMAN FACTORY FINISHED WOOD STILE AND RAIL DOORS 2'-4"W x 5'-6"H 16 EA "STILE AND RAIL TOILET PARTITION DOORS ARE TO BE PRE -FINISHED AND PREPPED FOR HARDWARE INSTALLATION. HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTALLATION ARE TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR. FINISH FOR ALL OTHER WOOD TRIM, CASINGS, ETC. TO MATCH STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS. WOOD LOUVERS STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOOR 2' - 4" 1 FINISHED FLOOR TOILET PARTITION DOOR ELEVATION 1/4" = SWBR ARCHITECTS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.9221 www.swbr.com THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ROCHESTER, NEW YORK REVISIONS no. date by description PROJECT: STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC AREA RESTROOM RENOVATIONS CLIENT: CORNELL UNIVERSITY DRAWING TITLE DOOR AND ROOM FINISH SCHEDULES, DETAILS DRAWING NO. A-600 drawn by checked proj. mgr. proj. no. KMS CWJ CWJ 15535.00 STATUS: 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ISSUE DATE: 09/30/2015 4/22/2015 3:15:07 PM J:\2015\15290.00 Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno\4-CAD\4.01_Revit\15290_Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno.rvt 0 w J_ LL ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS LIST BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION LP -404 HOME RUN TO PANELBOARD. LETTERS/ NUMBERS INDICATE PANEL. NUMBERS INDICATE CIRCUITS. NUMBER OF ARROWS EQUALS NUMBER OF CIRCUITS. CIRCUIT SHALL BE 20 AMP, 120 VOLT, 2-#12, 1 -*12 EG., IN ' " C, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING SIZE AND NUMBER TO MATCH HOMERUN. REFER TO SPEC'S FOR RACEWAY TYPE. Si , TOGGLE SWITCH, VOLTAGE AS INDICATED ON FIXTURE SCHEDULE, SUBSCRIPTS INDICATE TYPE: 3 - THREE WAY SWITCH 4- FOUR WAY SWITCH OS - OCCUPANCY SENSOR a,b,c - SWITCHING DESIGNATIONS NUMBER OF LETTERS EQUALS NO. OF GANGED SWITCHES CEILING MOUNTED LUMINAIRE. UPPER CASE LETTERS INDICATE FIXTURE TYPE ON SCHEDULE, LOWER CASE LETTER INDICATES SWITCHING DESIGNATION. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, 20 AMP, 125 VOLT SUBSCRIPTS INDICATE TYPE: OC - OVER COUNTER GFI - GROUND FAULT INTERUPT UC - UNDER THE COUNTER —T SOLID HALF ARROW(S) INDICATES 120 VOLT CIRCUIT TO SINGLE POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER(S), UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. —0.- SOLID FULL ARROW INDICATES 208 VOLT CIRCUIT TO MULTI -POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. FIRE ALARM LUMINAIRES SYMBOL ABBREV. DESCRIPTION FA Q CEILING MOUNTED LUMINAIRE. UPPER CASE LETTERS INDICATE FIXTURE TYPE ON SCHEDULE, LOWER CASE LETTER INDICATES SWITCHING DESIGNATION. ❑ d FA Q WALL MOUNTED LUMINAIRE. UPPER CASE INDICATE FIXTURE TYPE ON SCHEDULE, LOWER CASE LETTER INDICATES SWITCHING DESIGNATION. 'LETTERS dY FIRE ALARM SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ABBREV. SMOKE DETECTOR S (E) MICRO HORN/STROBE ALARM SIGNAL F (ER) MLO VISUAL SIGNAL DEVICE F 4 03 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION SYMBOLS ABBREV. SYMBOL ABBREV. DESCRIPTION A. (E) MICRO EXISTING DEVICE TO REMAIN AFF (ER) MLO EXISTING DEVICE TO BE RELOCATED AFG 03 NIC REFERENCE TO DRAWING NOTE AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAGE OC REFERENCE TO DEMOLITION NOTE BMGB 3 OFCI OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED Tn - ,'i -r EXISTING ELECTRICAL OR EQUIPMENT OR DEVICE, DASHED LIGHT IS EXISTING TO BE REMOVED. PNL. PANEL EXISTING WIRING OR EQUIPMENT, SOLID LIGHT EXISTING TO REMAIN OR EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED. IS PH. . C. CONDUIT HEAVY SOLID IS NEW POWER PANEL CR 11) ABBREVIATIONS ABBREV. DESCRIPTION ABBREV. DESCRIPTION A. AMPERE MICRO MICROWAVE AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR MLO MAIN LUG ONLY AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE NIC NOT IN CONTRACT AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAGE OC MOUNTED OVER COUNTER HEIGHT BMGB BUILDING MAIN GROUND BAR OFCI OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED CB CIRCUIT BREAKER PNL. PANEL CLG. CEILING PH. PHASE C. CONDUIT PP POWER PANEL CR CRITICAL BRANCH P. POLE EG EQUIPMENT GROUND REFRIG. SP. REFRIGERATOR SPACE EXIST. EXISTING SW. SWITCH EQ EQUIPMENT BRANCH TMGB TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAIN GROUND BAR FCU FAN COIL UNIT TSP TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR FH FUME HOOD TYP. TYPICAL GND. GROUND UC MOUNTED UNDER COUNTER HEIGHT GFI GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTING UOI UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED HOA HAND/OFF/AUTO VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME HP. HORSEPOWER V. VOLT KW. LS KILOWATT LIFE SAFETY BRANCH WP WEATHERPROOF MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER 3P.15A. P - POLE A -AMPERE 4 W. WIRE BRANCH CIRCUITING IDENTIFICATION 2 a NOTE: TYPICAL FOR ALL DEVICES AND HOMERUNS FIXTURE TYPE NUMBER INDICATES CIRCUIT SWITCH LEG NUMBER INDICATES CIRCUIT NUMBER MOUNTING HEIGHT & MISC. INFO. 1 i P-GE1 CIRCUIT NUMBER PANEL DESIGNATION FINISHED CEILING GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: A. WHEN EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, WHICH IS TO REMAIN, IS DAMAGED DURING THE COURSE OF DEMOLITION AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S WORK, IT SHALL BE REPAIRED AND/OR REPLACED WITH SIMILAR OR LIKE MATERIALS, AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE, SUBJECT TO THE OWNERS APPROVAL. B. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION IN THE WAY OF NEW WORK. PROTECT BUILDING AND FURNISHINGS FROM DAMAGE. C. COORDINATE PHASING OF WORK WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. D. COORDINATE ALL SHUTDOWNS WITH UNIVERSITY PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. ALL FIRE ALARM SHUTDOWNS SHALL BE SCHEDULED THROUGH CUSTOMER SERVICE WITH AT LEAST 24 HOURS NOTICE BEFORE WORK IS TO BE STARTED. E. EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE TAKEN FROM FIELD OBSERVATIONS AND PRIOR CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS WHEN AVAILABLE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT SITE AND IDENTIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIFFICULTIES THAT WILL AFFECT THE DEMOLITION WORK. NO COMPENSATION WILL BE GRANTED FOR ADDITIONAL WORK CAUSED BY UNFAMILIARITY WITH SITE CONDITIONS THAT ARE VISIBLE OR READILY CONSTRUED BY EXPERIENCED OBSERVERS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PARTICIPATE IN SURVEY OF THE EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND CAP ALL SERVICE LINES TO BE DISCONNECTED FOR THOSE SERVICES WHICH NORMALLY ARE INCLUDED IN HIS FIELD OF WORK. PARTICULAR CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO AVOID CREATING HAZARD OR CAUSING DISRUPTION IN ADJOINING AREAS. NOT ALL DEVICES TERMINATIONS, JUNCTION BOXES AND WIRING HAVE BEEN SHOWN. F. REFER TO DIVISION 22 CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR EXACT QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS OF ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT BEING ABANDONED OR REMOVED, WHICH WILL REQUIRE DE-ENERGIZATION, REMOVAL AND BLANK -OFF BY THE CONTRACTOR. G. EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE KEPT OPERATIONAL DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD THE BUILDING UNDER RENOVATION MAY BE DISCONNECTED FROM SERVICE DURING THE HOURS THE CONTRACTOR IS WORKING, AT THE DISCRETION OF THE FIRE DEPARTMENT AND THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, BUT MUST BE PLACED BACK ON LINE DURING OTHER PERIODS. APPROVAL TO BE IN WRITING. H. THE EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES WITHIN DEMOLITION AREA SHALL BE DEMOLISHED ALONG WITH ALL FEEDERS AND CONDUITS BACK TO POINT OF SOURCE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL ITEMS SHOWN ON THE DEMOLITION DRAWINGS SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. WALLBOXES, BACKBOXES AND CONDUIT SHALL BE REUSED AS DETERMINED BY CONTRACTOR. ALL UNUSED CONDUITS SHALL BE REMOVED. DISCONNECT AND MAKE SAFE ANY EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED BY OTHERS. COORDINATE REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. I. MAINTAIN AND RESTORE, IF INTERRUPTED BY REMOVALS OR IN PATH OF NEW CONSTRUCTION, ALL CIRCUITS, CONDUITS AND FEEDERS PASSING THROUGH AND SERVING UNDISTURBED AREAS (SHOWN OR NOT SHOWN). J. ALL EXISTING CONDUITS STUBBED THROUGH FLOOR SERVING ITEMS TO BE REMOVED AND NOT SHOWN OR REQUIRED TO BE REUSED, SHALL BE CUT OFF FLUSH WITH SLAB LEVEL WITH CONCRETE. K. IN ANY AREA REQUIRING THE PERFORMANCE OF ANY TRADE'S WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY REMOVE AND STORE ANY OR ALL ELECTRICAL ITEMS IN PATH OF WORK, REINSTALLING AND RECONNECTING SAME AS REQUIRED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLANS AND/OR AS DIRECTED AFTER COMPLETION OF OTHER TRADE'S WORK IN THAT AREA. L. DISCONNECT, MAKE SAFE AND REMOVE ALL TEMPORARY AND ABANDONED WIRE WITHIN THE SPACE. M. BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING TO DEVICES IN AREAS OF DEMOLITION SHALL BE DISCONNECTED, MADE SAFE AND REMOVED COMPLETELY BACK TO THE PANELBOARD. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT ABANDON BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING IN EXISTING WALLS AND CEILINGS. MAINTAIN THE CONTINUITY OF BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING TO ANY AREAS WHICH ARE TO REMAIN BUT ARE AFFECTED BY THE DEMOLITION OR NEW CONSTRUCTION. N. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE PANEL, FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS BACK TO POINT OF SOURCE PRIOR TO THE START OF DEMOLITION, CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS AND MAINTAIN THOSE CIRCUITS THAT EXTEND OUTSIDE OF THE SCOPE OF WORK. 0. AFTER RENOVATING EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSURE THAT ALL REMAINING AND NEW EQUIPMENT WILL OPERATE PROPERLY. GENERAL NOTES: A. SLEEVE AND SEAL ALL WALL AND FLOOR PENETRATIONS. PROVIDE FIRESTOPPING FOR ALL FIRE -RATED PENETRATIONS. UTILIZE REMOVABLE FIRESTOPPING MATERIAL AT CABLE TRAY PENETRATIONS. PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT FOR ALL NON RATED PENETRATIONS. ALL FIRE RATINGS SHALL BE MAINTAINED. B. MAINTAIN SERVICE CLEARANCES OF ALL EQUIPMENT. C. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL CONDUIT ROUTES, EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. D. E. F. MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE SHALL BE 3/4" FOR POWER CIRCUITS UOI. PROVIDE NYLON PULLSTRING IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS. FIRE ALARM SIGNALING APPLIANCES SHALL BE MOUNTED SUCH THAT THE ENTIRE LENS IS NOT LESS THAN 80 INCHES AND NOT GREATER THAN 96 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. G. CIRCUITING TO DEVICES/EQUIPMENT SHALL BE 2-*12AWG & 1-*12EG (MULTIPLE HOME RUNS IN SAME CONDUIT MAY SHARE SAME EQUIPMENT GROUND) FOR EACH 20 AMPERE CIRCUIT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL CIRCUITS SHALL HAVE SEPARATE NEUTRALS (CIRCUITS SHALL NOT SHARE NEUTRALS). H. PROVIDE CONDUIT/WIRING (CIRCUITING) AND REQUIRED EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS TO ALL DEVICES/EQUIPMENT. CONNECT TO CIRCUIT(S) AS INDICATED. I. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REFERENCE STANDARD EDITION OF NFPA CODES, AS CITED BY THE FIRE CODE OF NEW YORK STATE, BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE AND CORNELL UNIVERSITY DESIGN STANDARDS. J. ALL CONDUITS AND SUPPORTS SHALL BE AS TIGHT TO DECK AS POSSIBLE. K. PROVIDE PULLBOX FOR EVERY 180° OF BENDS FOR TEL/DATA AND 360° OF BENDS FOR POWER CONDUITS. L. ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES (RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES, FIRE ALARM, ETC.) SHALL BE ALIGNED HORIZONTALLY AND VERTICALLY. CONTRACTOR TO SCHEDULE AND COORDINATE PROJECT WALKTHROUGH WITH ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY DEVICE ROUGH -IN FOR FINALIZATION OF ALIGNMENTS. MIN 80" AFF TO BOTTOM OF LENS AND MAXIMUM OF 96" AFF TO TOP OF LENS WARNING & SIGNAL FIXTURE/SIGNS CENTERED ABOVE DOOR WALL PHONE— - FINISHED FLOOR 4 46" HORN/LIGHT RECEPTACLE— TEL/COMM T 1'-6" $ 00 00 0 0 r EXIT LIGHT SWITCH 0 � 4' —0" PULL STATION TOP OF DEVICE —STAT 4'-0" 3' FROM EDGE OF BASE MAX. 0 1 '-6" ABOVE COUNT R MAX. 4'-0" MAX DETAIL NOTES: 1. MOUNTING HEIGHTS TO CENTER OF OUTLETS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. IN MASONRY CONSTRUCTION THE ABOVE MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHALL BE USED FOR REFERENCE TO NEAREST BLOCK OR BRICK COURSING 2. THE ABOVE MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHALL BE ADHERED TO UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OR DETAILED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS S B W R SWBR ARCHITECTS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.9221 www.swbr.com CONSULTANT: ENGI NEERING P.C. MECHAN ICAL(ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS ROCHESTER • BUFFALO • SYRACUSE • CAPITAL DISTRICT 150 NORTH CHESTNUT STREET ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14604 (585) 288-5590 FAX: (585) 288-0233 M/E Project 150208 THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED O ROCHESTER, NEW YORK REVISIONS no. date by description PROJECT: STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC AREA RESTROOM RENOVATIONS CLIENT: CORNELL UNIVERSITY - DRAWING TITLE ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES & SYMBOL LIST DRAWING NO. E-000 drawn by checked proj. mgr. proj. no. MRG MRG JAD 15535.00 STATUS: 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ISSUE DATE: 09/30/2015 4/22/2015 3:15:07 PM J:\2015\15290.00 Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno\4-CAD\4.01_Revit\15290_Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno.rvt w J_ LL (E) T KITCHEN 215 1 STORAGE 214 (E) 1 // // II" // 1 � L T (E) (E) s (E) O I 1„, 1 (E) �,” 1 i (E) J Off / 0 I I \ I I I (E) JI WOMEN (E) 0 202 s 1 (E) O (E) 0 1 b° I M UNIVERSAL TOILET LL===JPO L 203 s (E) ..1111111, Ir I I I I i ¢1 1/ L s MEN (E) O 201 I � L I I. (E) O (E) s (E) O 411P � n-- SECOND r (E) SECOND FLOOR RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLAN - ELECTRICAL SCALE: 1/4"-1'-0" (E) F (E) 1.1 O€Y /' 11 11 �'-n (E) 1 11 I I 1`' _T s (E) O JI (E),/ (E) O (E) s WOMEN 102 (E)O NORTH O (E) (E) (E) O O FI,,, 00 \. J, 1.1 Ir �M I UNIV 1 ( Ir SAL TOILET (E) (E) O (E) s 1110-4441 MEN 101 (E) O (E) s (E) fr- \\ ZE) 1st rr- 11 1 NORTH FIRST FLOOR RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLAN - ELECTRICAL SCALE: 1/4"-1'-0" WOMEN 002 (E) O 72" AFF (E)O 9 (E) Cikm (E) • 3E E) = I MEN 001 O (E) O (E) O GFI d� �—v'T— ft 0•AN /1 0,41 A (E) GROUND FLOOR RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLAN - ELECTRICAL SCALE: 1/4"-1'-0" GENERAL NOTES: A. SALVAGE EXISTING RECEPTACLE BACKBOX AND CIRCUIT FOR CONNECTION OF NEW DEVICE AND COVERPLATE IN SAME LOCATION. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT FOR FINAL DEVICE AND COVERPLATE COLOR. B. SALVAGE EXISTING VANITY MIRROR CIRCUIT FOR REUSE AND REWORKING. S B W R SWBR ARCHITECTS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.9221 www.swbr.com CONSULTANT: 41-k°1— NEERING P.C. ENGI MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS ROCHESTER • BUFFALO • SYRACUSE • CAPITAL DISTRICT 150 NORTH CHESTNUT STREET ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14604 (585) 288-5590 FAX: (585) 288-0233 M/E Project 150208 THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED O ROCHESTER, NEW YORK REVISIONS no. date by description PROJECT: STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC AREA RESTROOM RENOVATIONS CLIENT: CORNELL UNIVERSITY - DRAWING TITLE RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLANS - ELECTRICAL DRAWING NO. E-100 drawn by MRG checked MRG proj. mgr. JAD proj. no. 15535.00 STATUS: 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ISSUE DATE: 09/30/2015 4/22/2015 3:15:07 PM J:\2015\15290.00 Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno\4-CAD\4.01_Revit\15290_Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno.rvt w J_ LL (E) T KITCHEN 215 STORAGE 214 (E) 1� 0 m (E) flint (E) 10 (E) T (E) (E) s WOMEN 202 E) (E) s (E) 0 (E) L10 L109 (E) O (E) 0 UNIVERSAL TOILET L1 O(F) 203 O(E) s (E L1 c (EO vkid soL1 1 (E) s MEN 201 (E) 0 IF (E) s 0 Q (E) (E) SECOND FLOOR RESTROOM NEW WORK PLAN - ELECTRICAL SCALE: 1/4"-1'-0" (E) (E) m (E) Poo (E) m E) I-1 r, (E) 0 (E) s (E) (E) 0 (E) s WOMEN 102 (E)O 11 (E) 0 NORTH L1(s (E) 0 (E) O UNIVERSAL TOILET U 0 L1 1/ 103 (E) T — — 1� { IN L1 111 Ie u AOL1 (E) 0 (E) s (E) 0 (E) s 0 MEN 101 1110-4441 (E) Flint (E) (E) .`I (E) FIRST FLOOR RESTROOM NEW WORK PLAN - ELECTRICAL SCALE: 1/4"-1'-0" NORTH GROUND FLOOR RESTROOM NEW WORK PLAN - ELECTRICAL SCALE: 1/4"-1'-0" GENERAL NOTES: A. CONNECT NEW FIRE ALARM NOTIFICATION DEVICES INTO NEAREST EXISTING NOTIFICATION DEVICE FROM THE SAME FLOOR. ALL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE ROUTED BEHIND FINISHED WALLS AND CEILINGS. PROVIDE PATCHING OF ALL HARD CEILINGS WHERE OPENINGS ARE REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW FIRE ALARM WIRING. B. EXISTING VANITY LIGHTING CIRCUIT MADE SPARE DURING DEMOLITION IN BOTH MENS AND WOMENS TOILETS ON THE GROUND, FIRST AND SECOND FLOORS SHALL BE REWORKED AS REQUIRE TO ALLOW FOR NEW CONTROLS AS CALLED FOR ALONG WITH NEW LAYOUT. C. NEW VANITY LIGHTS IN UNIVERSAL TOILETS SHALL BE FED FROM EXISTING ROOM DOWNLIGHT CIRCUIT AFTER THE DOWNLIGHT AS TO STILL ALLOW THE DESIRED CONTROLS AS CALLED FOR WITH THE NEW LAYOUT. DRAWING NOTES: O PROVIDE NEW GFI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN SAME LOCATION OF DEVICE BEING REMOVED. NEW DEVICE COLOR AND COVERPLATE COLOR SHALL BE PER THE ARCHITECT. ( ) PROVIDE A LUTRON SLEV 300P DIMMER MOUNTED BELOW COUNTER IN MENS ROOM TO CONTROL NEW WALL MOUNTED DECORATIVE SCONCES LIGHT LEVELS. THE INTENTION OF THESE SWITCHES IS THAT THEY ARE FOR HOTEL MAINTENANCE STAFF TO ADJUST TO DESIRED LIGHT LEVEL WITHOUT THE SWITCH BEING VISIBLE TO THE RESTROOM USERS. DIMMER SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH LIGHT FIXTURE. PROVIDE CONSPICUOUS LABEL AT DIMMER FOR WHICH FIXTURES IT CONTROLS. 03 PROVIDE A LUTRON SLEV 300P DIMMER MOUNTED BELOW COUNTER TO CONTROL NEW WALL MOUNTED DECORATIVE SCONCES LIGHT LEVELS. THE INTENTION OF THESE SWITCHES IS THAT THEY ARE FOR HOTEL MAINTENANCE STAFF TO ADJUST TO DESIRED LIGHT LEVEL WITHOUT THE SWITCH BEING VISIBLE TO THE RESTROOM USERS. PROVIDE CONSPICUOUS ABEL AT DIMMER FOR WHICH FIXTURES IT CONTROLS. S B W R S W B R ARCHITECTS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.9221 www.swbr.com CONSULTANT: ENGI NEERING P.C. MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS ROCHESTER • BUFFALO • SYRACUSE • CAPITAL DISTRICT 150 NORTH CHESTNUT STREET ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14604 (585) 288-5590 FAX: (585) 288-0233 M/E Project 150208 THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED O ROCHESTER, N EW YORK REVISIONS no. date by description PROJECT: STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC AREA RESTROOM RENOVATIONS CLIENT: CORNELL UNIVERSITY - DRAWING TITLE RESTROOM NEW WORK PLANS - ELECTRICAL DRAWING NO. E-200 drawn by MRG checked MRG proj. mgr. JAD proj. no. 15535.00 STATUS: 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ISSUE DATE: 09/30/2015 4/22/2015 3:15:07 PM J:\2015\15290.00 Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno\4-CAD\4.01_Revit\15290_Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno.rvt 1-CBLP-2-SHB*32 TYPICAL PANEL NUMBER BRANCH BREAKER NUMBER DETAIL NOTES: 11-CBLP-2-SHB*32, GROUNDING PIN ON TOP OR TO LEFT OF OUTLET ON HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED RECEPTACLES RECEPTACLE COLOR SHALL BE: 1. RED FOR EMERGENCY 2. AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FOR ALL OTHERS. DYMO LABEL, VERIFY COLOR WITH OWNER, ADHERE TO COVERPLATE USING CONTACT CEMENT. FACTORY ADHESIVE WILL NOT BE SUFFICIENT. ACTUAL CIRCUIT INFORMATION SHALL BE AS INSTALLED AND NOT NECESSARILY THE SAME CIRCUIT NUMBER AS SHOWH ON THE PLANS. A. PROVIDE GREEN GROUND WIRE IN ALL RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS. CONNECT TO GROUND BUS IN PANEL. B. DO NOT INSTALL RECEPTACLES, COMPUTER OR TELEPHONE OUTLETS BACK TO BACK. INSTALL IN ADJACENT STUD CAVITIES, TO REDUCE SOUND TRANSMISSION. C. FOR RECEPTACLES WHICH ARE FED FROM UPS POWER ALSO PROVIDE ENGRAVING ON THE RECEPTACLE COVERPLATE STATING "UPS POWER". 120V, 20A / (E) CIRCUIT "4 d (E) ELEC RM 1- ACP 11 IBIEEEEEEEI HEEEEEEEEEEEEEE SIEMENS MXL BATTERIES (E) I SECOND FLOOR O II FIRST FLOOR 0 'GROUND FLOOR 0 I F FOR DIAGRAMMATIC PURPOSES ONLY. I REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR EXACT QUANTITY OF D VICES AND LOCATIONS. 1 PROJECT AREAS (GND, 1ST, 2ND FLOOR BATHROOMS) 3 F (E) v (E) 1/2" FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT MAXIMUM 6' LENGTH 3/q" EMT TYPICAL LUMINAIRE " EMT 1/2" FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT MAXIMUM 6' LENGTH TYPICAL RECEPTACLE IDENTIFICATION SCALE: NONE 120V, 20A / (E) CIRCUIT "4 d (E) ELEC RM 1- ACP 11 IBIEEEEEEEI HEEEEEEEEEEEEEE SIEMENS MXL BATTERIES (E) I SECOND FLOOR O II FIRST FLOOR 0 'GROUND FLOOR 0 I F FOR DIAGRAMMATIC PURPOSES ONLY. I REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR EXACT QUANTITY OF D VICES AND LOCATIONS. 1 PROJECT AREAS (GND, 1ST, 2ND FLOOR BATHROOMS) 3 F (E) v (E) 1/2" FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT MAXIMUM 6' LENGTH 3/q" EMT TYPICAL LUMINAIRE " EMT 1/2" FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT MAXIMUM 6' LENGTH (E (E) (E) M M T FIRE ALARM DRAWING NOTES: O1 FIRE ALARM ADDRESSABLE CIRCUIT EXTENDING BACK TO MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. 02 NOT USED. 03 IT IS ACCEPTABLE TO EXTEND OFF OF EXISTING ADDRESSABLE LOOPS OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. FIRE ALARM DIAGRAMMATIC RISER DIAGRAM - NEW WORK SCALE: NONE LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE TYPE FIXTURE SIZE AND DESCRIPTION LAMP VOLTAGE/ BALLAST DESIGN MAKE MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBER NOTES L1 DECORATIVE WALL MOUNTED SCONCE LED 120V LBL LIGHTING MODEL: LW -496 -OP -PC -LED 1,2,3,4,5 ,6 REFERENCE NOTES: 1. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT FOR FIXTURE COLOR. 2. COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECT 3. COLOR TEMPERATURE SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 3000K. 4. EXISTING LIGHTING CIRCUIT VOLTAGE IS 120V. 5. PROVIDE (4) ADDITIONAL FIXTURES AS ATTIC STOCK TO OWNER. 6. LIGHTING SUBMITTAL TO BE PROVIDED FOR RECORD ONLY. FIXTURE SHALL BE PROVIDED AS SPECIFIED, NO EQUALS. FIRE ALARM NOTES: A. DEVICES SHOWN ARE DIAGRAMMATICALLY ONLY. FOR EXACT LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES SEE FLOOR PLANS. B. ALL WIRING SHALL BE CLASS A WIRING. REFER TO SECTION 283102 OF THE SPECIFICATION FOR ADDITIONAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. C. ALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM RACEWAY SIZES AND CIRCUITRY REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS AND ALL CODES THAT MAY APPLY. D. CABLING MUST BE UNIQUELY IDENTIFIED AND LABELED, AND A PERMANENT, ACCURATE RECORD OF THE IDENTIFICATION AND USE OF EACH ABLE MUST BE MADE AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION. LABELING IS TO BE DONE WITH PERMANENT MARKERS ON CLEAR MYLAR TAPE. THE TAPE SHALL BE LONG ENOUGH SO WHEN WRAPPED ROUND THE CABLE IT WILL WRAP OVER ITSELF, PROTECTING THE WRITING. E. FACP AND OTHER PANELS SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH CLEARANCES FOR OBSERVATION AND TESTING. ALL OTHER FIRE ALARM JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE MARKED FOR IDENTIFICATION. F. PROVIDE 120V, 20A DEDICATED BRANCH CIRCUITS FROM THE LOCAL AREA LIFE SAFETY PANELBOARD TO CONTROL PANELS, TERMINAL CABINETS, ETC. AS REQUIRED. THE CIRCUIT BREAKER SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED "FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT CONTROL" IN THE PANELBOARD DIRECTORY. G. SPACE DETECTORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED DISTANCE. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL DETECTORS WHERE REQUIRED. H. ALL LOW VOLTAGE FIRE ALARM CIRCUITS MAY OCCUPY A COMMON CONDUIT. RUN AC POWER AND CONTROL WIRING (FAN SHUTDOWN, ETC.) IN SEPARATE CONDUIT. DO NOT RUN WITH ANY OTHER FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WIRING IN A COMMON CONDUIT. I. ALL CONDUIT, MOUNTING BOXES AND PANELS SHALL BE HUNG AND FASTENED WITH FITTINGS TO ENSURE POSITIVE GROUNDING THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE SYSTEM. J. TRANSPOSING OR CHANGING COLOR CODING OF WIRES IS NOT PERMITTED. ALL CONDUCTORS IN CONDUIT CONTAINING MORE THAN ONE WIRE SHALL BE LABELED ON EACH END WITH "E -Z MARKERS". K. CONDUCTORS IN CABINETS SHALL BE FORMED AND HARNESSED SO THAT EACH DROPS OFF DIRECTLY OPPOSITE ITS TERMINAL. L. ALL WIRING SHALL BE CHECKED AND TESTED TO ENSURE THAT THERE ARE NO GROUNDS, OPENS, OR SHORTS. M. WIRING COLOR CODES SHALL BE CONSISTENT THROUGHOUT THE SYSTEM AND SHALL ALLOW FOR EASY IDENTIFICATION OF INITIATING, INDICATING AND AUXILIARY CONTROL CIRCUITS. N. THE FIRE ALARM RISER DENOTES THE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF THE SYSTEM WITH TYPICAL DEVICES AND MINIMUM QUANTITIES OF TERMINAL CABINETS & POWER BOOSTERS. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL TERMINAL CABINETS, BOOSTERS, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. 0. ALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE PAINTED RED WITH STENCIL LETTERING INDICATING "FIRE ALARM SYSTEM". P. WIRING INDICATED ON THE RISER DIAGRAM IS DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY. IT IS NOT INTENDED TO INDICATE ROUTING OR QUANTITY OF WIRES REQUIRED. PROVIDE WIRING FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. Q. ANY EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICES SHALL REMAIN IN OPERATION UNTIL THE NEW SYSTEM AND DEVICES HAVE BEEN INSTALLED AND TESTED. R. NOT ALL INTERCONNECTING WIRING IS INDICATED, i.e. AS BETWEEN ELEVATOR LOBBY SMOKE DETECTORS AND ELEVATOR CONTROLLER, ETC. S. REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS. T. PROVIDE MONITOR MODULES FOR INDICATION AT FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL OF THE FIRE PUMP RUNNING, FIRE PUMP FAULT AND FIRE PUMP POWER LOSS. U. PROVIDE CONTROL RELAY MODULES FOR HEAT DETECTORS LOCATED IN ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOMS FOR SHUNT TRIP CONTROL OF THE DISCONNECT SWITCHES SERVING THE ELEVATORS. PROVIDE ALL INTERCONNECTING WIRING, ADDRESSABLE MODULES, ETC. V. GENERATOR SHALL HAVE A REMOTE SIGNAL DEVICE TIED INTO THE FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR. THE ALARM SHALL INDICATE "ENGINE RUNNING". X. GENERATOR SHALL HAVE A REMOTE SIGNAL DEVICE TIED INTO THE FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR. THE SIGNAL SHALL INDICATE "OFF NORMAL CONDITION." Y. NOT ALL EXISTING DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT ARE SHOWN FOR CLARITY OF NEW WORK TO BE PROVIDED. Z. ALL NEW DEVICES SHALL BE ADDRESSABLE. AA. PROVIDE DEVICE LABELING AS PER CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARD 16721-2.11. F A M S G 1. Manual Fire Alarm Boxes: Mounting height 42-48 inches to handle. Locate no more than 5 feet from the entrance to an exit. Locate on the latch side of door, if possible. Boxes are to be conspicuous, unobstructed, and accessible. 2. Spot Type Heat and Smoke Detectors: For smooth ceilings, all points on the ceiling shall have a detector within 0.7 times the detector spacing. Spacing is 30 feet for smoke detectors and 50 feet for heat detectors. Provide a spacing of 3 feet or more from supply and return diffusers. Coordinate trades by means of the reflected ceiling plan. (If design conditions other than smooth ceilings or ceiling heights over 12 feet are encountered, show conditions and give reasons for coverage design.) 3. Door Release: Smoke detection providing area coverage on either side of the doors may be used for door release. Smoke detectors, which are provided for door release only, shall be on the centerline of doorway and not more than 5 feet from door. 4. Elevator Recall: Elevator recall shall be by lobby, machine room, and hoistway smoke detectors only. Lobby detectors shall be no more than 21 feet from centerline of elevator door. (Hoistway smoke detectors for elevator recall are only required where the top of the hoistway is sprinklered.) 5. Elevator Shutdown: If sprinkler heads are located in the elevator machine room or hoistway top, one heat detector shall be installed within 2 feet of each sprinkler head. 6. Visual and Combination Audible/Visual Notification Appliances: The entire lens shall be within 80 inches -96 inches above the floor. Depending on ceiling height, higher mounting is preferred. Visible appliances shall be located not more than 15 feet from end of the corridor, with a separation not greater than 100 feet between appliances in corridors. Locate an appliance opposite each access door to an exit stair so that it will be visible to persons entering the floor from the exit stair. 7. Audible Notification Appliances: Top of device not less than 90 inches above floor or not less than 6 inches below ceiling. 8. Fire Alarm Control Panels, Annunciator Panels, Warden Stations, etc.: Mount in accessible location approximately 5 feet in height to panel display readout. All panels shall have 36 inches of working clearance in front of panel. 9. Remote Test Stations for Duct Detectors and Beam Detectors: Mount approximately 5 feet high in an accessible and conspicuous location. 10. Addressable control devices shall be located within 3 feet of the controlled device, such as ventilation fan or elevator controller. Addressable monitor devices shall be located adjacent to monitored device. S B W R SWBR ARCHITECTS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.9221 www.swbr.com CONSULTANT: 41-k°1— NEERING P.C. ENGI MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS ROCHESTER • BUFFALO • SYRACUSE • CAPITAL DISTRICT 150 NORTH CHESTNUT STREET ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14604 (585) 288-5590 FAX: (585) 288-0233 M/E Project 150208 THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED O ROCHESTER, NEW YORK REVISIONS no. date by description PROJECT: STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC AREA RESTROOM RENOVATIONS CLIENT: CORNELL UNIVERSITY - DRAWING TITLE ELECTRICAL DETAILS, RISER DIAGRAMS AND SCHEDULES DRAWING NO. E-400 drawn by checked proj. mgr. proj. no. MRG MRG JAD 15535.00 STATUS: 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ISSUE DATE: 09/30/2015 TYPICAL BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING FOR CEILING MOUNTED LUMINAIRES SCALE: NONE (E (E) (E) M M T FIRE ALARM DRAWING NOTES: O1 FIRE ALARM ADDRESSABLE CIRCUIT EXTENDING BACK TO MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. 02 NOT USED. 03 IT IS ACCEPTABLE TO EXTEND OFF OF EXISTING ADDRESSABLE LOOPS OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. FIRE ALARM DIAGRAMMATIC RISER DIAGRAM - NEW WORK SCALE: NONE LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE TYPE FIXTURE SIZE AND DESCRIPTION LAMP VOLTAGE/ BALLAST DESIGN MAKE MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBER NOTES L1 DECORATIVE WALL MOUNTED SCONCE LED 120V LBL LIGHTING MODEL: LW -496 -OP -PC -LED 1,2,3,4,5 ,6 REFERENCE NOTES: 1. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT FOR FIXTURE COLOR. 2. COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECT 3. COLOR TEMPERATURE SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 3000K. 4. EXISTING LIGHTING CIRCUIT VOLTAGE IS 120V. 5. PROVIDE (4) ADDITIONAL FIXTURES AS ATTIC STOCK TO OWNER. 6. LIGHTING SUBMITTAL TO BE PROVIDED FOR RECORD ONLY. FIXTURE SHALL BE PROVIDED AS SPECIFIED, NO EQUALS. FIRE ALARM NOTES: A. DEVICES SHOWN ARE DIAGRAMMATICALLY ONLY. FOR EXACT LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES SEE FLOOR PLANS. B. ALL WIRING SHALL BE CLASS A WIRING. REFER TO SECTION 283102 OF THE SPECIFICATION FOR ADDITIONAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. C. ALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM RACEWAY SIZES AND CIRCUITRY REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS AND ALL CODES THAT MAY APPLY. D. CABLING MUST BE UNIQUELY IDENTIFIED AND LABELED, AND A PERMANENT, ACCURATE RECORD OF THE IDENTIFICATION AND USE OF EACH ABLE MUST BE MADE AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION. LABELING IS TO BE DONE WITH PERMANENT MARKERS ON CLEAR MYLAR TAPE. THE TAPE SHALL BE LONG ENOUGH SO WHEN WRAPPED ROUND THE CABLE IT WILL WRAP OVER ITSELF, PROTECTING THE WRITING. E. FACP AND OTHER PANELS SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH CLEARANCES FOR OBSERVATION AND TESTING. ALL OTHER FIRE ALARM JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE MARKED FOR IDENTIFICATION. F. PROVIDE 120V, 20A DEDICATED BRANCH CIRCUITS FROM THE LOCAL AREA LIFE SAFETY PANELBOARD TO CONTROL PANELS, TERMINAL CABINETS, ETC. AS REQUIRED. THE CIRCUIT BREAKER SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED "FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT CONTROL" IN THE PANELBOARD DIRECTORY. G. SPACE DETECTORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED DISTANCE. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL DETECTORS WHERE REQUIRED. H. ALL LOW VOLTAGE FIRE ALARM CIRCUITS MAY OCCUPY A COMMON CONDUIT. RUN AC POWER AND CONTROL WIRING (FAN SHUTDOWN, ETC.) IN SEPARATE CONDUIT. DO NOT RUN WITH ANY OTHER FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WIRING IN A COMMON CONDUIT. I. ALL CONDUIT, MOUNTING BOXES AND PANELS SHALL BE HUNG AND FASTENED WITH FITTINGS TO ENSURE POSITIVE GROUNDING THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE SYSTEM. J. TRANSPOSING OR CHANGING COLOR CODING OF WIRES IS NOT PERMITTED. ALL CONDUCTORS IN CONDUIT CONTAINING MORE THAN ONE WIRE SHALL BE LABELED ON EACH END WITH "E -Z MARKERS". K. CONDUCTORS IN CABINETS SHALL BE FORMED AND HARNESSED SO THAT EACH DROPS OFF DIRECTLY OPPOSITE ITS TERMINAL. L. ALL WIRING SHALL BE CHECKED AND TESTED TO ENSURE THAT THERE ARE NO GROUNDS, OPENS, OR SHORTS. M. WIRING COLOR CODES SHALL BE CONSISTENT THROUGHOUT THE SYSTEM AND SHALL ALLOW FOR EASY IDENTIFICATION OF INITIATING, INDICATING AND AUXILIARY CONTROL CIRCUITS. N. THE FIRE ALARM RISER DENOTES THE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF THE SYSTEM WITH TYPICAL DEVICES AND MINIMUM QUANTITIES OF TERMINAL CABINETS & POWER BOOSTERS. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL TERMINAL CABINETS, BOOSTERS, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. 0. ALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE PAINTED RED WITH STENCIL LETTERING INDICATING "FIRE ALARM SYSTEM". P. WIRING INDICATED ON THE RISER DIAGRAM IS DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY. IT IS NOT INTENDED TO INDICATE ROUTING OR QUANTITY OF WIRES REQUIRED. PROVIDE WIRING FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. Q. ANY EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICES SHALL REMAIN IN OPERATION UNTIL THE NEW SYSTEM AND DEVICES HAVE BEEN INSTALLED AND TESTED. R. NOT ALL INTERCONNECTING WIRING IS INDICATED, i.e. AS BETWEEN ELEVATOR LOBBY SMOKE DETECTORS AND ELEVATOR CONTROLLER, ETC. S. REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS. T. PROVIDE MONITOR MODULES FOR INDICATION AT FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL OF THE FIRE PUMP RUNNING, FIRE PUMP FAULT AND FIRE PUMP POWER LOSS. U. PROVIDE CONTROL RELAY MODULES FOR HEAT DETECTORS LOCATED IN ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOMS FOR SHUNT TRIP CONTROL OF THE DISCONNECT SWITCHES SERVING THE ELEVATORS. PROVIDE ALL INTERCONNECTING WIRING, ADDRESSABLE MODULES, ETC. V. GENERATOR SHALL HAVE A REMOTE SIGNAL DEVICE TIED INTO THE FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR. THE ALARM SHALL INDICATE "ENGINE RUNNING". X. GENERATOR SHALL HAVE A REMOTE SIGNAL DEVICE TIED INTO THE FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR. THE SIGNAL SHALL INDICATE "OFF NORMAL CONDITION." Y. NOT ALL EXISTING DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT ARE SHOWN FOR CLARITY OF NEW WORK TO BE PROVIDED. Z. ALL NEW DEVICES SHALL BE ADDRESSABLE. AA. PROVIDE DEVICE LABELING AS PER CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARD 16721-2.11. F A M S G 1. Manual Fire Alarm Boxes: Mounting height 42-48 inches to handle. Locate no more than 5 feet from the entrance to an exit. Locate on the latch side of door, if possible. Boxes are to be conspicuous, unobstructed, and accessible. 2. Spot Type Heat and Smoke Detectors: For smooth ceilings, all points on the ceiling shall have a detector within 0.7 times the detector spacing. Spacing is 30 feet for smoke detectors and 50 feet for heat detectors. Provide a spacing of 3 feet or more from supply and return diffusers. Coordinate trades by means of the reflected ceiling plan. (If design conditions other than smooth ceilings or ceiling heights over 12 feet are encountered, show conditions and give reasons for coverage design.) 3. Door Release: Smoke detection providing area coverage on either side of the doors may be used for door release. Smoke detectors, which are provided for door release only, shall be on the centerline of doorway and not more than 5 feet from door. 4. Elevator Recall: Elevator recall shall be by lobby, machine room, and hoistway smoke detectors only. Lobby detectors shall be no more than 21 feet from centerline of elevator door. (Hoistway smoke detectors for elevator recall are only required where the top of the hoistway is sprinklered.) 5. Elevator Shutdown: If sprinkler heads are located in the elevator machine room or hoistway top, one heat detector shall be installed within 2 feet of each sprinkler head. 6. Visual and Combination Audible/Visual Notification Appliances: The entire lens shall be within 80 inches -96 inches above the floor. Depending on ceiling height, higher mounting is preferred. Visible appliances shall be located not more than 15 feet from end of the corridor, with a separation not greater than 100 feet between appliances in corridors. Locate an appliance opposite each access door to an exit stair so that it will be visible to persons entering the floor from the exit stair. 7. Audible Notification Appliances: Top of device not less than 90 inches above floor or not less than 6 inches below ceiling. 8. Fire Alarm Control Panels, Annunciator Panels, Warden Stations, etc.: Mount in accessible location approximately 5 feet in height to panel display readout. All panels shall have 36 inches of working clearance in front of panel. 9. Remote Test Stations for Duct Detectors and Beam Detectors: Mount approximately 5 feet high in an accessible and conspicuous location. 10. Addressable control devices shall be located within 3 feet of the controlled device, such as ventilation fan or elevator controller. Addressable monitor devices shall be located adjacent to monitored device. S B W R SWBR ARCHITECTS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.9221 www.swbr.com CONSULTANT: 41-k°1— NEERING P.C. ENGI MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS ROCHESTER • BUFFALO • SYRACUSE • CAPITAL DISTRICT 150 NORTH CHESTNUT STREET ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14604 (585) 288-5590 FAX: (585) 288-0233 M/E Project 150208 THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED O ROCHESTER, NEW YORK REVISIONS no. date by description PROJECT: STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC AREA RESTROOM RENOVATIONS CLIENT: CORNELL UNIVERSITY - DRAWING TITLE ELECTRICAL DETAILS, RISER DIAGRAMS AND SCHEDULES DRAWING NO. E-400 drawn by checked proj. mgr. proj. no. MRG MRG JAD 15535.00 STATUS: 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ISSUE DATE: 09/30/2015 4/22/2015 3:15:07 PM J:\2015\15290.00 Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno\4-CAD\4.01_Revit\15290_Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno.rvt w J_ LL GENERAL NOTES: A. EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE TAKEN FROM FIELD OBSERVATIONS AND PRIOR CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. NO ALLOWANCE WILL BE MADE FOR ADDITIONAL COSTS DUE TO CONTRACTORS FAILURE TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS. B. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, EXISTING CONDITIONS SHALL BE REVIEWED FOR ANY PRIOR DAMAGE. DAMAGE TO EXISTING SYSTEMS (EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTWORK, LIGHTS, AND CONTROLS) SHOWN TO REMAIN AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTORS WORK IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO REPAIR AND/OR REPLACE WITH SIMILAR OR LIKE MATERIALS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. C. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO DISPOSE OF ALL DEMOLITION DEBRIS AND MATERIALS OFF SITE IN A PROPER LEGAL MANNER. D. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW AND DOCUMENT THE OPERATION OF EXISTING PLUMBING SYSTEMS SERVING RENOVATED AREAS AND SYSTEMS THAT MIGHT EXTEND OUTSIDE OF THE RENOVATED AREA TO PREVENT THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE OR INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING SYSTEMS WHILE PERFORMING DEMOLITION WORK. PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE FULLY INVESTIGATED BEFORE DISCONNECTING OF SYSTEMS TO AVOID INTERRUPTING AREAS OR SYSTEMS OUTSIDE THE INTENDED SCOPE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL SHUT DOWNS AND DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS WITH THE CORNELL UNIVERSITY FACILITY PERSONNEL. E. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE AND ASSIST WITH ALL SHUTDOWNS OF DOMESTIC COLD AND HOT WATER, SANITARY, VENT AND STORM SYSTEMS WITH THE CORNELL UNIVERSITY FACILITY PERSONNEL FOR TIE-IN CONNECTIONS. ALL SHUT DOWNS WILL OCCUR DURING NIGHTS OR WEEKENDS (PREMIUM TIME). THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSIST THE CORNELL UNIVERSITY FACILITY PERSONNEL IN SHUTTING DOWN, DRAINING, VENTING, ETC. OF SYSTEM TO FACILITATE THE INTENDED WORK. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL PIPING LABOR AND MATERIAL WHILE SHUTDOWNS OF EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE BY CORNELL UNIVERSITY FACILITY PERSONNEL. F. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING CEILINGS, FOR PERFORMING DEMOLITION OR NEW WORK WITHIN THE BUILDING. THE EXISTING CEILINGS SHALL BE REMOVED IN A MANNER TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE CEILING SYSTEMS. STORAGE OF CEILING SYSTEM COMPONENTS FOR REINSTALLATION IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. THE STORAGE OF ALL MATERIAL SHALL BE IN AREAS OR LOCATIONS APPROVED BY THE OWNER. THE STORAGE OF ALL MATERIAL IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. AFTER COMPLETION OF ALL DEMOLITION OR NEW WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REINSTALL THE CEILING SYSTEMS TO MATCH THE ORIGINAL INSTALLATIONS. ANY CEILING SYSTEM COMPONENT DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION , STORAGE OR REINSTALLATION SHALL BE REPLACED WITH NEW AT NO EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. G. THE DEMOLITION DRAWINGS SHOW IN GENERAL MAJOR EQUIPMENT, AND PIPING REMOVALS. THE INTENT IS NOT TO IDENTIFY ALL MISCELLANEOUS PIPING, PIPING ACCESSORIES, TO BE DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED BUT IS THE REQUIREMENTS UNDER THIS CONTRACT. NO EQUIPMENT, PIPING SHALL BE ABANDONED IN PLACE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. H. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THIS CONTRACTOR TO PATCH AND FINISH ALL EXISTING SPACE PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS AND WALLS AFTER DEMOLITION. I. ALL NEW PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS AND ROOFS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, EQUIPMENT, PIPING, ETC.. ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH RATED WALLS AND FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE/SMOKE STOPPED. ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH NON RATED WALLS SHALL BE SEALED WITH A NON -HARDENING SEALANT ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL PENETRATION TO REDUCE NOISE TRANSMISSION. J. NEW OPENINGS THRU EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURE: 1. DO NOT DRILL, CORE OR CUT ANY PORTION OF EXISTING CONCRETE COLUMNS, BEAMS, JOISTS OR BRIDGING RIBS WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL. 2. DO NOT CUT OPENINGS THRU EXISTING CONCRETE WHICH ARE NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS WITHOUT THE PRIOR APPROVAL. 3. CORE DRILL NEW OPENINGS WHEREVER POSSIBLE. WHERE CORE DRILLING IS NOT PRACTICAL, CUT OPENINGS THRU EXISTING CONCRETE AS FOLLOWS: A. PRIOR TO CUTTING, DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF PROPOSED OPENINGS SUCH THAT NO PORTION OF EXISTING BEAMS OR JOISTS WILL BE ALTERED IN ANY WAY. B. CORE DRILL ROUND HOLES THRU EXISTING SUPPORTING STRUCTURAL SLABS AT THE FOUR CORNERS OF NEW OPENINGS. C. SAW CUT STRUCTURAL SLAB TO A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 2" BETWEEN HOLES AND REMOVE CONCRETE. K. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO ALLOW THE OWNER FIRST RIGHT OF REFUSAL TO RETAIN EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED. IF THE OWNER REFUSES TO RETAINING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED, IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EQUIPMENT AND DISPOSE OF PROPERLY. IF THE OWNER PREFERS TO RETAIN THE EQUIPMENT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND REMOVE THE EQUIPMENT FROM THE EXISTING SYSTEMS IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION AND DELIVER (INCLUDING LOADING AND UNLOADING) TO A STORAGE AREA WITHIN THE BUILDING AS SELECTED BY THE OWNER. IT WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO REPAIR ANY EQUIPMENT DAMAGED DURING REMOVAL AND DELIVERY FOR STORAGE. ANY DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO DISCONNECTING SHOULD BE REPORTED TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. IF NOT REPORTED, THE CONTRACTOR TAKES FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR REPAIRS TO THE EQUIPMENT. L. IT •IS THE REQUIREMENT OF THE PROJECT THAT THE CONSTRUCTION WORK BE PHASED TO FACILITATE MINIMUM IMPACT TO THE NORMAL OPERATION OF THE FACILITY. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO THOROUGHLY REVIEW THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE ARCHITECTURAL BID DOCUMENTS FOR THE PHASING REQUIREMENTS. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE FOR ALL TEMPORARY SERVICES (DOMESTIC COLD WATER, HOT WATER, SANITARY, VENT AND STORM SYSTEMS) TO FACILITY PHASING REQUIREMENTS WITHOUT INTERRUPTION OF THE PLUMBING SYSTEMS. PLUMBING SYMBOL LIST SYMBOL DESCRIPTION EXISTING WORK TO BE REMOVED /f/////////////r 6 POINT OF CONNECTION POINT OF DISCONNECTION NTS NOT TO SCALE (E) EXISTING (ETR) EXISTING TO REMAIN AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR VTR VENT THRU ROOF GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR EXISTING PIPING (E) NEW PIPING LOCATED ABOVE FLOOR/SLAB NEW PIPING LOCATED BELOW FLOOR/SLAB COLD WATER PIPING (CW) • • • HOT WATER PIPING (HW) HOT WATER RECIRCULATING PIPING (HWR) SANITARY SEWER PIPING SAN INDIRECT WASTE PIPING (IW) IW - SANITARY VENT PIPING ELBOW DOWN 45°OFFSET –Di-- ELBOW UP _o BOTTOM/TEE CONNECTION TOP TEE CONNECTION —1.i— "P" TRAP Do PIPE CONTINUATION 1 CAP OR PLUG DECK PLATE CLEANOUT (DPCO) WALL PLATE CLEANOUT (WPCO) —c -II CLEANOUT (CO) II ® FLOOR DRAIN (FD) / FLOOR SINK (FS) © ROOF DRAIN CFF WALL HYDRANT (WH) / HOSE BIBB (HB) 171 STRAINER = SHUT OFF VALVE —N— CHECK VALVE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE tl4 UNION I —. SHOCK ABSORBER (SA) THERMOMETER o _ ® PRESSURE GAUGE S B W R SWBR ARCHITECTS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.9221 www.swbr.com CONSULTANT: 41-k°1— NEERING P.C. ENGI MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS ROCHESTER • BUFFALO • SYRACUSE • CAPITAL DISTRICT 150 NORTH CHESTNUT STREET ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14604 (585) 288-5590 FAX: (585) 288-0233 M/E Project 150208 THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED O ROCHESTER, NEW YORK REVISIONS no. date by description PROJECT: STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC AREA RESTROOM RENOVATIONS CLIENT: CORNELL UNIVERSITY - DRAWING TITLE KEY PLANS, SYMBOLS, NOTES, & DETAILS -PLUMBING DRAWING NO. P-000 drawn by checked proj. mgr. proj. no. TPB TPB JAD 15535.00 STATUS: 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ISSUE DATE: 09/30/2015 4/22/2015 3:15:07 PM J:\2015\15290.00 Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno\4-CAD\4.01_Revit\15290_Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno.rvt w J_ LL KITCHEN 215 1 STORAGE 214 /%I ♦ 2 I Tj 2 JI WOMEN 202 1 1 1 EXISTING HOSE BIBBS TO REMAIN INTACT (TYPICAL ALL TOILET ROOMS) / ,\\ / \\ \\ I `\\ 1 111 6 UNIVERSAL TOILET 203 2 -- e;4?'. L 1 1 MEN 201 1 ee I 1. 3 2 3 2 ' f IL 4 2 2 IL N \ / AP Ar +41,A01 � CD NORTH SECOND FLOOR RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLAN - PLUMBING SCALE: 1/4"-1'-0" II // ♦ 2 II© 1 11 1 frn T 2 ♦ 2 ♦ 2 JI 1 1 1 EXISTING HOSE BIBBS TO REMAIN INTACT (TYPICAL ALL TOILET ROOMS) WOMEN 102 1 6 UNIVERSAL TOILET 103 t = 2 I I I 1 Ir I I I 1 I I 11 11 Ii I I /. • z ♦ 1 1 1 Po- 4441 %j/ li�• MEN 101 2 �\ ♦ 3 T II 100 2N" 0 rr ' II N�\ 2 F- t 2 \I� FIRST FLOOR RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLAN - PLUMBING SCALE: 1/4"-1'-0" 1 I I �T I 1 /i I�/ / / 1 WOMEN 002 1 EXISTING HOSE BIBBS TO REMAIN INTACT (TYPICAL ALL TOILET ROOMS) NORTH 2 ♦ 0.0 A 5471Z 2 � _J 17 3 Vr ♦ 2 4 L_ 6 • A; MEN 001 1 1 GROUND FLOOR RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLAN - PLUMBING SCALE: 1/4"-1'-0" NORTH DETAIL # 3 DEMOLITION NOTES: 1 2 3 4 5 6 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE LAVATORY, FAUCET, STRAINER, TAILPIECE, MIXING VALVE, SUPPLIES, P -TRAP AND ANGLE STOPS. TERMINATE FOR RECONNECTION. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE WATER CLOSET, FLUSH VALVE,CLOSET SUPPORT THREADED ROD, AND BARREL. TERMINATE FOR RECONNECTION. (FINISHED WALL THICKNESS IS BEING MODIFIED). DISCONNECT AND REMOVE URINAL AND FLUSH VALVE. TERMINATE FOR RECONNECTION. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE URINAL. CARRIER, CW, WASTE, AND VENT ARE TO BE MODIFIED TO SUIT INSTALLATION OF HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE URINAL. MODIFY CONCRETE FLOOR AROUND FLOOR DRAIN TO ACCOMMODATE FLOOR DRAIN STRAINER AND STRAINER HEAD REMOVAL. CLEAN THREADS IN FD BODY & TERMINATE FOR INSTALLATIONS OF NEW BRUSHED NICkEL FLOOR DRAIN STRAINER AND STRAINER HEAD. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE LAVATORY. REMOVE LAVATORY CARRIER ARMS TO WITHIN WALL. CAP HW, CW, WASTE, AND VENT WITHIN WALL. CUT & ROUGH PATCH WALL TO ALLOW FOR CAPPING OF SERVICES. DETAIL # 2 DEMOLITION NOTES: 1 2 3 4 5 6 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE LAVATORY, FAUCET, STRAINER, TAILPIECE, MIXING VALVE, SUPPLIES, P -TRAP AND ANGLE STOPS. TERMINATE FOR RECONNECTION. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE WATER CLOSET, FLUSH VALVE,CLOSET SUPPORT THREADED ROD, AND BARREL. TERMINATE FOR RECONNECTION. (FINISHED WALL THICKNESS IS BEING MODIFIED). DISCONNECT AND REMOVE URINAL AND FLUSH VALVE. TERMINATE FOR RECONNECTION. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE URINAL. CARRIER, CW, WASTE, AND VENT ARE TO BE MODIFIED TO SUIT INSTALLATION OF HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE URINAL. MODIFY CONCRETE FLOOR AROUND FLOOR DRAIN TO ACCOMMODATE FLOOR DRAIN STRAINER AND STRAINER HEAD REMOVAL. CLEAN THREADS IN FD BODY & TERMINATE FOR INSTALLATIONS OF NEW BRUSHED NICkEL FLOOR DRAIN STRAINER AND STRAINER HEAD. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE LAVATORY. REMOVE LAVATORY CARRIER ARMS TO WITHIN WALL. CAP HW, CW, WASTE, AND VENT WITHIN WALL. CUT & ROUGH PATCH WALL TO ALLOW FOR CAPPING OF SERVICES. DETAIL # 1 DEMOLITION NOTES: 1 2 3 4 5 6 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE LAVATORY, FAUCET, STRAINER, TAILPIECE, MIXING VALVE, SUPPLIES, P -TRAP AND ANGLE STOPS. TERMINATE FOR RECONNECTION. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE WATER CLOSET, FLUSH VALVE,CLOSET SUPPORT THREADED ROD, AND BARREL. TERMINATE FOR RECONNECTION. (FINISHED WALL THICKNESS IS BEING MODIFIED). DISCONNECT AND REMOVE URINAL AND FLUSH VALVE. TERMINATE FOR RECONNECTION. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE URINAL, CARRIER, CW, WASTE, AND VENT. CUT WALL TO SUIT REWORK OF CARRIER AND PIPING. WORK TO BE MODIFIED TO SUIT INSTALLATION OF HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE URINAL. MODIFY CONCRETE FLOOR AROUND FLOOR DRAIN TO ACCOMMODATE FLOOR DRAIN STRAINER AND STRAINER HEAD REMOVAL. CLEAN THREADS IN FD BODY & TERMINATE FOR INSTALLATIONS OF NEW BRUSHED NICkEL FLOOR DRAIN STRAINER AND STRAINER HEAD. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE WATER CLOSET, FLUSH VALVE, CLOSET SUPPORT, THREADED ROD, AND BARREL. DISCONNECT VENT AND CW SUPPLY. CUT WALL TO SUIT REMOVAL OF CARRIER AND MODIFICATION TO HORIZONTAL SANITARY MAIN. TERMINATE FOR RECONNECTION. DISCONNECT HORIZONTAL SANITARY AND MODIFY LENGTH TO SUIT. (FINISHED WALL THICKNESS IS BEING MODIFIED AND WATER CLOSET IS SHIFTING ROUGHLY 1" FROM EXISTING LOCATION). ilk S W B R SWBR ARCHITECTS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.9221 www.swbr.com CONSULTANT: 41-k°1— NEERING P.C. ENGI MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS ROCHESTER • BUFFALO • SYRACUSE • CAPITAL DISTRICT 150 NORTH CHESTNUT STREET ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14604 (585) 288-5590 FAX: (585) 288-0233 M/E Project 150208 THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ROCHESTER, NEW YORK REVISIONS no. date by description PROJECT: STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC AREA RESTROOM RENOVATIONS CLIENT: CORNELL UNIVERSITY - DRAWING TITLE RESTROOM PLANS - GROUND, FIRST, & SECOND FLOOR- DEMOLITION- PLUMBING DRAWING NO. P-100 drawn by TPB checked TPB proj. mgr. JAD proj. no. 15535.00 STATUS: 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ISSUE DATE: 09/30/2015 4/22/2015 3:15:07 PM J:\2015\15290.00 Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno\4-CAD\4.01_Revit\15290_Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno.rvt w J_ LL KITCHEN 215 STORAGE 214 WC -A WC -A 00 joRa FD €0 WC -A 11ID Fltri Ii WC -A • Q ♦p • WOMEN 202 LAV -A 00 LAV -A 0 LAV -A • • { UNIVERSAL TOILET E WC -B 203 I0 LAV -B 1�1 00 - LAV -A ®V LAV -A ♦• 0 MEN 201 LAV -A 111 UR -A UR -A UR -B 0 WC -A • • WC -A 8 WC -A • • WC -A SECOND FLOOR RESTROOM NEW WORK PLAN - PLUMBING SCALE: 1/4"-1'-0" WC -A 00 WC -A • WC -A WC -A I-1 r, •© WOMEN 102 NORTH LAV -A 0 LAV -A 0 LAV -A �I I WC -B { UNIVERSAL TOILET 103 LAV -B �✓ OEC y g � LAV -A LAV -A • 0 LAV -A ♦ MEN 101 0-4441 UR -A UR -A FD UR -B WC -A w WC -A ♦ /''� ♦,.�� • • WC -A \P"' • WC -A ..3 • FIRST FLOOR RESTROOM NEW WORK PLAN - PLUMBING SCALE: 1/4"-1'-O" CD NORTH (1) GROUND FLOOR RESTROOM NEW WORK PLAN - PLUMBING SCALE: 1/4"-1'-O" 11.0 NORTH DRAWING NOTES : DETAIL # 3 �1 PROVIDE LAVATORY, FAUCET, MIXING VALVE. STRAINER, TAILPIECE, TRAP, ANGLE STOPS, SOAP DISPENSER, TRAP GUARD, AND SUPPLY RISERS. 02 PROVIDE WATER CLOSET AND FLUSH VALVE. PROVIDE CLOSET SUPPORT RODS AND BARREL, TRIM TO SUIT NEW WALL THICKNESS. 03 PROVIDE URINAL AND FLUSH VALVE. 0 MODIFY UNIVERSAL URINAL CARRIER TO SUIT ADA ELEVATION. CUT AND ROUGH PATCH WALL TO SUIT CARRIER AND PIPING REWORK. REWORK WASTE, VENT, & CW SUPPLY PIPING TO SUIT NEW ADA URINAL ELEVATION. PROVIDE BRUSHED NICKEL STRAINER HEAD AND STRAINER. RAISE & SET STRAINER TO BE FLUSH WITH NEW FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION. ROUGH PATCH CONCRETE AROUND FLOOR DRAIN. 06 PROVIDE LAVATORY, FAUCET, MIXING VALVE, STRAINER, TAILPIECE, TRAP, ANGLE STOPS, SINK SHROUD, AND SUPPLY RISERS. CUT AND ROUGH PATCH WALL TO ALLOW CONNECTION TO EXISTING WASTE, CW, HW, AND VENT WITHIN WALL. DRAWING NOTES : DETAIL # 2 0 PROVIDE LAVATORY, FAUCET, MIXING VALVE. STRAINER, TAILPIECE, TRAP, ANGLE STOPS, SOAP DISPENSER, TRAP GUARD, AND SUPPLY RISERS. O2 PROVIDE WATER CLOSET AND FLUSH VALVE. PROVIDE CLOSET SUPPORT RODS AND BARREL, TRIM TO SUIT NEW WALL THICKNESS. 03 PROVIDE URINAL AND FLUSH VALVE. 0 MODIFY UNIVERSAL URINAL CARRIER TO SUIT ADA ELEVATION. CUT AND ROUGH PATCH WALL TO ALLOW REWORK OF CARRIER AND PIPING. REWORK WASTE, VENT, & CW SUPPLY PIPING TO SUIT NEW ADA URINAL ELEVATION. 0 PROVIDE BRUSHED NICKEL STRAINER HEAD AND STRAINER. RAISE & SET STRAINER TO BE FLUSH WITH NEW FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION. ROUGH PATCH CONCRETE AROUND FLOOR DRAIN. 0 PROVIDE LAVATORY, FAUCET, MIXING VALVE, STRAINER, TAILPIECE, TRAP, ANGLE STOPS, SINK SHROUD, AND SUPPLY RISERS. CUT AND ROUGH PATCH WALL TO ALLOW CONNECTION TO EXISTING WASTE, CW, HW, AND VENT WITHIN WALL. DRAWING NOTES : DETAIL # 1 01 PROVIDE LAVATORY, FAUCET, SOAP DISPENSER, MIXING VALVE. STRAINER, TAILPIECE, TRAP, ANGLE STOPS, AND SUPPLY RISERS. PROVIDE WATER CLOSET AND FLUSH VALVE. PROVIDE CLOSET 02 SUPPORT RODS AND BARREL, TRIM TO SUIT NEW WALL THICKNESS. 03 PROVIDE URINAL AND FLUSH VALVE. MODIFY UNIVERSAL URINAL CARRIER TO SUIT ADA ELEVATION. REWORK WASTE, VENT, & CW SUPPLY PIPING TO SUIT NEW ADA URINAL ELEVATION. 05 PROVIDE BRUSHED NICKEL STAINER HEAD AND STRAINER. RAISE & SET STRAINER TO BE FLUSH WITH NEW FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION. ROUGH PATCH CONCRETE AROUND FLOOR DRAIN. 06 PROVIDE WATER CLOSET, BACK TO BACK CLOSET SUPPORT, CLOSET SUPPORT RODS, FLUSH VALVE AND BARREL. CUT SANITARY HORIZONTAL TO SUIT NEW LOCATION OF WATER CLOSET. FILL ABANDONED ANCHORS WITH EPDXY GROUT AN DRILL NEW ANCHORS TO SUIT NEW WATER CLOSET LOCATION. RECONNECT TO MODIFIED CW & VENT LOCATIONS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FINISHED LOCATION. TRIM BARREL AND RODS TO SUIT NEW WALL THICKNESS.. S B W R SWBR ARCHITECTS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.9221 www.swbr.com CONSULTANT: ENGI NEERING P.C. MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS ROCHESTER • BUFFALO • SYRACUSE • CAPITAL DISTRICT 150 NORTH CHESTNUT STREET ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14604 (585) 288-5590 FAX: (585) 288-0233 M/E Project 150208 THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED O ROCHESTER, NEW YORK REVISIONS no. date by description PROJECT: STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC AREA RESTROOM RENOVATIONS CLIENT: CORNELL UNIVERSITY - DRAWING TITLE RESTROOM PLANS - GROUND, FIRST, & SECOND FLOOR - NEW WORK- PLUMBING DRAWING NO. P-200 drawn by TPB checked TPB proj. mgr. JAD proj. no. 15535.00 STATUS: 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ISSUE DATE: 09/30/2015 DRAWING LISTGENERALG-000TITLE SHEET/PROJECT DATAARCHITECTURALA-000A-100A-110A-420A-600CODE COMPLIANCE PLANSRESTROOM DEMOLITIONS PLANSRESTROOM NEW WORK PLANSINTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND DETAILSDOOR AND ROOM FINISH SCHEDULES, DETAILSPLUMBINGP-000P-100P-200KEY PLANS, SYMBOLS, NOTES, & DETAILS - PLUMBINGRESTROOM PLANS - GROUND, FIRST & SECOND FLOOR - DEMOLITION - PLUMBINGRESTROOM PLANS - GROUND, FIRST & SECOND FLOOR - NEW WORK - PLUMBINGELECTRICALE-000E-100E-200E-400ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES & SYMBOLS LISTRESTROOM DEMOLITION PLANS - ELECTRICALRESTROOM NEW WORK PLANS - ELECTRICALELECTRICAL DETAILS, RISER DIAGRAMS, AND SCHEDULESCERAMIC WALL TILESTILE AND RAILWOOD DOORCERAMIC TILE COVE BASECERAMIC TILE FLOORVINYLWALLCOVERINGSTAINED WOODMOLDING, TRIM,AND CAPCERAMIC WALL TILESTILE AND RAILWOOD DOORCERAMIC TILE COVE BASECERAMICTILE FLOORVINYLWALLCOVERINGSTAINED WOODMOLDING, TRIM,AND CAPTHESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNSAND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY AREOWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE,ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PARTTHEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, ORCORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THESPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE,ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C..ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ©387 East Main StreetRochester, NY 14604-2107Voice: 585.232.8300Fax: 585.232.9221w w w . s w b r . c o mFILE PATH:DRAWING TITLEproj. no.checkedproj. mgr.drawn bySTATUS:DRAWING NO.PROJECT:CLIENT:ISSUE DATE:ROCHESTER, N E W Y O R K9/9/2015 3:38:25 PMC:\1-Local Revit Models 2015\15535_Cornell Statler Hotel Restroom Reno_Central_kristins.rvt15535.00CWJTITLE SHEET/ PROJECTDATACWJKMSG-000100% CONSTRUCTIONDOCUMENTSCORNELL UNIVERSITYSTATLER HOTEL PUBLICAREA RESTROOMRENOVATIONS09/09/2015C12AC12A-XXX1432XSCALE: X"=1'-0"TITLE112BA18'-0" AFF1BATT INSULATIONRIGID INSULATIONWOOD BLOCKING(INTERMITTENT)STONEGRAVEL OR CRUSHED STONEWOOD FRAMING (CONTINUOUS)FINISH WOODSTEEL-LARGE-SCALESTEEL-SMALL-SCALEPLYWOODCONCRETECONCRETE MASONRY UNITBRICK(Other metals as noted)VIEW TITLEBUILDING/WALL SECTION CUTDETAIL-BLOW UPEXTERIOR ELEVATIONINTERIOR ELEVATIONS1011PARTITION TYPEROOM NUMBERDOOR NUMBERSWINDOW TYPESREVISIONORORUNDISTURBED EARTH001100A001STRUCTURALGRIDVIEWINGDIRECTIONDETAIL NO.DRAWING NO.DETAIL NO.DRAWING NO.DRAWING NO.ELEVATIONNO.PLAN KEY NOTEDEMOLITION KEY NOTECEILING TYPE AND HEIGHTDRAWING SYMBOLSMATERIAL SYMBOLS(Other metals as noted)A-XXXXA-XXXXGYPSUM, SAND, MORTARA-XXXXDRAWING NO.ELEVATION NO.DETAIL NO.DETAIL SECTION CUTDETAIL NO.DRAWING NO.A-XXXXVIEWINGDIRECTIONLIST OF ARCHITECTURAL/STRUCTURAL ABBREVIATIONSABANCHOR BOLTA/CAIR CONDITION(ING) (ED)ACCACCESSIBLEACCUAIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITACIAMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTEACTACOUSTICAL CEILING TILEACMASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALACOUS PNLACOUSTICAL PANELACS PNLACCESS PANELADDLADDITIONALADJADJUSTABLE, ADJACENTADHADHESIVEAFFABOVE FINISHED FLOORAGGRAGGREGATEAHUAIR HANDLING UNITAISCAMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEELCONSTRUCTIONAISIAMERICAN IRON AND STEELINSTITUTEALTALTERNATEALUMALUMINUMANODANODIZEDAPPROXAPPROXIMATEARCHARCHITECT(URAL)ARDAUXILLARY ROOF DRAINASDALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGNASTMAMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTINGAND MATERIALSAWPACOUSTICAL WALL PANELAWSAMERICAN WELDING SOCIETYBATBATTENB/BBACK TO BACKB BDBASE BOARDBCNYSBUILDING CODE OF NEW YORKSTATEBITUMBITUMINOUSBDBOARDBLDGBUILDINGBLKGBLOCKINGBMBEAM, BENCHMARKBOTBOTTOMBRBEDROOMBRGBEARINGBRZBRONZEBSMTBASEMENTBTWNBETWEENBURBUILT UP ROOFINGBWBOTH WAYSCCTVCLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISIONCABCABINETCBCATCH BASIN, CORNER BEADCH BDCHALKBOARDCEMCEMENTCFCONTRACTOR FURNISHEDCFMFCOLD-FORMED METAL FRAMINGCF/CICONTRACTOR FURNISHED/CONTRACTOR INSTALLEDCF/OICONTRACTOR FURNISHED/OWNER INSTALLEDCGCORNER GUARDCHCOAT HOOKCICAST IRONCIPCAST IN PLACE, CAST IRON PIPECJCONTROL JOINTCLCENTERLINECLGCEILINGCLOCLOSETCLRCLEAR, COLORCMTCERAMIC MOSAIC TILECMUCONCRETE MASONRY UNITCNTRCOUNTERCOCLEANOUT, CASED OPENING,COMPANYCOLCOLUMNCONCCONCRETECONFCONFERENCECONNCONNECT(ION)CONSTRCONSTRUCTIONCONTCONTINUE(OUS)CONTRCONTRACT(OR)COORDCOORDINATECPTCARPETCSJCONSTRUCTION JOINTCSKCOUNTER SUNKCTCERAMIC TILE, COUNT, CURRENTTRANSFORMERCTRCENTERCWCOLD WATER PIPING, CASEMENTWINDOWCUCUBICCUHCABINET UNIT HEATERCU YDCUBIC YARDDDEEP, DEPTHDPENNY (NAIL)dbBAR DIAMETERDBLDOUBLEDEFSDIRECT-APPLIED EXTERIOR FINISHSYSTEMDEGDEGREEDEMODEMOLITIONDEPTDEPARTMENTDETDETAILDFDRINKING FOUNTAINDIA OR øDIAMETERDIAGDIAGONAL, DIAGRAMDIMDIMENSIONDIFFDIFFUSERDIRDIRECTIONDISPDISPENSERDIVDIVISIONDMPFDAMP PROOFINGDLDEAD LOADDNDOWNDODITTODRDOOR, DRIVEDSDOWNSPOUTDWDISHWASHERDWVDRAINAGE WASTE & VENTDWGDRAWINGDWLDOWELEEASTEAEACHEBCNYSEXISTING BUILDING CODE OF NEWYORK STATEECELECTRICAL CONTRACTOREFEACH FACEEIFSEXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISHSYSTEMEJEXPANSION JOINTELASELASTOMERICELELEVATIONELECELECTRIC(AL)ELEVELEVATOREMENTRY MAT, EXPANDED METALEMEREMERGENCYENCLENCLOSUREENGRENGINEEREOSEDGE OF SLABEPELECTRIC PANELEQEQUALEQUIPEQUIPMENTESEMERGENCY SHOWERETCET CETERAETREXISTING TO REMAINEWEACH WAYEWCELECTRIC WATER COOLEREXISTEXISTINGEXCEXCAVATION, EXCAVATEEXPEXPAND, EXPANSIONEXTEXTERIOR, EXTERNAL,EXTINGUISHERF/FFACE TO FACEFAAPFIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATORPANELFACPFIRE ALARM CONTROL PANELFDFLOOR DRAINFDTNFOUNDATIONFEFIRE EXTINGUISHERFECFIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETFHCFIRE HOSE CABINETFINFINISH(ED)FIXTFIXTUREFLASHFLASHINGFLEXFLEXIBLEFLOURFLUORESCENTFLGFLOORING, FLANGEFOFINISHED OPENINGFPFIRE PROTECTION, FIREPROOFFRTWFIRE RETARDANT TREATEDWOODFTFOOT, FEETFTGFOOTINGFTRFINNED TUBE RADIATIONFURNFURNACE, FURNITURE, FURNISHFUTFUTUREFWCFABRIC WALL COVERINGGAGAGEGALGALLONGALVGALVANIZEDGBGRAB BARGCGENERAL CONTRACT(OR)GFRCGLASS FIBER REINFORCEDCONCRETEGFRGGLASS FIBER REINFORCEDGYPSUMGLGLASS, GROUND LEVELGL BLKGLASS BLOCKGLU LAMGLUED LAMINATED BEAMGRGRADE, GROSSGWTGLAZED WALL TILEGYPGYPSUMGYP BDGYPSUM BOARDGYP PLASGYPSUM PLASTERHBHOSE BIBBHCHOLLOW CORE, HOSE CABINETHCPHANDICAPPEDHDWHARDWAREHDWDHARDWOODHMHOLLOW METALHOHOLD OPENHORIZHORIZONTALHPHIGH POINT, HORSEPOWERHRHOURHSSHOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTIONHTHEIGHTHTGHEATINGHTRHEATERHVACHEATING, VENTILATING AND AIRCONDITIONINGHWHOT WATERHYDHYDRANTIDINSIDE DIAMETERININCHESINCLINCLUDEDINCANDINCANDESCENTINFOINFORMATIONINSULINSULATIONINTERMINTERMEDIATEINTINTERIORJANJANITORJSTJOISTJTJOINTKIP1000 POUNDSKITKITCHENKOKNOCKOUTKPLKICK PLATELLITER, ANGLELAMLAMINATE(D)LAULAUNDRYLAVLAVATORYLBPOUNDLBLLABELLDLOADLFLINEAR FEET (FOOT)LHLEFT HAND, LATENT HEATLINLINEARLKRLOCKERLLLIVE LOADLLHLONG LEG HORIZONTALLLVLONG LEG VERTICALLOCLOCATIONLRFDLOAD & RESISTANCE FACTORDESIGNLTLIGHTLTGLIGHTINGLWCLIGHT-WEIGHT CONCRETEMACHMACHINEMAINTMAINTENANCEMASMASONRYMATLMATERIALMAXMAXIMUMMCMECHANICAL CONTRACTORMCBMETAL CORNER BEADMDOMEDIUM DENSITY OVERLAYMDFMEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARDMECHMECHANICALMEPMECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL,PLUMBING AND FIREPROTECTIONMEZZMEZZANINEMFRMANUFACTURERMHMANHOLEMMMILLIMETERMIFRCMASTIC/INTUMESCENT FIRE-RESISTIVE COATINGMINMINIMUMMISCMISCELLANEOUSMLWKMILLWORKMOMASONRY OPENINGMRK BDMARKER BOARDMTDMOUNTEDMTLMETALMULLMULLIONNNORTHNATNATURALNCOMBLNONCOMBUSTIBLENICNOT IN CONTRACTNO OR #NUMBERNOMNOMINALNORMNORMALNRCNOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENTNTSNOT TO SCALENWCNORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETEO/OOUT TO OUTOAOVERALL, OUTSIDE AIROCON CENTERODOUTSIDE DIAMETEROF/CIOWNER FURNISHED, CONTACTORINSTALLEDOF/OIOWNER FURNISHED, OWNERINSTALLEDOFDOVERFLOW DRAINOFFOFFICEOHOPPOSITE HANDOH DROVERHEAD (COILING) DOOROPNGOPENINGOPPOPPOSITEOPTOPTIONAL, OPTIMUMOZOUNCEPAPUBLIC ADDRESSPBDPARTICLEBOARDPCPLUMBING CONTRACTOR,PORTLAND CEMENTPCCPRECAST CONCRETEPCTPORCELAIN CERAMIC TILEPEDPEDESTALPENDPENDANTPERPERIODPERFPERFORATEDPGBDPEG BOARDPLPLATE, PROPERTY LINEPLFPONDS PER LINEAR FOOTPLAMPLASTIC LAMINATEPLASPLASTERPLBPLUMBINGPLYWDPLYWOODPNLPANELPOLPOLISHEDPORCPORCELAINPOSPOSITIVE, POSITIONPPTPRESSURE-PRESERVATIVETREATEDPRPAIRPREFABPREFABRICATEPREFINPREFINISHPREPPREPARATIONPROJPROJECTPROJ SCRNPROJECTION SCREENPSFPOUNDS PER SQUARE FOOTPSIPOUNDS PER SQUARE INCHPTPAINT, POST TENSIONPTNPARTITIONPVCPOLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PLASTIC)PVGPAVINGQTQUARRY TILEQTRQUARTERQTYQUANTITYRRISER, RADIUS, THERMALRESISTANCERBRUBBER BASE, RESILIENT BASERCPREINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE,REFLECTED CEILING PLANRDROOF DRAIN, ROADRECRECESSEDREFREFRIGERATORREFLREFLECTREGREGISTER, REGULATIONREINFREINFORCEDREQDREQUIREDRESILRESILIENTREVREVISIONRFRESILIENT FLOORINGRFGROOFINGRHRIGHT HAND, ROOF HATCHRMROOMROROUGH OPENINGROWRIGHT OF WAYRTUROOF TOP UNITRVROOF VENTRWBRUBBER WALL BASESSOUTHSABSOUND ATTENUATION BATTSSANSANITARYSCSOLID CORE, SHADINGCOEFFICIENTSCHEDSCHEDULESEALSEALER ON FLOOR (FINISH)SECTSECTIONSFSQUARE FOOT, SAFETY FACTORSFRMSPRAYED FIRE-RESISTIVEMATERIALSGTSTRUCTURAL GLAZED TILESHTSHEETSHRSHOWERSIMSIMILARSOGSLAB ON GRADESPSTANDPIPE, SUMP PITSPASPACESSPKRSPEAKERSPECSPECIFICATIONSQSQUARESRDSECONDARY ROOF DRAINSSSERVICE SINKSSMSOLID SURFACE MATERIALSSPSTAINLESS STEEL PIPESSTSTAINLESS STEELSTASTATIONSTCSOUND TRANSMISSION CLASSSTDSTANDARDSTIFFSTIFFENERSTLSTEELSTORSTORAGESTRSTRAIGHT, STRINGERSSTRUCTSTRUCTURALSUSPSUSPENDEDSVSHEET VINYLSYSQUARE YARDTTREADT/TOP OFT&BTOP AND BOTTOMT>ONGUE AND GROOVETELTELEPHONETHRESTHRESHOLDTEMPTEMPORARYTERTERRAZZOTHKTHICK(NESS)TK BDTACK BOARDTMPDTEMPEREDTOCTOP OF CONCRETETOMTOP OF MASONRYTOPOTOPOGRAPHY, TOPOGRAPHICTOSTOP OF STEELTOWTOP OF WALLTPDTOILET PAPER DISPENSERTSTATTHERMOSTATTVTELEVISIONTYPTYPICALUHEAT TRANSFER COEFFICIENTUCUNDERCUTUCLUNDER CABINET LIGHTINGUGNDUNDERGROUNDUHUNIT HEATERULUNDERWRITER'SLABORATORIESUNEXUNEXCAVATEDUNFINUNFINISHEDUONUNLESS OTHERWISE NOTEDUTILUTILITYUVUNIT VENTILATORVARNVARNISH(ED)VBVINYL BASEVCTVINYL COMPOSITION TILEVENTVENTILATIONVERTVERTICALVESTVESTIBULEVIFVERIFY IN FIELDVINVINYLVOLVOLUMEVRVAPOR RETARDERVTVINYL TILEV SHTVINYL SHEETVWCVINYL WALL COVERINGWWESTW/WITHWCWATER CLOSET, WALLCOVERINGW/OWITHOUTWDWOODWDWWINDOWWFWIDE FLANGEWD GDWOOD GUARDWHWATER HEATERWIWROUGHT IRONWMWIRE MESHWPWATERPROOFING, WORKINGPOINTWRWATER REPELLENT, WEATHERRESISTANTW RECPTWASTE RECEPTACLEWSCTWAINSCOTWTWEIGHT, WATERTIGHT, WATERTABLEWWFWELDED WIRE FABRICXBYYDYARDPROJECT DATA / SITE MAPCLIENT:SWBR PROJECT #:ARCHITECT & STRUCTURALENGINEER:SWBR ARCHITECTURE,ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPEARCHITECTURE, P.C.387 EAST MAIN STREETROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14604PHONE: (585) 232-8300FAX: (585) 232-9221130 STATLER DRIVEITHACA, NY 14853CORNELL UNIVERSITY15535.00MEP CONSULTANT:REVISIONSno. date by descriptionM/E ENGINEERING, P.C.150 NORTH CHESTNUT STREETROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14604PHONE: (585) 288-5590FAX: (585) 288-0233STATLER HOTELTOILET PARTITION IMAGE #1TOILET PARTITION IMAGE #2 MEN001WOMEN0021' - 5"1' - 5"5' - 0" CLEAR5' - 0" CLEAR5' - 0"5' - 0"4' - 6"3' - 1"3' - 5"5' - 0"3' - 2"LEVEL-1 ALTERATIONWORK AREA1' - 6"2' - 0"4' - 6"5' - 5"4' - 7"MEN101UNIVERSAL TOILET103WOMEN1024' - 0"4' - 0"EXISTING NON-ADACOMPLIANT FRONTAPPROACH, PUSHSIDEEXISTING NON-ADA COMPLIANT4' - 10 3/4"5' - 6"LEVEL-1 ALTERATIONWORK AREA4' - 6"1' - 1 1/4"5' - 0"CLEAR5' - 0"CLEAR5' - 0"ADAAMBULATORYSTALLADAAMBULATORYSTALL3' - 3 3/8"3' - 9 7/8"3' - 10 1/2"3' - 10 1/2"ADAHEIGHTURINALNON-ADA COMPLIANTAPPROACH WIDTHEXISTING NON-ADACOMPLIANT LATCHAPPROACH, PULL SIDE2' - 0"EXISTING NON-ADACOMPLIANT FRONTAPPROACH, PULL SIDE+/- 11"4' - 0"1' - 6"WOMEN202UNIVERSAL TOILET203MEN2014' - 0"4' - 0"EXISTING NON-ADACOMPLIANT FORWARDAPPROACH, PUSHSIDEEXISTING NON-ADA COMPLIANT4' - 11"LEVEL-1 ALTERATIONWORK AREA4' - 6"5' - 0"CLEAR5' - 0"ADAAMBULATORYSTALLADAAMBULATORYSTALL3' - 10"4' - 0 1/4"3' - 10 1/2"ADAHEIGHTURINAL1' - 6"1' - 1 1/4"EXISTING NON-ADACOMPLIANT FRONTAPPROACH, PULL SIDEEXISTING NON-ADACOMPLIANT LATCHAPPROACH, PULL SIDE4' - 0"2' - 0"+/- 1' - 0"CODE COMPLIANCE LEGENDACCESSIBLE STALL5' TURNING RADIUSCLEAR FLOOR SPACE ORAPPROACH CLEARANCEHOTELSCHOOLENTRANCE OFFSTATLER DRIVEFIRST AND SECONDFLOOR RESTROOMSGROUND FLOORRESTROOMSNORTHTHESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNSAND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY AREOWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE,ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PARTTHEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, ORCORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THESPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE,ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C..ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ©387 East Main StreetRochester, NY 14604-2107Voice: 585.232.8300Fax: 585.232.9221w w w . s w b r . c o mFILE PATH:DRAWING TITLEproj. no.checkedproj. mgr.drawn bySTATUS:DRAWING NO.PROJECT:CLIENT:ISSUE DATE:ROCHESTER, N E W Y O R K9/9/2015 3:37:34 PMC:\1-Local Revit Models 2015\15535_Cornell Statler Hotel Restroom Reno_Central_kristins.rvt15535.00CWJCODE COMPLIANCE PLANSCWJKMSA-000100% CONSTRUCTIONDOCUMENTSCORNELL UNIVERSITYSTATLER HOTEL PUBLICAREA RESTROOMRENOVATIONS09/09/2015NORTH 1/4" = 1'-0"1GROUND FLOOR RESTROOM CODE COMPLIANCE PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0"2FIRST FLOOR RESTROOM CODE COMPLIANCE PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0"3SECOND FLOOR RESTROOM CODE COMPLIANCE PLANREVISIONSno. date by descriptionBUILDING DATA & CODE SUMMARYBUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE - 2010SINGLEMIXED OCCUPANCY SEPARATED NON-SEPARATEDIF SEPARATED, FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF FIRE BARRIER (Table 508.3.3):OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION(S):USE(S):CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION : (Chapter 6)AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM PROVIDED:YES13RNO13D13NFPA STANDARD:REHABILITATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURESREPAIRALTERATION - LEVEL 1(Chapter 5)(Chapter 6)ALTERATION - LEVEL 2 (Chapter 7)ALTERATION - LEVEL 3 (Chapter 8)CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY (Chapter 9)FORMER OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION:NEW OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION:PARTIAL CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY:YES NOSEPARATED NOT SEPARATEDIF YES:ADDITION (Chapter 10)SEPARATED FROM EXISTING WITH FIRE WALL?YES NOIF YES, FIRE RESISTANCE RATING (Table 705.4 BCNYS):IF NO, HEIGHT AND AREA OF ENTIRE BUILDING (EXISTING PLUS ADDITION) SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH CHAPTER 5 OF BCNYSRELOCATED STRUCTURE(Chapter 11)HISTORIC BUILDING(Chapter 12)EXISTING BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE 2010 - CLASSIFICATION OF WORKRefer to Code Compliance Drawings for location of Work Areas as defined in Chapter 2 of EBCNYSOCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION:PROJECT NAME:BUILDING DATA & CODE REVIEWPREPARED BY:DATE:SWBR PROJECT NUMBER:CHECKED BY:DATE:HRHR(Chapter 3)COMBINATION OF BOTHSEISMIC RETROFIT REQUIRED?YES NOIF YES, CHAPTER 10 OF THE EBCNYS DOES NOT APPLY. THE ADDITION IS CONSIDERED A SEPARATE BUILDING AND NOT ANADDITION TO THE EXISTING BUILDING. THE ADDITION SHALL COMPLY WITH THE BCNYS.STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC AREA RESTROOM RENOVATIONS15535.00KMS08/11/2015CWJ08/11/2015HOTEL, CONFERENCE CENTER1BR2XXXXXKEY PLANNTS MEN001WOMEN00211223344559910' - 6 15/16"10' - 6 15/16"5' - 0"6' - 6"6' - 3 3/16"444MEN101UNIVERSAL TOILET103WOMEN10211122233344455564' - 11 1/2"4' - 10 13/16"5' - 0 3/16"66999784' - 0"1014' - 1"8' - 10"5' - 7 1/2"7' - 6 1/2"8' - 9 1/4"14' - 1 1/2"444MEN201UNIVERSAL TOILET203WOMEN20211122233355564' - 11 1/16"5' - 0 3/16"665' - 0 1/8"999783' - 11 3/4"1044414' - 1"8' - 10"5' - 7 1/2"7' - 6 1/2"8' - 9 1/4"14' - 1 1/2"444DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES1.2.3.4.5.6.ALL ARTWORK TO BE REMOVED BY OWNER PRIOR TO CONTRACTOR'SDEMOLITION ACTIVITIES.EXISTING CEILINGS TO REMAIN. PATCH, REPAIR, AND PAINT TO MATCHEXISTING AT ANY NEW WORK PENETRATIONS.EVERY ATTEMPT HAS BEEN MADE TO DOCUMENT PERTINENT EXISTINGCONDITIONS FROM EXISTING SURVEYS, DRAWINGS AND LIMITED FIELDINSPECTION. PRIOR TO THE SUBMISSION OF BIDS, CONTRACTORS SHALLWALK THE SITE AND SATISFY THEMSELVES TO EXISTING VISUALCONDITIONS. THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE CONSULTED WHEN ANYQUESTION ARISES RELATIVE TO MATERIALS AND CONDITIONS NOTSPECIFICALLY SHOWN OR SPECIFIED.ALL EXISTING WORK (CEILING, FLOORS, WALLS, FINISHES, ETC.)DISTURBED BY NEW CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PATCHED ANDREFINISHED. PATCHING AND FINISH WORK IS THE REPAIR WORKREQUIRED TO RESTORE SURFACES TO THE ORIGINAL CONDITION AND/ ORMATCHING THE ADJACENT SURFACES. MISCELLANEOUS FINISHREQUIREMENTS TO WALL, FLOOR AND CEILING IN AREAS AFFECTED BYDEMOLITION HAVE NOT BEEN TOTALLY INCORPORATED INTO THE ROOMFINISH SCHEDULE. REFER TO THE DEMOLITION , FLOOR AND REFLECTEDCEILING PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL CUTTING , PATCHING AND REFINISHINGWORK SCOPE.CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO LIMIT IMPACT OF CONSTRUCTION ON THESURROUNDING OCCUPANTS AND OPERATIONS DURING THE PROJECT.SAFE LEGAL PASSAGES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL BUILDINGOCCUPANTS DURING ALL THE PHASES OF THIS PROJECT."REMOVE" IS DEFINED AS: DETACH ITEMS FROM EXISTING CONSTRUCTIONAND DISPOSE OF THEM OFF-SITE UNLESS INDICATED TO BE SALVAGED ORREINSTALLED.THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNSAND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY AREOWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE,ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PARTTHEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, ORCORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THESPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE,ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C..ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ©387 East Main StreetRochester, NY 14604-2107Voice: 585.232.8300Fax: 585.232.9221w w w . s w b r . c o mFILE PATH:DRAWING TITLEproj. no.checkedproj. mgr.drawn bySTATUS:DRAWING NO.PROJECT:CLIENT:ISSUE DATE:ROCHESTER, N E W Y O R K9/9/2015 3:37:43 PMC:\1-Local Revit Models 2015\15535_Cornell Statler Hotel Restroom Reno_Central_kristins.rvt15535.00CWJRESTROOM DEMOLITIONPLANSCWJKMSA-100100% CONSTRUCTIONDOCUMENTSCORNELL UNIVERSITYSTATLER HOTEL PUBLICAREA RESTROOMRENOVATIONS09/09/2015REVISIONSno. date by description 1/4" = 1'-0"1GROUND FLOOR RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0"2FIRST FLOOR RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0"3SECOND FLOOR RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLANNORTHDEMOLITION NOTESNO. DESCRIPTION1 REMOVE ALL TOILET PARTITIONS, URINAL SCREENS, MIRRORS,SHELVING UNITS, SOAP DISPENSERS, GRAB BARS, TOILET PAPERDISPENSERS, PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERS, COAT HOOKS, NAPKINDISPOSALS, SANITARY NAPKIN/TAMPON DISPENSERS, TOILETSEAT COVER DISPENSERS, BABY CHANGING TABLES, AND ALLOTHER TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES.2 REMOVE CERAMIC FLOOR TILE, CERAMIC TILE BASE, AND MORTARSETTING BED. IF MUD BED EXISTS, LEAVE IN PLACE. PREP SLAB TORECEIVE SCHEDULED FINISH. SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE.3 REMOVE WALL COVERING AND ADHESIVE. PREP WALLS TORECEIVE SCHEDULED FINISH. SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE4 REMOVE GYPSUM WALL BOARD FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW TILEBACKER PANELS AT WALLS TO RECEIVE CERAMIC WALL TILE. SEENEW WORK PLANS, INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, AND ROOM FINISHSCHEDULE.5 REMOVE MARBLE THRESHOLD. PREP FLOOR TO RECEIVESCHEDULED FINISH.6 REMOVE GYPSUM WALL BOARD FOR INSTALLATION OF WOODBLOCKING IN WALL FOR NEW GRAB BARS.7 REMOVE METAL STUD AND GWB CORNER AT CHASE. SEE DETAIL4/A-110. PATCH AND REPAIR GYPSUM BOARD CEILING TO MATCHADJACENT SURFACE, PAINT PER ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE.8 REMOVE METAL STUD AND GWB PARTITION ALONG COLUMN TOENLARGE DOOR PUSH CLEARANCE. SEE DETAIL 5/A-110. PATCHAND REPAIR GYPSUM BOARD CEILING TO MATCH ADJACENTSURFACE, PAINT PER ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE.9 REMOVE DOOR, FRAME, AND HARDWARE. REMOVE AND SALVAGEWOOD TRIM AROUND FRAME FOR REINSTALLATION. SEE JAMBDETAIL ON A-600.10 REMOVE GYPSUM WALL BOARD FOR INSTALLATION OF NEWUNBALANCED PARTITION. SEE NEW WORK PLANS.#INDICATED AS MEN001WOMEN0021' - 5"1' - 5"5' - 0" CLEAR5' - 0" CLEAR5' - 0"5' - 0"A-4201CLR2' - 6"EQEQEQEQ3A3544A1310161571212151071610A7A15A916A101571510710A7A15A93232323233AU1U1U1U1U1ABOVE NAPKINDISPOSAL001002TYPA-4205TYPICAL ATGROUND FLOORTYPTYP6' - 6" VIF6' - 3 1/4" VIFMEN'S AND WOMEN'S ROOMCWT-1 FULL HEIGHTHEIGHTCWT-1 FULL4MEN101UNIVERSAL TOILET103WOMEN102A-42032' - 10"2' - 10"2' - 10"6'-4"6'-4"123B3B3B54A44556A7A13323232323232A3A36'-4"6'-4"6'-4"A36'-4"66A1515157A15A719ACLEAR5' - 0"A3A36'-4"6'-4"A36'-4"A36'-4"66A7157A15A8715868715681119A113B3BU1U1U1U1U1U1U1U41415BU19EQEQEQEQA3EQEQEQEQ671671CLEAR5' - 0"1021031011' - 5"A-1104A-1105A-11062TYPTYPA-42048' - 10" VIF7' - 6 1/2" VIFCWT-1 FULL HEIGHTCWT-1 FULL HEIGHTCWT-1 FULL HEIGHTTYPCWT-1 FULL HEIGHTTYP2' - 0"4' - 0"U85WOMEN202UNIVERSAL TOILET203MEN201CLEAR5' - 0"A36'-4"254A44556A7A91415B323232323232A-42063B3B133B3B2' - 10"2' - 10"2' - 10"U1U1U1U1U1U1U4U1U1A3A36'-4"6'-4"6'-4"A36'-4"66A1515157A15A719A1EQEQEQEQA3671671CLEAR5' - 0"A36'-4"A36'-4"A36'-4"66A7158715868715681119A1EQEQEQEQ7A15A2022032011' - 5"A-1105A-1104CWT-1 FULL HEIGHTCWT-1 FULL HEIGHTCWT-1 FULL HEIGHTTYPICAL AT FIRSTAND SECOND FLOOR8' - 10" VIF7' - 6 1/2" VIFCWT-1 FULL HEIGHT12' - 0"4' - 0"3BU85NEW WORK GENERAL NOTES:1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.ALL FLOORS, WALLS, CEILINGS, AND OTHER SURFACES THAT ARE TOREMAIN ARE TO BE PATCHED, REPAIRED, AND REFINISHED PRIOR TOFINISH INSTALLATION. ALL SURFACES ARE TO BE RESTORED TO THEIRORIGINAL CONDITION AND/OR MATCH THE ADJACENT SURFACES.SEE A-420 FOR TOILET FIXTURE AND ACCESSORY MOUNTING STRIPLEGEND FOR TOILET FIXTURE AND ACCESSORY KEYNOTES ON THISSHEET. KEYNOTE IS INDICATED AS AEXISTING FLOOR DRAINS LOCATIONS TO REMAIN. REFER TO PLUMBINGDRAWINGS FOR ASSOCIATED WORK.PROVIDE SOLID FRT WOOD BLOCKING OR 6" WIDE, 16 GA METALSTRAPPING BEHIND ALL SURFACE-MOUNTED TOILET ROOMACCESSORIES. MODIFY EXISTING FRAMING TO PROVIDE ROUGHOPENINGS REQUIRED FOR NEW RECESSED FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES.PROVIDE PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING AT NEW AND EXISTING FLOORPENETRATIONS WHERE INTERIOR OF CHASE HAS BEEN EXPOSED DUE TOCONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES.ALL WALLS TO RECEIVE VINYL WALL COVERING VWC-1 UNLESS NOTEDOTHERWISE.CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE, CLEAN, AND REINSTALL ALL EXISTINGCEILING DIFFUSERS.PATCH, REPAIR, AND PAINT CEILING TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OFELECTRICAL WORK. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.GYPSUM BOARD / METAL STUD SERIES PARTITIONS4 7/8"3 5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C.(1) LAYER 5/8 " GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE.1 HOUR FIRE RESISTANT RATED WHEN INDICATED(WITH OR WITHOUT INSULATION) PER UL U465A3XXINDICATES PARTITION TYPE***INDICATES PARTITION HEIGHTABOVE FINISHED FLOORPARTITION TYPE LEGEND(1) LAYER 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD FASTENED TO EXISTING METAL STUDFRAMING AT EXISTING GWB REMOVAL (SEE DEMOLITION PLANS)UNBALANCED SERIES PARTITIONS5/8"U1ALL PARTITIONS ARE TO BE TO THE UNDERSIDE OF EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGUNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SEE PARTITION TYPE LEGEND.DIMENSIONS SHOWN FOR EACH PARTITION DESCRIPTION INDICATE FACE-TO-FACETHICKNESS OF MATERIALS LISTED FOR THAT PARTITION.ALL NEW METAL STUD PARTITIONS TO RECIEVE CERAMIC TILE SHALL BECONSTRUCTED USING 20 GAUGE METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C.MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD TO BE USED IN ALL TOILET, SHOWER ANDBATHROOMS. SUBSTITUTE CEMENT BACKING BOARD FOR GYPSUM BOARDDIRECTLY BEHIND ALL WALLS/SURFACES TO RECEIVE CERAMIC TILE.2 1/8"U4PARTITION GENERAL NOTES:1.2.3.4.1 1/2" METAL Z-FURRING AT 24" O.C. ATTACHED TO EXISTING WALLCONSTRUCTION AT EXISTING GWB REMOVAL (SEE DEMOLITION PLANS)(1) LAYER 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD AT ROOM SIDE ONLY.3 5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C.(1) LAYER 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD AT ROOM SIDE ONLY.4 1/4"U8EXISTING CONCENCASED STEELBEAMEXISTING METAL STUDAND GWB PARTITIONTO REMAINEXISTING METAL STUDAND GWB PARTITIONTO REMAINWALL MOUNTED FLIPDOWN BABY CHANGINGTABLEREMOVE METAL STUDAND GWB PARTITION5/8" GWB LAMINATED TOCONCRETE PIERMETAL STUDS TO MATCHEXISTING AND 5/8" GYPSUMWALL BOARD, PATCH ANDFINISH TO MATCH ADJACENTSURFACEMETAL STUD TOMATCH EXISTINGEXISTING METAL STUD ANDGWB PARTITION TO REMAINEXISTING CHASEEXISTING WALLCONSTRUCTION TOREMAINSOLID FRT WOODBLOCKING IN WALL FORGRAB BAR INSTALLATION1-1/2" "Z" FURRING WITH5/8" GWB, SEE NEWWORK PLANREMOVE METAL STUD ANDGWB CORNER5/8" GWB AND SOLID FRTWOOD BLOCKING TOCREATE CHAMFEREDCORNER CONDITION, 45*TRIM PIECE AND FINISH45.00°3 5/8" METAL STUDS FASTENED TOSTEEL TUBE, (3) SIDESHSS 3x3x3/16 FULL HEIGHT OFPARTITION, TYP AT INTERSECTIONSL3x3x3/16 x 2-1/2"LONG WELDED ATBASE OF TUBE, (3)SIDES3/8" DIA POWERS "WEDGE BOLT" WITH2" MINIMUM EMBEDMENT, TYP OF (3)3 5/8" METALSTUDS AT 16" OC5/8" GYPSUM WALLBOARD W/ VINYLWALLCOVERING,VWC-1PLACE THIRDANGLE IN WALL6"TOILET PARTITION DOOR (OF/CI)TOILET PARTITIONDOOR (OF/CI)1x3 SOLID WOOD TRIMWOOD DOOR FRAME, STN-1CERAMIC COVEBASE BEYOND, CT-2NOTE: PROVIDE EASED EDGESAT ALL WOOD PROFILES.4 1/2"4 7/8"5/8" GWB ON 3 5/8"METAL STUDS AT 16" OCVINYL WALLCOVERING, VWC-1CRIPPLE STUDDOUBLE STUDS ATJAMB BEYONDBULLNOSE CERAMIC TILE, CWT-1CERAMIC COVEBASE BEYOND, CT-2CERAMIC FLOOR TILE, CT-1HEADER TRACK6"BULLNOSE CERAMICTILE, CWT-1THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNSAND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY AREOWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE,ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PARTTHEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, ORCORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THESPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE,ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C..ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ©387 East Main StreetRochester, NY 14604-2107Voice: 585.232.8300Fax: 585.232.9221w w w . s w b r . c o mFILE PATH:DRAWING TITLEproj. no.checkedproj. mgr.drawn bySTATUS:DRAWING NO.PROJECT:CLIENT:ISSUE DATE:ROCHESTER, N E W Y O R K9/9/2015 3:37:55 PMC:\1-Local Revit Models 2015\15535_Cornell Statler Hotel Restroom Reno_Central_kristins.rvt15535.00CWJRESTROOM NEW WORKPLANSCWJKMSA-110100% CONSTRUCTIONDOCUMENTSCORNELL UNIVERSITYSTATLER HOTEL PUBLICAREA RESTROOMRENOVATIONS09/09/2015REVISIONSno. date by descriptionNORTH 1/4" = 1'-0"1GROUND FLOOR RESTROOM NEW WORK PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0"2FIRST FLOOR RESTROOM NEW WORK PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0"3SECOND FLOOR RESTROOM NEW WORK PLANPARTITION TYPESPLAN KEY NOTESNO. DESCRIPTION1 STILE AND RAIL WOOD TOILET PARTITION DOOR (OF/CI). SEEDOOR TYPE 1 ON 1/A-600 FOR ELEVATION AND DETAILS.2 PROVIDE AUTOMATIC SOAP DISPENSER IN SOLID SURFACE (SS-1)COUNTERTOP.3 PROVIDE 2'-0" x 4'-0" MIRROR DIRECTLY ABOVE COUNTERTOPBACKSPLASH. SEE A-420 FOR INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.4 AT CLOSET CARRIER MODIFICATIONS, INFILL EXISTING CARRIERANCHOR LOCATIONS WITH 3,000 PSI EPOXY GROUT. COORDINATEWITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS.5 PROVIDE 10" WIDE x 4 1/2" HIGH OPENING IN TOILET PARTITIONWALL TO ACCOMMODATE EXISTING FLOOR DRAIN. SEE DETAIL7/A-110.#INDICATED AS 1 1/2" = 1'-0"5UNIVERSAL TOILET ROOM PLAN DETAIL #2 1 1/2" = 1'-0"4UNIVERSAL TOILET ROOM PLAN DETAIL #1 1 1/2" = 1'-0"6STRUCTURAL BRACING PLAN DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"7FLOOR DRAIN WALL OPENING DETAIL(TYPICAL OF 12) 8A-420CERAMIC WALLTILE, CWT-22'-0" x 4'-0"MIRROR, SEEDETAIL 7/A-420WALL SCONE,SEE ELECTRICALDRAWINGSVINYLWALLCOVERING,VWC-1VINYL WALLCOVERING,VWC-1VINYL WALLCOVERING,VWC-13' - 4"CERAMIC COVEBASE, CT-2CERAMIC COVEBASE, CT-2SOLID SURFACECOUNTERTOP,SS-1RECESSED WASTERECEPTACLEPROVIDE 3" DIAMETER HOLE IN GYPSUMWALL BOARD, TOP AND BOTTOM, TO ALLOWVENTILATION OF AIR BEHIND MIRROROF WALL CAP6' - 4" UNDERSIDE1x3 SOLID WOOD TRIM1x4 SOLID WOOD TRIM1x8 SOLID WOOD WALL CAPSTILE AND RAIL WOODDOOR (OF/CI)VINYL WALLCOVERING, VWC-1CERAMIC COVE BASE, CT-28A-420CERAMIC WALLTILE, CWT-22'-0" x 4'-0"MIRROR, SEEDETAIL 7/A-420WALL SCONCE,SEE ELECTRICALDRAWINGSVINYLWALLCOVERING,VWC-1VINYLWALLCOVERING,VWC-1VINYL WALLCOVERING,VWC-1TO MIRROR3' - 4"SOLID SURFACECOUNTERTOP,SS-1CERAMIC COVEBASE, CT-2CERAMIC COVEBASE, CT-2PROVIDE 3" DIAMETER HOLE IN GYPSUMWALL BOARD, TOP AND BOTTOM, TO ALLOWVENTILATION OF AIR BEHIND MIRRORCERAMIC WALL TILE, CWT-2CERAMIC WALL TILE, CWT-1WALL SCONCE, SEEELECTRICAL DRAWINGS2'-0" x 4'-0" MIRROR, SEEDETAIL 7/A-420SOAP DISPENSERWALL-MOUNTED LAVATORYCERAMIC COVE BASE,CT-2WASTE RECEPTACLE /PAPER TOWELDISPENSER (ROLL)MIRROR3' - 4" TO3' - 1"VINYL WALLCOVERING,VWC-14' - 0"PROVIDE 3" DIAMETERHOLE IN GYPSUMWALL BOARD TOP ANDBOTTOM TO ALLOWVENTILATION OF AIRBEHIND MIRRORSOLID SURFACECOUNTERTOP, SS-1,WITH LOOSE 3" HIGHBACK AND SIDE SPLASHEQUAL3' - 0"EQUALSEE NEW WORK PLANUNDERCOUNTERWASTERECEPTACLE (NIC)CIRCULAR WASTECHUTE RECESSED INSTONE COUNTERTOPCIRCULAR WASTECHUTE RECESSED INSTONE COUNTERTOPSOLID SURFACECOUNTERTOP, SS-1,WITH LOOSE 3" HIGHBACK AND SIDESPLASH8"1' - 3"EQUALEQUAL1' - 3"EQEQEQEQSEE NEW WORK PLANSFLOORTOP OFRIMNOTE: ADA URINAL TO HAVEELONGATED RIM 1'-2" FROMFACE OF WALLFINISHDISPENSINGHEIGHTTOILET PARTITION (FLOORANCHORED)WALL-MOUNTEDSOAPDISPENSERURINAL SCREENLAVATORYWASTE RECEPTACLE /PAPER TOWELDISPENSER (ROLL)URINAL (NON-ADA)URINAL (ADA)NOTE: MOUNT NON-ADA URINALTO MATCH EXIST. URINALS INEXIST. TOILET RMSTO RIMTOP OFSEATWATER CLOSET (NON-ADA)TOILET PAPER DISPENSER(NON-ADA)TOILET PAPER DISPENSER(ADA)GRAB BARS (ADA)ROBE HOOK (ALL STALLS) (ADA)ROBE HOOK (ALL STALLS)(NON-ADA)HOOKURURWCWCGENERAL NOTES:LEGEND:GENERAL NOTES (FOR RENOVATION PROJECTS):2'-3" MIN1.USE MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED IN TOILET FIXTURE & ACCESSORY MOUNTING STRIP UNLESSOTHERWISE INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ITEMS INDICATED ON THE FLOOR PLANS WITHNO DESIGNATION OR "NON-ADA" ARE TO BE MOUNTED AT STANDARD "NON-ADA" MOUNTING HEIGHTS.2.COORDINATE PLUMBING FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH SPECIFICATION DIVISION 15B. IF A CONFLICT ORQUESTION ARISES BETWEEN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND PLUMBING DOCUMENTS, CONTACT THE ARCHITECTFOR CLARIFICATION.3.HEIGHTS GIVEN FOR OPERABLE ACCESSORIES ARE TO THE UPPER MOST CONTROL ON THAT ACCESSORY,NOT TO THE BOTTOM OR TOP OF UNIT.4."MFR STD" = INSTALL ACCESSORIES AT STANDARD HEIGHT AS RECOMMENDED BY ACCESSORY MANUFACTURER.TOILET FIXTURE & ACCESSORY MOUNTING STRIP1.2.PATCH AND REPAIR WALLS, CEILINGS AND FLOORS AT REMOVALS SUCH AS TOILETPARTITIONS, PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TOILET ACCESSORIES.WHERE "ADA" APPEARS WITHIN A TOILET COMPARTMENT ON THE FLOOR PLANSFOR A RENOVATION WITHIN AN EXISTING TOILET ROOM, THIS INDICATES THAT THESIZE AND CONFIGURATION OF THE STALL IS REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE. WHERETHESE LOCATIONS CONTAIN EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES, NOT SCHEDULES TOBE REPLACED, THE FIXTURES MAY BE NON-COMPLIANT WITH ANSI OR ADAGUIDELINES.LAVATORYWALL-MOUNTED SOAPDISPENSERWASTE RECEPTACLE / PAPERTOWEL DISPENSER (ROLL)URINAL SCREENURINAL (NON-ADA)URINAL (ADA)WATER CLOSET (NON-ADA)TOILET PAPER DISPENSER(NON-ADA)WATER CLOSET (ADA)TOILET PAPER DISPENSER(ADA)GRAB BARS (ADA)NAPKIN DISPOSALTOILET PARTITION (FLOOR ANCHORED)ROBE HOOK (ALL STALLS) (ADA)ROBE HOOK (ALL STALLS) (NON-ADA)SANITARY NAPKIN/TAMPONDISPENSER2' - 10" MAX2' - 5"3' - 2"2' - 0"3' - 0"1' - 4"MFR STD1' - 6 1/2"1' - 6"OF BAR2' - 11" TOP1' - 6"3' - 4"3' - 6"1' - 0"3' - 4"EQEQ(ADA)3' - 9" MAX.(NON-ADA)5' - 6" MAX.(NON-ADA)1' - 3"DEPTH17" MIN12344A5676A91111A1212344A5676A7A981111A121314NOTE: FLUSH CONTROL ON OPENSIDE OF TOILETCOINSLOTSANITARYNAPKIN/ TAMPONDISPENSER3' - 2"133' - 2"WALL MOUNTED FLIP DOWNBABY CHANGING TABLEWALL MOUNTEDFLIP DOWN BABYCHANGING TABLE145.PROVIDE ROBE HOOKS ON DOORS INSIDE ALL TOILET STALLS.SEE PLAN FORHORIZONTAL LOCTOILET PAPERDISPENSER(NON-ADA)WC3' - 0"2' - 9"10TOILET PAPER DISPENSER(ADA)1' - 6"10AOF BAR2' - 11" TOP1' - 6"3' - 4"7"7"NAPKIN DISPOSAL8NAPKIN DISPOSAL83' - 6"1' - 0"3' - 4"WATER CLOSET (ADA)7ATOP OFSEATWC1' - 6 1/2"GRAB BARS (ADA)9TOILET PAPER DISPENSER(NON-ADA)TOILET PAPER DISPENSER(ADA)1010ATOILET SEAT COVERDISPENSER (NON-ADA)15WC4' - 11"TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER (NON-ADA)15TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER (ADA)15A3' - 6"4"NAPKIN DISPOSAL(WET WALL LOCATIONNON-ADA)16NAPKIN DISPOSAL (WET WALL LOCATION NON-ADA)164' - 2"TOILET SEAT COVERDISPENSER (ADA)15ANAPKIN DISPOSAL(ADA)16ANAPKIN DISPOSAL (ADA)16AFACE OFWALL2' - 3 1/2"6"1' - 0"4' - 0"NOTE: TOILET PARTITIONSAT GROUND FLOOR ONLY3' - 4"WASTE RECEPTACLE3AWASTE RECEPTACLE3A10"4' - 0"GRAB BARS (ADAAMBULATORY STALL)9ATYP BOTH SIDES OF STALLWASTE RECEPTACLE / PAPERTOWEL DISPENSER (FOLDED)3BWASTE RECEPTACLE /PAPER TOWELDISPENSER (FOLDED)3BOF BAR2' - 11" TOP3' - 2"TOILET SEAT COVERDISPENSER(UNIVERSAL TOILETROOMS ADA)15BTOP OFOPERABLEPARTTOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER(UNIVERSAL TOILET ROOMS ADA)15BWATER CLOSET (ADA)7A9"9"6"6"TOP OFOPERABLEPART3' - 2"MIN2' - 3"WHENOPEN4" MAXTOPOFTRIMGRAB BARS (ADA)9TOP OF SEATGRAB BARS (ADA AMBULATORY STALL)9AWC2' - 0"1' - 0"3' - 0"1' - 6 1/2"OF BAR2' - 11" TOP6.INSULATE EXPOSED HOT WATER SUPPLY AND WASTE PIPES.8" MIN9" MIN6.URINAL SCREENS AT GROUND FLOOR TO BE POWDER-COATED STEEL CONSTRUCTION. URINAL SCREENS AT FIRSTAND SECOND FLOOR TO BE STAINLESS STEEL CONSTRUCTION.NOTE:3. PROVIDE 2 x 6 WD. BLOCKING IN STUD WALL CONSTRUCTION. FASTEN TO DOUBLED UP STUDS.1" SOLID SURFACEAPRON (SS-1) AND 2 x 4WD. NAILER1 1/2" SOLID SURFACECOUNTERTOP, SS-13" BACKSPLASH(SS-1), SCRIBE TOWALL & APPLYSEALANT2 X 6 WD. NAILERANCHORSSTAGGERED@ 12" O.C. SEENOTESINK & TRAP2' - 10"2' - 1"1"1"5"1 1/2"3"2. FOR STUD WALL CONSTRUCTION USE 1/4" LAG BOLTS W/ OVERSIZED WASHERS.1. AT MASONRY WALLS USE 3/8" SLEEVE ANCHORS (EQUAL TO HILTI HS6) OR ADHESIVE ANCHORS 3/8" DIA X 1'-0" O.C. STAGGERED (EQUAL TO HILTI HY20).ADA COMPLIANT SINK AND FAUCETCLEAR KNEE AND TOE SPACE1/2"5/16"3"3"3/4"1"MIRROR ATTACHEDTO WALL WITH J-TRIM,TOP AND BOTTOMSHOP FABRICATED2'-0" WIDE x 4'-0" HIGHSOLID WOOD FRAMESOLID SURFACECOUNTERTOP ANDBACKSPLASH, SS-1FINISH WOODEDGES TO MATCHEXPOSED SURFACECLEAR SILICONESEALANT AROUNDPERIMETER OF MIRRORTHESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNSAND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY AREOWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE,ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PARTTHEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, ORCORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THESPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE,ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C..ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ©387 East Main StreetRochester, NY 14604-2107Voice: 585.232.8300Fax: 585.232.9221w w w . s w b r . c o mFILE PATH:DRAWING TITLEproj. no.checkedproj. mgr.drawn bySTATUS:DRAWING NO.PROJECT:CLIENT:ISSUE DATE:ROCHESTER, N E W Y O R K9/9/2015 3:38:05 PMC:\1-Local Revit Models 2015\15535_Cornell Statler Hotel Restroom Reno_Central_kristins.rvt15535.00CWJINTERIOR ELEVATIONSAND DETAILSCWJKMSA-420100% CONSTRUCTIONDOCUMENTSCORNELL UNIVERSITYSTATLER HOTEL PUBLICAREA RESTROOMRENOVATIONS09/09/2015REVISIONSno. date by description(TYPICAL AT FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR MEN'S AND WOMEN'S RESTROOMS)(TYPICAL AT GROUND FLOOR MEN'S AND WOMEN'S RESTROOMS) 1/4" = 1'-0"1WOMEN 002 - SOUTH ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0"2MEN 101 - NORTH ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0"3MEN 101 - SOUTH ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0"4UNIVERSAL TOILET 103 - NORTH ELEVATION 1/2" = 1'-0"5COUNTERTOP PLAN DETAIL (GROUND FLOOR) 1/2" = 1'-0"6COUNTERTOP PLAN DETAIL (FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR)(SIMILAR AT MEN 001)(SIMILAR AT WOMEN 102, MEN 201, AND WOMEN 202)(SIMILAR AT WOMEN 102, MEN 201, AND WOMEN 202)(SIMILAR AT UNIVERSAL TOILET 203) 1" = 1'-0"8LAVATORY COUNTERTOP DETAIL 3" = 1'-0"7MIRROR DETAIL 2' - 4"6"5' - 6"WOODLOUVERSSTILE ANDRAIL WOODDOORFINISHED FLOORROBEHOOK1PAINT (PT)PT-1SHERWIN WILLIAMS, SW 7005 PURE WHITEINTERIOR FLAT, CEILINGPT-2PAINTED FAUX WOOD GRAIN FINISH TO MATCH STAINED WOODCERAMIC TILE (CT)CT-1DALTILE – CITYVIEW, COLOR: #CY02 SKYLINE GRAY (MATTE FLOOR TILE)12x24 TILE, PATTERN: RUNNING BOND1/8" GROUT JOINT USING BOSTIK TRU GROUT, COLOR: TBDCT-2DALTILE – CITYVIEW, COLOR: #CY02 SKYLINE GRAY6x12 COVE BASE WALL TILE. COVE BASE CORNER AT ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS.1/8" GROUT JOINT USING BOSTIK TRU GROUT, COLOR: TBDCERAMIC TILE (CWT)CWT-1DALTILE – CITYVIEW, COLOR: #CY02 SKYLINE GRAY12x24 TILE. USE 3x12 BULLNOSE AT OUTSIDE EDGES, PATTERN: RUNNING BOND1/8" GROUT JOINT USING BOSTIK TRU GROUT, COLOR: TBDCWT-2G&G TILE INC – MBC1201, COLOR: GRAY MARBLE, WHITE GLOSSY, AND MATT GLASS MIXED12x12 MESH1/8" GROUT JOINT USING BOSTIK TRU GROUT, COLOR: TBDVINYL WALL COVERING (VWC)VWC-1SYMPHONY OVERTURE TYPE II VINYL WALLCOVERINGCOLOR - AZ52433WA, BIRCH52" WIDE, UNPERFORATED, REPEAT: RANDOMSOLID SURFACE (SS)SS-1LG VIATERA – COLOR: INTERMEZZOSMALL OGEE EDGE DETAIL PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS ON ALL EDGESSTAIN (STN)STN-1TO MATCH ARCHITECT'S SAMPLECOLOR & FINISH LEGEND2" TYPSEE SCHEDSEE SCHEDULE2"1FSEE DOOR SCHEDULESCHEDSEE DOOREXISTINGROUGHOPENINGHOLLOW METAL FRAMEAND ANCHORAGE2"EXISTINGWALLPARTITION1x3 SOLIDWOOD TRIMRESTROOM SIDECORRIDOR SIDEREINSTALL SALVAGEDWOOD TRIMJ15" OR 7"DOORTO MATCH EXISTINGPARTITION THICKNESSROOM FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES1.2.3.URINAL WET WALL TO RECEIVE CWT-1 FULLHEIGHT.METAL STUD AND GWB TOILET PARTITIONS TORECEIVE VINYL WALLCOVERING (VWC-1) INMEN'S, WOMEN'S AND UNIVERSAL TOILETROOMS.PROVIDE FLUSH MARBLE THRESHOLD ATENTRY DOOR.THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNSAND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY AREOWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE,ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PARTTHEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, ORCORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THESPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE,ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C..ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ©387 East Main StreetRochester, NY 14604-2107Voice: 585.232.8300Fax: 585.232.9221w w w . s w b r . c o mFILE PATH:DRAWING TITLEproj. no.checkedproj. mgr.drawn bySTATUS:DRAWING NO.PROJECT:CLIENT:ISSUE DATE:ROCHESTER, N E W Y O R K9/9/2015 5:01:26 PMC:\1-Local Revit Models 2015\15535_Cornell Statler Hotel Restroom Reno_Central_kristins.rvt15535.00CWJDOOR AND ROOM FINISHSCHEDULES, DETAILSCWJKMSA-600100% CONSTRUCTIONDOCUMENTSCORNELL UNIVERSITYSTATLER HOTEL PUBLICAREA RESTROOMRENOVATIONS09/09/2015REVISIONSno. date by description 1/4" = 1'-0"1TOILET PARTITION DOOR ELEVATIONROOM FINISH SCHEDULEROOMNUMBERROOM NAMEFLOOR BASE WALLCEILINGFINISHNOTESMATERIAL/FINISHMATERIAL/FINISHNORTH SOUTH EAST WESTFINISH FINISH FINISH FINISHGROUND001 MEN CT-1 CT-2 CWT-2, VWC-1 CWT-1 VWC-1 VWC-1 PT-1 1, 3002 WOMEN CT-1 CT-2 CWT-1 CWT-2, VWC-1 VWC-1 VWC-1 PT-1 3FIRST FLOOR101 MEN CT-1 CT-2 CWT-1 CWT-2, VWC-1 VWC-1 VWC-1 PT-1 1, 2, 3102 WOMEN CT-1 CT-2 CWT-2, VWC-1 CWT-1 VWC-1 VWC-1 PT-1 2, 3103 UNIVERSAL TOILET CT-1 CT-2 CWT-1, CWT-2, VWC-1 CWT-1 VWC-1 VWC-1 PT-1 3SECOND FLOOR201 MEN CT-1 CT-2 CWT-1 CWT-2, VWC-1 VWC-1 VWC-1 PT-1 1, 2, 3202 WOMEN CT-1 CT-2 CWT-2, VWC-1 CWT-1 VWC-1 VWC-1 PT-1 2, 3203 UNIVERSAL TOILET CT-1 CT-2 CWT-1, CWT-2, VWC-1 CWT-1 VWC-1 VWC-1 PT-1 3DOOR SCHEDULEDOOR #DOOR FRAMEHARDWARE LABEL THRESHOLD REMARKS DOOR #LEAFSSIZETYPE MATERIAL FINISH GLASS ELEVATION TYPE MATERIAL FINISHWIDTH HEIGHT THICKGROUND002 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" F WD PREFIN - 1 J1 HM PT-2 - FLUSH MARBLE 002FIRST FLOOR101 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" F WD PREFIN - 1 J1 HM PT-2 - FLUSH MARBLE 101102 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" F WD PREFIN - 1 J1 HM PT-2 - FLUSH MARBLE 102103 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" F WD PREFIN - 1 J1 HM PT-2 - FLUSH MARBLE 103SECOND FLOOR201 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" F WD PREFIN - 1 J1 HM PT-2 - FLUSH MARBLE 201202 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" F WD PREFIN - 1 J1 HM PT-2 - FLUSH MARBLE 202203 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" F WD PREFIN - 1 J1 HM PT-2 - FLUSH MARBLE 203FRAME ELEVATIONDOOR ELEVATION 1 1/2" = 1'-0"2DOOR JAMB DETAIL P-000 TPB TPB DETAILS-PLUMBING NOTES, & KEY PLANS, SYMBOLS, GENERAL NOTES: L. K. J. I. H. G. F. E. D. C. B. A. THE PLUMBING SYSTEMS. HOT WATER, SANITARY, VENT AND STORM SYSTEMS) TO FACILITY PHASING REQUIREMENTS WITHOUT INTERRUPTION OF IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE FOR ALL TEMPORARY SERVICES (DOMESTIC COLD WATER, REVIEW THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE ARCHITECTURAL BID DOCUMENTS FOR THE PHASING REQUIREMENTS. IMPACT TO THE NORMAL OPERATION OF THE FACILITY. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO THOROUGHLY IT IS THE REQUIREMENT OF THE PROJECT THAT THE CONSTRUCTION WORK BE PHASED TO FACILITATE MINIMUM RESPONSIBILITY FOR REPAIRS TO THE EQUIPMENT. REPORTED TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. IF NOT REPORTED, THE CONTRACTOR TAKES FULL AND DELIVERY FOR STORAGE. ANY DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO DISCONNECTING SHOULD BE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO REPAIR ANY EQUIPMENT DAMAGED DURING REMOVAL TO A STORAGE AREA WITHIN THE BUILDING AS SELECTED BY THE OWNER. IT WILL BE THE SYSTEMS IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION AND DELIVER (INCLUDING LOADING AND UNLOADING) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND REMOVE THE EQUIPMENT FROM THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND DISPOSE OF PROPERLY. IF THE OWNER PREFERS TO RETAIN THE EQUIPMENT, BE REMOVED, IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO DISCONNECT AND REMOVE TO RETAIN EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED. IF THE OWNER REFUSES TO RETAINING EQUIPMENT TO IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO ALLOW THE OWNER FIRST RIGHT OF REFUSAL C. SAW CUT STRUCTURAL SLAB TO A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 2" BETWEEN HOLES AND REMOVE CONCRETE. OF NEW OPENINGS. B. CORE DRILL ROUND HOLES THRU EXISTING SUPPORTING STRUCTURAL SLABS AT THE FOUR CORNERS OF EXISTING BEAMS OR JOISTS WILL BE ALTERED IN ANY WAY. A. PRIOR TO CUTTING, DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF PROPOSED OPENINGS SUCH THAT NO PORTION THRU EXISTING CONCRETE AS FOLLOWS: 3. CORE DRILL NEW OPENINGS WHEREVER POSSIBLE. WHERE CORE DRILLING IS NOT PRACTICAL, CUT OPENINGS PRIOR APPROVAL. 2. DO NOT CUT OPENINGS THRU EXISTING CONCRETE WHICH ARE NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS WITHOUT THE WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL. 1. DO NOT DRILL, CORE OR CUT ANY PORTION OF EXISTING CONCRETE COLUMNS, BEAMS, JOISTS OR BRIDGING RIBS NEW OPENINGS THRU EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURE: TO REDUCE NOISE TRANSMISSION. RATED WALLS SHALL BE SEALED WITH A NON-HARDENING SEALANT ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL PENETRATION THROUGH RATED WALLS AND FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE/SMOKE STOPPED. ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH NON OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, EQUIPMENT, PIPING, ETC.. ALL PENETRATIONS ALL NEW PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS AND ROOFS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR INSTALLATION PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS AND WALLS AFTER DEMOLITION. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THIS CONTRACTOR TO PATCH AND FINISH ALL EXISTING SPACE PIPE SHALL BE ABANDONED IN PLACE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. AND REMOVED BUT IS THE REQUIREMENTS UNDER THIS CONTRACT. NO EQUIPMENT, PIPING INTENT IS NOT TO IDENTIFY ALL MISCELLANEOUS PIPING, PIPING ACCESSORIES, TO BE DISCONNECTED THE DEMOLITION DRAWINGS SHOW IN GENERAL MAJOR EQUIPMENT, AND PIPING REMOVALS. THE OR REINSTALLATION SHALL BE REPLACED WITH NEW AT NO EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. INSTALLATIONS. ANY CEILING SYSTEM COMPONENT DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION , STORAGE NEW WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REINSTALL THE CEILING SYSTEMS TO MATCH THE ORIGINAL MATERIAL IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. AFTER COMPLETION OF ALL DEMOLITION OR ALL MATERIAL SHALL BE IN AREAS OR LOCATIONS APPROVED BY THE OWNER. THE STORAGE OF ALL COMPONENTS FOR REINSTALLATION IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. THE STORAGE OF REMOVED IN A MANNER TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE CEILING SYSTEMS. STORAGE OF CEILING SYSTEM PERFORMING DEMOLITION OR NEW WORK WITHIN THE BUILDING. THE EXISTING CEILINGS SHALL BE IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING CEILINGS, FOR FACILITY PERSONNEL. SHUTDOWNS OF EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE BY CORNELL UNIVERSITY INTENDED WORK. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL PIPING LABOR AND MATERIAL WHILE FACILITY PERSONNEL IN SHUTTING DOWN, DRAINING, VENTING, ETC. OF SYSTEM TO FACILITATE THE NIGHTS OR WEEKENDS (PREMIUM TIME). THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSIST THE CORNELL UNIVERSITY UNIVERSITY FACILITY PERSONNEL FOR TIE-IN CONNECTIONS. ALL SHUT DOWNS WILL OCCUR DURING OF DOMESTIC COLD AND HOT WATER, SANITARY, VENT AND STORM SYSTEMS WITH THE CORNELL IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE AND ASSIST WITH ALL SHUTDOWNS REQUIREMENTS WITH THE CORNELL UNIVERSITY FACILITY PERSONNEL. OUTSIDE THE INTENDED SCOPE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL SHUT DOWNS AND DEMOLITION INVESTIGATED BEFORE DISCONNECTING OF SYSTEMS TO AVOID INTERRUPTING AREAS OR SYSTEMS OF EXISTING SYSTEMS WHILE PERFORMING DEMOLITION WORK. PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE FULLY OUTSIDE OF THE RENOVATED AREA TO PREVENT THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE OR INTERRUPTION EXISTING PLUMBING SYSTEMS SERVING RENOVATED AREAS AND SYSTEMS THAT MIGHT EXTEND IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW AND DOCUMENT THE OPERATION OF AND MATERIALS OFF SITE IN A PROPER LEGAL MANNER. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO DISPOSE OF ALL DEMOLITION DEBRIS COST TO THE OWNER. CONTRACTOR TO REPAIR AND/OR REPLACE WITH SIMILAR OR LIKE MATERIALS AT NO ADDITIONAL SHOWN TO REMAIN AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTORS WORK IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE DAMAGE TO EXISTING SYSTEMS (EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTWORK, LIGHTS, AND CONTROLS) PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, EXISTING CONDITIONS SHALL BE REVIEWED FOR ANY PRIOR DAMAGE. CONTRACTORS FAILURE TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS. CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. NO ALLOWANCE WILL BE MADE FOR ADDITIONAL COSTS DUE TO DOCUMENTS AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE TAKEN FROM FIELD OBSERVATIONS AND PRIOR CONSTRUCTION EXISTING WORK TO BE REMOVED POINT OF DISCONNECTION ELBOW DOWN (E)EXISTING 45°OFFSET AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ELBOW UP VTR VENT THRU ROOF BOTTOM/TEE CONNECTION TOP TEE CONNECTION "P" TRAP NEW PIPING LOCATED ABOVE FLOOR/SLAB PIPE CONTINUATION COLD WATER PIPING (CW) CAP OR PLUG HOT WATER RECIRCULATING PIPING (HWR) DECK PLATE CLEANOUT (DPCO) WALL PLATE CLEANOUT (WPCO) CLEANOUT (CO) FLOOR DRAIN (FD) / FLOOR SINK (FS) ROOF DRAIN SANITARY SEWER PIPINGSAN WALL HYDRANT (WH) / HOSE BIBB (HB) DESCRIPTION PLUMBING SYMBOL LIST SYMBOL POINT OF CONNECTION NTS NOT TO SCALE (ETR)EXISTING TO REMAIN BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR (E)EXISTING PIPING NEW PIPING LOCATED BELOW FLOOR/SLAB HOT WATER PIPING (HW) INDIRECT WASTE PIPING (IW)IW STRAINER SHUT OFF VALVE CHECK VALVE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE UNION SHOCK ABSORBER (SA) THERMOMETER PRESSURE GAUGE SANITARY VENT PIPING ALL RIGHTS RESERVED © ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.9221 w w w . s w b r . c o m FILE PATH:DRAWING TITLE proj. no. checked proj. mgr. drawn by STATUS: DRAWING NO. PROJECT: CLIENT: ISSUE DATE: ROCHESTER, N E W Y O R K CONSULTANT:4/22/2015 3:15:07 PMJ:\2015\15290.00 Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno\4-CAD\4.01_Revit\15290_Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno.rvt15535.00 JAD 09/09/2015 REVISIONS no.date by description ENGINEERING P.C. MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14604 (585) 288-5590 FAX: (585) 288-0233 M/E Project 150208 150 NORTH CHESTNUT STREET ROCHESTER BUFFALO SYRACUSE CAPITAL DISTRICT CORNELL UNIVERSITY - RENOVATIONS AREA RESTROOM STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC DOCUMENTS 100% CONSTRUCTION NORTH SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 1 P-100 TPB TPB SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 2 SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 3 GROUND, RESTROOM PLANS- FIRST, & SECOND FLOOR- DEMOLITION-PLUMBING SECOND FLOOR RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLAN - PLUMBING FIRST FLOOR RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLAN - PLUMBING GROUND FLOOR RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLAN - PLUMBING NORTH NORTH DETAIL # 1 DEMOLITION NOTES: 1 1 1 1 2 2 6 6 2 2 3 4 DETAIL # 2 DEMOLITION NOTES: 1 2 3 3 4 2 22 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 4 2 2 2 2 5 4 3 2 1 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 5 4 3 2 1 DETAIL # 3 DEMOLITION NOTES: 5 4 3 2 1 STRAINER AND STRAINER HEAD. & TERMINATE FOR INSTALLATIONS OF NEW BRUSHED NICkEL FLOOR DRAIN DRAIN STRAINER AND STRAINER HEAD REMOVAL. CLEAN THREADS IN FD BODY MODIFY CONCRETE FLOOR AROUND FLOOR DRAIN TO ACCOMMODATE FLOOR TO BE MODIFIED TO SUIT INSTALLATION OF HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE URINAL. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE URINAL. CARRIER CW, WASTE, AND VENT ARE RECONNECTION. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE URINAL AND FLUSH VALVE. TERMINATE FOR (FINISHED WALL THICKNESS IS BEING MODIFIED). SUPPORT THREADED ROD, AND BARREL. TERMINATE FOR RECONNECTION. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE WATER CLOSET, FLUSH VALVE,CLOSET TERMINATE FOR RECONNECTION. TAILPIECE, MIXING VALVE, SUPPLIES, P-TRAP AND ANGLE STOPS. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE LAVATORY, FAUCET, STRAINER, STRAINER AND STRAINER HEAD. & TERMINATE FOR INSTALLATIONS OF NEW BRUSHED NICkEL FLOOR DRAIN DRAIN STRAINER AND STRAINER HEAD REMOVAL. CLEAN THREADS IN FD BODY MODIFY CONCRETE FLOOR AROUND FLOOR DRAIN TO ACCOMMODATE FLOOR TO BE MODIFIED TO SUIT INSTALLATION OF HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE URINAL. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE URINAL. CARRIER CW, WASTE, AND VENT ARE RECONNECTION. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE URINAL AND FLUSH VALVE. TERMINATE FOR (FINISHED WALL THICKNESS IS BEING MODIFIED). SUPPORT THREADED ROD, AND BARREL. TERMINATE FOR RECONNECTION. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE WATER CLOSET, FLUSH VALVE,CLOSET TERMINATE FOR RECONNECTION. TAILPIECE, MIXING VALVE, SUPPLIES, P-TRAP AND ANGLE STOPS. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE LAVATORY, FAUCET, STRAINER, AND WATER CLOSET IS SHIFTING ROUGHLY 1" FROM EXISTING LOCATION). MODIFY LENGTH TO SUIT. (FINISHED WALL THICKNESS IS BEING MODIFIED TERMINATE FOR RECONNECTION. DISCONNECT HORIZONTAL SANITARY AND SUPPORT THREADED ROD,AND BARREL. DISCONNECT VENT AND CW SUPPLY. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE WATER CLOSET, FLUSH VALVE,CLOSET STRAINER AND STRAINER HEAD. & TERMINATE FOR INSTALLATIONS OF NEW BRUSHED NICkEL FLOOR DRAIN DRAIN STRAINER AND STRAINER HEAD REMOVAL. CLEAN THREADS IN FD BODY MODIFY CONCRETE FLOOR AROUND FLOOR DRAIN TO ACCOMMODATE FLOOR TO BE MODIFIED TO SUIT INSTALLATION OF HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE URINAL. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE URINAL. CARRIER CW, WASTE, AND VENT ARE RECONNECTION. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE URINAL AND FLUSH VALVE. TERMINATE FOR (FINISHED WALL THICKNESS IS BEING MODIFIED). SUPPORT THREADED ROD, AND BARREL. TERMINATE FOR RECONNECTION. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE WATER CLOSET, FLUSH VALVE,CLOSET TERMINATE FOR RECONNECTION. TAILPIECE, MIXING VALVE, SUPPLIES, P-TRAP AND ANGLE STOPS. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE LAVATORY, FAUCET, STRAINER, ALL TOILET ROOMS) REMAIN INTACT (TYPICAL EXISTING HOSE BIBBS TO ALL TOILET ROOMS) REMAIN INTACT (TYPICAL EXISTING HOSE BIBBS TO ALL TOILET ROOMS) REMAIN INTACT (TYPICAL EXISTING HOSE BIBBS TO MEN 101 UNIVERSAL TOILET 103 WOMEN 102 MEN 201 UNIVERSAL TOILET 203WOMEN 202 STORAGE 214 KITCHEN 215 MEN 001 WOMEN 002 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED © ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.9221 w w w . s w b r . c o m FILE PATH:DRAWING TITLE proj. no. checked proj. mgr. drawn by STATUS: DRAWING NO. PROJECT: CLIENT: ISSUE DATE: ROCHESTER, N E W Y O R K CONSULTANT:4/22/2015 3:15:07 PMJ:\2015\15290.00 Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno\4-CAD\4.01_Revit\15290_Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno.rvt15535.00 JAD 09/09/2015 REVISIONS no.date by description ENGINEERING P.C. MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14604 (585) 288-5590 FAX: (585) 288-0233 M/E Project 150208 150 NORTH CHESTNUT STREET ROCHESTER BUFFALO SYRACUSE CAPITAL DISTRICT CORNELL UNIVERSITY - RENOVATIONS AREA RESTROOM STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC DOCUMENTS 100% CONSTRUCTION SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 1 P-200 TPB TPB SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 2 NORTH SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 3 GROUND, RESTROOM PLANS- FIRST, & SECOND FLOOR- PLUMBINGNEW WORK- GROUND FLOOR RESTROOM NEW WORK PLAN - PLUMBING FIRST FLOOR RESTROOM NEW WORK PLAN - PLUMBING SECOND FLOOR RESTROOM NEW WORK PLAN - PLUMBING NORTH NORTH WC-A LAV-A WC-B LAV-B WC-A UR-A WC-BWC-B WC-AWC-A LAV-A LAV-A LAV-A LAV-A WC-A WC-A UR-A DRAWING NOTES : DETAIL # 1 DRAWING NOTES : DETAIL # 2 DRAWING NOTES : DETAIL # 3 1 1 1 1 2 2 66 2 2 4 3 3 2 2 WC-A WC-A WC-A LAV-A LAV-A UR-A WC-A WC-A WC-A LAV-A LAV-A 2 2 2 3 4 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 WC-A LAV-A WC-B LAV-B WC-A UR-A3 2 2 WC-A WC-A WC-A LAV-A LAV-A UR-A WC-A WC-A WC-A LAV-A LAV-A LAV-A 2 2 2 3 4 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UR-B UR-B UR-B ELEVATION. ROUGH PATCH CONCRETE AROUND FLOOR DRAIN. & SET STRAINER TO BE FLUSH WITH NEW FINISHED FLOOR PROVIDE BRUSHED NICKEL STAINER HEAD AND STRAINER. RAISE URINAL ELEVATION. REWORK WASTE, VENT, & CW SUPPLY PIPING TO SUIT NEW ADA MODIFY UNIVERSAL URINAL CARRIER TO SUIT ADA ELEVATION. PROVIDE URINAL AND FLUSH VALVE. SUPPORT RODS AND BARREL, TRIM TO SUIT NEW WALL THICKNESS. PROVIDE WATER CLOSET AND FLUSH VALVE. PROVIDE CLOSET ANGLE STOPS, AND SUPPLY RISERS. PROVIDE LAVATORY, MIXING VALVE. STRAINER, TAILPIECE, TRAP, INSTALL OWNER PROVIDED FAUCET AND SOAP DISPENSER. 5 4 3 2 1 ELEVATION. ROUGH PATCH CONCRETE AROUND FLOOR DRAIN. & SET STRAINER TO BE FLUSH WITH NEW FINISHED FLOOR PROVIDE BRUSHED NICKEL STAINER HEAD AND STRAINER. RAISE URINAL ELEVATION. REWORK WASTE, VENT, & CW SUPPLY PIPING TO SUIT NEW ADA MODIFY UNIVERSAL URINAL CARRIER TO SUIT ADA ELEVATION. PROVIDE URINAL AND FLUSH VALVE. SUPPORT RODS AND BARREL, TRIM TO SUIT NEW WALL THICKNESS. PROVIDE WATER CLOSET AND FLUSH VALVE. PROVIDE CLOSET ANGLE STOPS, AND SUPPLY RISERS. PROVIDE LAVATORY, MIXING VALVE. STRAINER, TAILPIECE, TRAP, INSTALL OWNER PROVIDED FAUCET AND SOAP DISPENSER. 5 4 3 2 1 5 5 FD FD 5 FD FD LAV-A 5 FDFD 55 BARREL AND RODS TO SUIT NEW WALL THICKNESS.. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FINISHED LOCATION. TRIM RECONNECT TO MODIFIED CW & VENT LOCATIONS. REFER TO DRILL NEW ANCHORS TO SUIT NEW WATER CLOSET LOCATION. CLOSET. FILL ABANDONED ANCHORS WITH EPOXY GROUT AN SANITARY HORIZONTAL TO SUIT NEW LOCATION OF WATER CLOSET SUPPORT RODS, FLUSH VALVE AND BARREL. CUT PROVIDE WATER CLOSET, BACK TO BACK CLOSET SUPPORT, ELEVATION. ROUGH PATCH CONCRETE AROUND FLOOR DRAIN. & SET STRAINER TO BE FLUSH WITH NEW FINISHED FLOOR PROVIDE BRUSHED NICKEL STAINER HEAD AND STRAINER. RAISE URINAL ELEVATION. REWORK WASTE, VENT, & CW SUPPLY PIPING TO SUIT NEW ADA MODIFY UNIVERSAL URINAL CARRIER TO SUIT ADA ELEVATION. PROVIDE URINAL AND FLUSH VALVE. SUPPORT RODS AND BARREL, TRIM TO SUIT NEW WALL THICKNESS. PROVIDE WATER CLOSET AND FLUSH VALVE. PROVIDE CLOSET ANGLE STOPS, AND SUPPLY RISERS. PROVIDE LAVATORY, MIXING VALVE. STRAINER, TAILPIECE, TRAP, INSTALL OWNER PROVIDED FAUCET AND SOAP DISPENSER. 6 5 4 3 2 1 MEN 101 UNIVERSAL TOILET 103 WOMEN 102 WOMEN 202 UNIVERSAL TOILET 203 MEN 201 STORAGE 214 KITCHEN 215 MEN 001 WOMEN 002 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED © ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.9221 w w w . s w b r . c o m FILE PATH:DRAWING TITLE proj. no. checked proj. mgr. drawn by STATUS: DRAWING NO. PROJECT: CLIENT: ISSUE DATE: ROCHESTER, N E W Y O R K CONSULTANT:4/22/2015 3:15:07 PMJ:\2015\15290.00 Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno\4-CAD\4.01_Revit\15290_Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno.rvt15535.00 JAD 09/09/2015 REVISIONS no.date by description ENGINEERING P.C. MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14604 (585) 288-5590 FAX: (585) 288-0233 M/E Project 150208 150 NORTH CHESTNUT STREET ROCHESTER BUFFALO SYRACUSE CAPITAL DISTRICT CORNELL UNIVERSITY - RENOVATIONS AREA RESTROOM STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC DOCUMENTS 100% CONSTRUCTION E-000 MRG MRG NOTES & SYMBOL LIST ELECTRICAL GENERAL WALL PHONE FINISHED FLOOR FINISHED CEILING TEL/COMM RECEPTACLE 1'-6" 4'-0" HORN/LIGHT EXIT WARNING & SIGNAL FIXTURE/SIGNS CENTERED ABOVE DOOR LIGHT SWITCH 46" SWITCHING DESIGNATION. SCHEDULE, LOWER CASE LETTER INDICATES LETTERS INDICATE FIXTURE TYPE ON CEILING MOUNTED LUMINAIRE. UPPER CASE SWITCHING DESIGNATION. SCHEDULE, LOWER CASE LETTER INDICATES LETTERS INDICATE FIXTURE TYPE ON WALL MOUNTED LUMINAIRE. UPPER CASE REFERENCE TO DRAWING NOTE3 REFERENCE TO DEMOLITION NOTE3 RELOCATED. EXISTING TO REMAIN OR EXISTING TO BE EXISTING WIRING OR EQUIPMENT, SOLID LIGHT IS EXISTING DEVICE TO REMAIN EXISTING DEVICE TO BE RELOCATED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CIRCUIT TO SINGLE POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER(S), SOLID HALF ARROW(S) INDICATES 120 VOLT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CIRCUIT TO MULTI-POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER, SOLID FULL ARROW INDICATES 208 VOLT SMOKE DETECTOR STATION PULL 96" AFF TO TOP OF LENS LENS AND MAXIMUM OF MIN 80" AFF TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE TOP OF MAX 4'-0" COUNTER MAX. 1'-6" ABOVE 3' FROM EDGE OF BASE MAX. 2.THE ABOVE MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHALL BE ADHERED TO UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OR DETAILED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS THE ABOVE MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHALL BE USED FOR REFERENCE TO NEAREST BLOCK OR BRICK MOUNTING HEIGHTS TO CENTER OF OUTLETS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. IN MASONRY CONSTRUCTION COURSING 1. DETAIL NOTES: T-STAT 4'-0" 1 DESIGNATION PANEL TYPICAL FOR ALL DEVICES AND HOMERUNS GFI NUMBER INDICATES CIRCUIT NUMBER NUMBER CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION BRANCH CIRCUITING NUMBER INDICATES CIRCUIT2 NOTE: CIRCUIT BREAKER GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTING MLO MAIN LUG ONLY MICRO AFF CB GFI MCB EG EQUIPMENT GROUND FCU FAN COIL UNIT AFG AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAGE ABOVE FINISHED GRADE UOI OFCI WP TSP UC OC TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED CLG.CEILING A.AMPERE EXIST.EXISTING MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER GND. KW. GROUND KILOWATT C. HP. CONDUIT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR PH.PHASE PNL.PANEL REFRIG. TYP. SP.SPACE POLE SW. 4 W.WIRE 3P.15A. P. PP REFRIGERATOR POWER PANEL SWITCH TYPICAL WEATHERPROOF MOUNTED UNDER COUNTER HEIGHT MOUNTED OVER COUNTER HEIGHT P = POLE A = AMPERE NIC NOT IN CONTRACT LS LIFE SAFETY BRANCH CR EQ CRITICAL BRANCH EQUIPMENT BRANCH HORSEPOWER MICROWAVE VOLTV. VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TMGB TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAIN GROUND BAR BMGB BUILDING MAIN GROUND BAR SWITCHES LETTERS EQUALS NO. OF GANGED a,b,c - SWITCHING DESIGNATIONS NUMBER OF OS - OCCUPANCY SENSOR 4- FOUR WAY SWITCH 3 - THREE WAY SWITCH INDICATE TYPE: ON FIXTURE SCHEDULE, SUBSCRIPTS TOGGLE SWITCH, VOLTAGE AS INDICATED SYMBOL DESCRIPTION FIRE ALARM SYMBOL DESCRIPTION LUMINAIRES SYMBOL DESCRIPTION LP-404 FOR RACEWAY TYPE. TO MATCH HOMERUN. REFER TO SPEC'S BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING SIZE AND NUMBER EG., IN ƒ" C, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. SHALL BE 20 AMP, 120 VOLT, 2-#12, 1-#12 EQUALS NUMBER OF CIRCUITS. CIRCUIT INDICATE CIRCUITS. NUMBER OF ARROWS NUMBERS INDICATE PANEL. NUMBERS HOME RUN TO PANELBOARD. LETTERS/ FA d FA d ,DASHED LIGHT IS EXISTING TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING ELECTRICAL OR EQUIPMENT OR DEVICE, , HEAVY SOLID IS NEW, SYMBOL DESCRIPTION GENERAL CONSTRUCTION SYMBOLS (E) (ER) S 3 a,b,c BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS LIST VISUAL SIGNAL DEVICEF HORN/STROBE ALARM SIGNALF GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: GENERAL NOTES: MOUNTING HEIGHT & MISC. INFO. SWITCH LEG FIXTURE TYPE a B 1 P-GE1 ABBREV.ABBREV. ABBREVIATIONS DESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTION FH FUME HOOD HOA HAND/OFF/AUTO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY DEVICE ROUGH-IN FOR FINALIZATION OF ALIGNMENTS. CONTRACTOR TO SCHEDULE AND COORDINATE PROJECT WALKTHROUGH WITH ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES (RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES, FIRE ALARM, ETC.) SHALL BE ALIGNED HORIZONTALLY AND VERTICALLY. PROVIDE PULLBOX FOR EVERY 180° OF BENDS FOR TEL/DATA AND 360° OF BENDS FOR POWER CONDUITS. ALL CONDUITS AND SUPPORTS SHALL BE AS TIGHT TO DECK AS POSSIBLE. DESIGN STANDARDS. AS CITED BY THE FIRE CODE OF NEW YORK STATE, BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE AND CORNELL UNIVERSITY ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REFERENCE STANDARD EDITION OF NFPA CODES, TO CIRCUIT(S) AS INDICATED. PROVIDE CONDUIT/WIRING (CIRCUITING) AND REQUIRED EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS TO ALL DEVICES/EQUIPMENT. CONNECT SEPARATE NEUTRALS (CIRCUITS SHALL NOT SHARE NEUTRALS). SAME EQUIPMENT GROUND) FOR EACH 20 AMPERE CIRCUIT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL CIRCUITS SHALL HAVE CIRCUITING TO DEVICES/EQUIPMENT SHALL BE 2-#12AWG & 1-#12EG (MULTIPLE HOME RUNS IN SAME CONDUIT MAY SHARE AND NOT GREATER THAN 96 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. FIRE ALARM SIGNALING APPLIANCES SHALL BE MOUNTED SUCH THAT THE ENTIRE LENS IS NOT LESS THAN 80 INCHES PROVIDE NYLON PULLSTRING IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS. MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE SHALL BE 3/4" FOR POWER CIRCUITS UOI. TO CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL CONDUIT ROUTES, EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR MAINTAIN SERVICE CLEARANCES OF ALL EQUIPMENT. NON RATED PENETRATIONS. ALL FIRE RATINGS SHALL BE MAINTAINED. UTILIZE REMOVABLE FIRESTOPPING MATERIAL AT CABLE TRAY PENETRATIONS. PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT FOR ALL SLEEVE AND SEAL ALL WALL AND FLOOR PENETRATIONS. PROVIDE FIRESTOPPING FOR ALL FIRE-RATED PENETRATIONS. L. K. J. I. H. G. F. E. D. C. B. A. UC - UNDER THE COUNTER GFI - GROUND FAULT INTERUPT OC - OVER COUNTER SUBSCRIPTS INDICATE TYPE: DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, 20 AMP, 125 VOLT O. N. M. L. K. J. I. H. G. F. E. D. C. B. A. EQUIPMENT WILL OPERATE PROPERLY. AFTER RENOVATING EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSURE THAT ALL REMAINING AND NEW OUTSIDE OF THE SCOPE OF WORK. OF DEMOLITION, CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS AND MAINTAIN THOSE CIRCUITS THAT EXTEND DISCONNECT AND REMOVE PANEL, FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS BACK TO POINT OF SOURCE PRIOR TO THE START BUT ARE AFFECTED BY THE DEMOLITION OR NEW CONSTRUCTION. WALLS AND CEILINGS. MAINTAIN THE CONTINUITY OF BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING TO ANY AREAS WHICH ARE TO REMAIN COMPLETELY BACK TO THE PANELBOARD. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT ABANDON BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING IN EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING TO DEVICES IN AREAS OF DEMOLITION SHALL BE DISCONNECTED, MADE SAFE AND REMOVED DISCONNECT, MAKE SAFE AND REMOVE ALL TEMPORARY AND ABANDONED WIRE WITHIN THE SPACE. IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLANS AND/OR AS DIRECTED AFTER COMPLETION OF OTHER TRADE'S WORK IN THAT AREA. AND STORE ANY OR ALL ELECTRICAL ITEMS IN PATH OF WORK, REINSTALLING AND RECONNECTING SAME AS REQUIRED, IN ANY AREA REQUIRING THE PERFORMANCE OF ANY TRADE'S WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY REMOVE TO BE REUSED, SHALL BE CUT OFF FLUSH WITH SLAB LEVEL WITH CONCRETE. ALL EXISTING CONDUITS STUBBED THROUGH FLOOR SERVING ITEMS TO BE REMOVED AND NOT SHOWN OR REQUIRED AND FEEDERS PASSING THROUGH AND SERVING UNDISTURBED AREAS (SHOWN OR NOT SHOWN). MAINTAIN AND RESTORE, IF INTERRUPTED BY REMOVALS OR IN PATH OF NEW CONSTRUCTION, ALL CIRCUITS, CONDUITS DEMOLITION. SAFE ANY EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED BY OTHERS. COORDINATE REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO SHALL BE REUSED AS DETERMINED BY CONTRACTOR. ALL UNUSED CONDUITS SHALL BE REMOVED. DISCONNECT AND MAKE DRAWINGS SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. WALLBOXES, BACKBOXES AND CONDUIT FEEDERS AND CONDUITS BACK TO POINT OF SOURCE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL ITEMS SHOWN ON THE DEMOLITION THE EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES WITHIN DEMOLITION AREA SHALL BE DEMOLISHED ALONG WITH ALL OTHER PERIODS. APPROVAL TO BE IN WRITING. DISCRETION OF THE FIRE DEPARTMENT AND THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, BUT MUST BE PLACED BACK ON LINE DURING RENOVATION MAY BE DISCONNECTED FROM SERVICE DURING THE HOURS THE CONTRACTOR IS WORKING, AT THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE KEPT OPERATIONAL DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD THE BUILDING UNDER THE CONTRACTOR. EQUIPMENT BEING ABANDONED OR REMOVED, WHICH WILL REQUIRE DE-ENERGIZATION, REMOVAL AND BLANK-OFF BY REFER TO DIVISION 22 CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR EXACT QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS OF ALL PLUMBING NOT ALL DEVICES TERMINATIONS, JUNCTION BOXES AND WIRING HAVE BEEN SHOWN. WORK. PARTICULAR CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO AVOID CREATING HAZARD OR CAUSING DISRUPTION IN ADJOINING AREAS. AND CAP ALL SERVICE LINES TO BE DISCONNECTED FOR THOSE SERVICES WHICH NORMALLY ARE INCLUDED IN HIS FIELD OF CONTRACTOR SHALL PARTICIPATE IN SURVEY OF THE EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT UNFAMILIARITY WITH SITE CONDITIONS THAT ARE VISIBLE OR READILY CONSTRUED BY EXPERIENCED OBSERVERS. THIS THAT WILL AFFECT THE DEMOLITION WORK. NO COMPENSATION WILL BE GRANTED FOR ADDITIONAL WORK CAUSED BY AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT SITE AND IDENTIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIFFICULTIES EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE TAKEN FROM FIELD OBSERVATIONS AND PRIOR CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS WHEN AVAILABLE SCHEDULED THROUGH CUSTOMER SERVICE WITH AT LEAST 24 HOURS NOTICE BEFORE WORK IS TO BE STARTED. COORDINATE ALL SHUTDOWNS WITH UNIVERSITY PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. ALL FIRE ALARM SHUTDOWNS SHALL BE COORDINATE PHASING OF WORK WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. NEW WORK. PROTECT BUILDING AND FURNISHINGS FROM DAMAGE. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION IN THE WAY OF AS POSSIBLE, SUBJECT TO THE OWNERS APPROVAL. OF THE CONTRACTOR'S WORK, IT SHALL BE REPAIRED AND/OR REPLACED WITH SIMILAR OR LIKE MATERIALS, AS MUCH WHEN EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, WHICH IS TO REMAIN, IS DAMAGED DURING THE COURSE OF DEMOLITION AS A RESULT ALL RIGHTS RESERVED © ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.9221 w w w . s w b r . c o m FILE PATH:DRAWING TITLE proj. no. checked proj. mgr. drawn by STATUS: DRAWING NO. PROJECT: CLIENT: ISSUE DATE: ROCHESTER, N E W Y O R K CONSULTANT:4/22/2015 3:15:07 PMJ:\2015\15290.00 Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno\4-CAD\4.01_Revit\15290_Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno.rvt15535.00 JAD 09/09/2015 REVISIONS no.date by description ENGINEERING P.C. MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14604 (585) 288-5590 FAX: (585) 288-0233 M/E Project 150208 150 NORTH CHESTNUT STREET ROCHESTER BUFFALO SYRACUSE CAPITAL DISTRICT CORNELL UNIVERSITY - RENOVATIONS AREA RESTROOM STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC DOCUMENTS 100% CONSTRUCTION NORTH SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 1 E-100 MRG MRG NORTH SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 2 NORTH SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 3 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLANS - RESTROOM GROUND FLOOR RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLAN - ELECTRICAL FIRST FLOOR RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLAN - ELECTRICAL SECOND FLOOR RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLAN - ELECTRICAL F AFF 72" F F S S S S S S S S S S (E) (E) (E) (E)(E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E)(E)(E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E)(E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E)(E) (E) (E)(E)(E)(E)(E)(E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E)(E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E)(E) (E) (E) (E) B. A. GENERAL NOTES: SALVAGE EXISTING VANITY MIRROR CIRCUIT FOR REUSE AND REWORKING. ARCHITECT FOR FINAL DEVICE AND COVERPLATE COLOR. OF NEW DEVICE AND COVERPLATE IN SAME LOCATION. COORDINATE WITH SALVAGE EXISTING RECEPTACLE BACKBOX AND CIRCUIT FOR CONNECTION OC GFI OC GFI OC GFI OC GFI OC GFI OC GFI MEN 101 UNIVERSAL TOILET 103 WOMEN 102 MEN 201 UNIVERSAL TOILET 203WOMEN 202 STORAGE 214 KITCHEN 215 MEN 001 WOMEN 002 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED © ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.9221 w w w . s w b r . c o m FILE PATH:DRAWING TITLE proj. no. checked proj. mgr. drawn by STATUS: DRAWING NO. PROJECT: CLIENT: ISSUE DATE: ROCHESTER, N E W Y O R K CONSULTANT:4/22/2015 3:15:07 PMJ:\2015\15290.00 Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno\4-CAD\4.01_Revit\15290_Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno.rvt15535.00 JAD 09/09/2015 REVISIONS no.date by description ENGINEERING P.C. MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14604 (585) 288-5590 FAX: (585) 288-0233 M/E Project 150208 150 NORTH CHESTNUT STREET ROCHESTER BUFFALO SYRACUSE CAPITAL DISTRICT CORNELL UNIVERSITY - RENOVATIONS AREA RESTROOM STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC DOCUMENTS 100% CONSTRUCTION NORTH SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 1 E-200 MRG MRG ELECTRICAL WORK PLANS - RESTROOM NEW GROUND FLOOR RESTROOM NEW WORK PLAN - ELECTRICAL NORTH SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 2 FIRST FLOOR RESTROOM NEW WORK PLAN - ELECTRICAL NORTH SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 3 SECOND FLOOR RESTROOM NEW WORK PLAN - ELECTRICAL F S S S S S (E) (E) (E) (E)(E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E)(E)(E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E)(E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) F S S S S S (E) (E) (E) (E) (E)(E) (E) (E)(E)(E)(E)(E)(E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E)(E) (E) (E) (E) (E) AFF 72" F (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E)(E) (E) (E) (E) DRAWING NOTES: 1 11 1 1 11 2 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 3 33 3 3 3 3 2 2 F FF F F F FF C. B. A. GENERAL NOTES: CONTROLS AS CALLED FOR WITH THE NEW LAYOUT. DOWNLIGHT CIRCUIT AFTER THE DOWNLIGHT AS TO STILL ALLOW THE DESIRED NEW VANITY LIGHTS IN UNIVERSAL TOILETS SHALL BE FED FROM EXISTING ROOM WITH NEW LAYOUT. BE REWORKED AS REQUIRE TO ALLOW FOR NEW CONTROLS AS CALLED FOR ALONG MENS AND WOMENS TOILETS ON THE GROUND, FIRST AND SECOND FLOORS SHALL EXISTING VANITY LIGHTING CIRCUIT MADE SPARE DURING DEMOLITION IN BOTH FIRE ALARM WIRING. HARD CEILINGS WHERE OPENINGS ARE REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW ROUTED BEHIND FINISHED WALLS AND CEILINGS. PROVIDE PATCHING OF ALL NOTIFICATION DEVICE FROM THE SAME FLOOR. ALL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE CONNECT NEW FIRE ALARM NOTIFICATION DEVICES INTO NEAREST EXISTING OC GFI OC GFI OC GFI OC GFI OC GFIOC GFI 103 UNIVERSAL TOILET 202 WOMEN 201 MEN 102 WOMEN MEN 101 UNIVERSAL TOILET 203 ABEL AT DIMMER FOR WHICH FIXTURES IT CONTROLS. WITHOUT THE SWITCH BEING VISIBLE TO THE RESTROOM USERS. PROVIDE CONSPICUOUS THAT THEY ARE FOR HOTEL MAINTENANCE STAFF TO ADJUST TO DESIRED LIGHT LEVEL MOUNTED DECORATIVE SCONCES LIGHT LEVELS. THE INTENTION OF THESE SWITCHES IS PROVIDE A LUTRON SLEV 300P DIMMER MOUNTED BELOW COUNTER TO CONTROL NEW WALL AT DIMMER FOR WHICH FIXTURES IT CONTROLS. DIMMER SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH LIGHT FIXTURE. PROVIDE CONSPICUOUS LABEL DESIRED LIGHT LEVEL WITHOUT THE SWITCH BEING VISIBLE TO THE RESTROOM USERS. OF THESE SWITCHES IS THAT THEY ARE FOR HOTEL MAINTENANCE STAFF TO ADJUST TO CONTROL NEW WALL MOUNTED DECORATIVE SCONCES LIGHT LEVELS. THE INTENTION PROVIDE A LUTRON SLEV 300P DIMMER MOUNTED BELOW COUNTER IN MENS ROOM TO NEW DEVICE COLOR AND COVERPLATE COLOR SHALL BE PER THE ARCHITECT. PROVIDE NEW GFI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN SAME LOCATION OF DEVICE BEING REMOVED. STORAGE 214 KITCHEN 215 MEN 001 WOMEN 002 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED © ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.9221 w w w . s w b r . c o m FILE PATH:DRAWING TITLE proj. no. checked proj. mgr. drawn by STATUS: DRAWING NO. PROJECT: CLIENT: ISSUE DATE: ROCHESTER, N E W Y O R K CONSULTANT:4/22/2015 3:15:07 PMJ:\2015\15290.00 Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno\4-CAD\4.01_Revit\15290_Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno.rvt15535.00 JAD 09/09/2015 REVISIONS no.date by description ENGINEERING P.C. MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14604 (585) 288-5590 FAX: (585) 288-0233 M/E Project 150208 150 NORTH CHESTNUT STREET ROCHESTER BUFFALO SYRACUSE CAPITAL DISTRICT CORNELL UNIVERSITY - RENOVATIONS AREA RESTROOM STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC DOCUMENTS 100% CONSTRUCTION E-400 MRG MRG SCHEDULES RISER DIAGRAMS AND ELECTRICAL DETAILS, J SCALE: NONE MOUNTED LUMINAIRES TYPICAL BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING FOR CEILING ƒ" EMT ƒ" EMT TYPICAL LUMINAIRE 6' LENGTH CONDUIT MAXIMUM 1/2" FLEXIBLE METAL 6' LENGTH CONDUIT MAXIMUM 1/2" FLEXIBLE METAL SCALE: NONE TYPICAL RECEPTACLE IDENTIFICATION PANEL NUMBER BRANCH BREAKER NUMBER 1-CBLP-2-SHB#32 THE PLANS. NUMBER AS SHOWH ON THE SAME CIRCUIT AND NOT NECESSARILY SHALL BE AS INSTALLED CIRCUIT INFORMATION SUFFICIENT. ACTUAL WILL NOT BE FACTORY ADHESIVE USING CONTACT CEMENT. ADHERE TO COVERPLATE COLOR WITH OWNER, DYMO LABEL, VERIFY RECEPTACLES HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED OR TO LEFT OF OUTLET ON GROUNDING PIN ON TOP 1-CBLP-2-SHB#32TYPICAL C. B. A. DETAIL NOTES: ENGRAVING ON THE RECEPTACLE COVERPLATE STATING "UPS POWER". FOR RECEPTACLES WHICH ARE FED FROM UPS POWER ALSO PROVIDE TO REDUCE SOUND TRANSMISSION. OUTLETS BACK TO BACK. INSTALL IN ADJACENT STUD CAVITIES, DO NOT INSTALL RECEPTACLES, COMPUTER OR TELEPHONE CONNECT TO GROUND BUS IN PANEL. PROVIDE GREEN GROUND WIRE IN ALL RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS. ARCHITECT FOR ALL OTHERS. 2. AS SELECTED BY 1. RED FOR EMERGENCY SHALL BE: RECEPTACLE COLOR FIRE ALARM NOTES: J. I. H. G. F. E. D. C. B. A. elevator controller. Addressable monitor devices shall be located adjacent to monitored device. Addressable control devices shall be located within 3 feet of the controlled device, such as ventilation fan or accessible and conspicuous location. Remote Test Stations for Duct Detectors and Beam Detectors: Mount approximately 5 feet high in an 5 feet in height to panel display readout. All panels shall have 36 inches of working clearance in front of panel. Fire Alarm Control Panels, Annunciator Panels, Warden Stations, etc.: Mount in accessible location approximately below ceiling. Audible Notification Appliances: Top of device not less than 90 inches above floor or not less than 6 inches visible to persons entering the floor from the exit stair. appliances in corridors. Locate an appliance opposite each access door to an exit stair so that it will be not more than 15 feet from end of the corridor, with a separation not greater than 100 feet between above the floor. Depending on ceiling height, higher mounting is preferred. Visible appliances shall be located Visual and Combination Audible/Visual Notification Appliances: The entire lens shall be within 80 inches-96 inches detector shall be installed within 2 feet of each sprinkler head. Elevator Shutdown: If sprinkler heads are located in the elevator machine room or hoistway top, one heat elevator recall are only required where the top of the hoistway is sprinklered.) detectors shall be no more than 21 feet from centerline of elevator door. (Hoistway smoke detectors for Elevator Recall: Elevator recall shall be by lobby, machine room, and hoistway smoke detectors only. Lobby not more than 5 feet from door. release. Smoke detectors, which are provided for door release only, shall be on the centerline of doorway and Door Release: Smoke detection providing area coverage on either side of the doors may be used for door conditions and give reasons for coverage design.) (If design conditions other than smooth ceilings or ceiling heights over 12 feet are encountered, show reflected ceiling plan. Provide a spacing of 3 feet or more from supply and return diffusers. Coordinate trades by means of the 0.7 times the detector spacing. Spacing is 30 feet for smoke detectors and 50 feet for heat detectors. Spot Type Heat and Smoke Detectors: For smooth ceilings, all points on the ceiling shall have a detector within and accessible. entrance to an exit. Locate on the latch side of door, if possible. Boxes are to be conspicuous, unobstructed, Manual Fire Alarm Boxes: Mounting height 42-48 inches to handle. Locate no more than 5 feet from the Fire Alarm Mounting and Spacing Guide 10. 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. PROVIDE DEVICE LABELING AS PER CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARD 16721-2.11. ALL NEW DEVICES SHALL BE ADDRESSABLE. PROVIDED. NOT ALL EXISTING DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT ARE SHOWN FOR CLARITY OF NEW WORK TO BE ANNUNCIATOR. THE SIGNAL SHALL INDICATE "OFF NORMAL CONDITION." GENERATOR SHALL HAVE A REMOTE SIGNAL DEVICE TIED INTO THE FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR. THE ALARM SHALL INDICATE "ENGINE RUNNING". GENERATOR SHALL HAVE A REMOTE SIGNAL DEVICE TIED INTO THE FIRE ALARM PROVIDE ALL INTERCONNECTING WIRING, ADDRESSABLE MODULES, ETC. ROOMS FOR SHUNT TRIP CONTROL OF THE DISCONNECT SWITCHES SERVING THE ELEVATORS. PROVIDE CONTROL RELAY MODULES FOR HEAT DETECTORS LOCATED IN ELEVATOR MACHINE PUMP RUNNING, FIRE PUMP FAULT AND FIRE PUMP POWER LOSS. PROVIDE MONITOR MODULES FOR INDICATION AT FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL OF THE FIRE REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS. SMOKE DETECTORS AND ELEVATOR CONTROLLER, ETC. NOT ALL INTERCONNECTING WIRING IS INDICATED, i.e. AS BETWEEN ELEVATOR LOBBY SYSTEM AND DEVICES HAVE BEEN INSTALLED AND TESTED. ANY EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICES SHALL REMAIN IN OPERATION UNTIL THE NEW COMPLETE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. TO INDICATE ROUTING OR QUANTITY OF WIRES REQUIRED. PROVIDE WIRING FOR A WIRING INDICATED ON THE RISER DIAGRAM IS DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY. IT IS NOT INTENDED LETTERING INDICATING "FIRE ALARM SYSTEM". ALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE PAINTED RED WITH STENCIL AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. ADDITIONAL TERMINAL CABINETS, BOOSTERS, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE DEVICES AND MINIMUM QUANTITIES OF TERMINAL CABINETS & POWER BOOSTERS. PROVIDE THE FIRE ALARM RISER DENOTES THE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF THE SYSTEM WITH TYPICAL CIRCUITS. FOR EASY IDENTIFICATION OF INITIATING, INDICATING AND AUXILIARY CONTROL WIRING COLOR CODES SHALL BE CONSISTENT THROUGHOUT THE SYSTEM AND SHALL ALLOW OPENS, OR SHORTS. ALL WIRING SHALL BE CHECKED AND TESTED TO ENSURE THAT THERE ARE NO GROUNDS, DIRECTLY OPPOSITE ITS TERMINAL. CONDUCTORS IN CABINETS SHALL BE FORMED AND HARNESSED SO THAT EACH DROPS OFF AA. Z. Y. X. V. U. T. S. R. Q. P. O. N. M. L. K. MARKERS". IN CONDUIT CONTAINING MORE THAN ONE WIRE SHALL BE LABELED ON EACH END WITH "E-Z TRANSPOSING OR CHANGING COLOR CODING OF WIRES IS NOT PERMITTED. ALL CONDUCTORS TO ENSURE POSITIVE GROUNDING THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE SYSTEM. ALL CONDUIT, MOUNTING BOXES AND PANELS SHALL BE HUNG AND FASTENED WITH FITTINGS ANY OTHER FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WIRING IN A COMMON CONDUIT. AND CONTROL WIRING (FAN SHUTDOWN, ETC.) IN SEPARATE CONDUIT. DO NOT RUN WITH ALL LOW VOLTAGE FIRE ALARM CIRCUITS MAY OCCUPY A COMMON CONDUIT. RUN AC POWER PROVIDE ADDITIONAL DETECTORS WHERE REQUIRED. SPACE DETECTORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED DISTANCE. DIRECTORY. BREAKER SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED "FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT CONTROL" IN THE PANELBOARD PANELBOARD TO CONTROL PANELS, TERMINAL CABINETS, ETC. AS REQUIRED. THE CIRCUIT PROVIDE 120V, 20A DEDICATED BRANCH CIRCUITS FROM THE LOCAL AREA LIFE SAFETY IDENTIFICATION. TESTING. ALL OTHER FIRE ALARM JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE MARKED FOR FACP AND OTHER PANELS SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH CLEARANCES FOR OBSERVATION AND WRAP OVER ITSELF, PROTECTING THE WRITING. TAPE. THE TAPE SHALL BE LONG ENOUGH SO WHEN WRAPPED ROUND THE CABLE IT WILL INSTALLATION. LABELING IS TO BE DONE WITH PERMANENT MARKERS ON CLEAR MYLAR RECORD OF THE IDENTIFICATION AND USE OF EACH ABLE MUST BE MADE AT THE TIME OF CABLING MUST BE UNIQUELY IDENTIFIED AND LABELED, AND A PERMANENT, ACCURATE APPLY. ACCORDANCE WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS AND ALL CODES THAT MAY ALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM RACEWAY SIZES AND CIRCUITRY REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE IN SPECIFICATION FOR ADDITIONAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. ALL WIRING SHALL BE CLASS A WIRING. REFER TO SECTION 283102 OF THE FLOOR PLANS. DEVICES SHOWN ARE DIAGRAMMATICALLY ONLY. FOR EXACT LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES SEE (E) (E) (E) BATTERIES TROUBLE TROUBLE IN CASE OF FIRE EVACUATE BUILDING AND CALL THE FIRE DEPARTMENT!!! ALARM 1 ALARM 2 PREALARM TROUBLE PREALARM ALARM 2 ALARM 1 ALARM ALARMALARMALARM ALARM ALARMALARM FACP ALARM TROUBLE TROUBLE ALARM TROUBLE ALARM TROUBLE TROUBLE TROUBLE TROUBLE TROUBLE ALARM TROUBLE ALARM TROUBLE ALARM TROUBLE ALARM TROUBLE ALARM TROUBLE ALARM TROUBLE ALARM TROUBLE ALARM TROUBLE ALARM PREALARM ALARM 2 ALARM 1 ALARM 1 ALARM 2 PREALARM TROUBLE TROUBLETROUBLETROUBLE TROUBLETROUBLE ALARM TROUBLE ALARMALARM TROUBLE TROUBLE TROUBLE ALARM TROUBLE ALARM TROUBLE ALARM TROUBLE ALARM ALARM ALARM ELEC RM CIRCUIT 120V, 20A 3 REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR EXACT QUANTITY OF DEVICES AND LOCATIONS. GROUND FLOOR (E)(E)(E)(E) FOR DIAGRAMMATIC PURPOSES ONLY. SCALE: NONE 1 2 FIRE ALARM DRAWING NOTES: 3 FIRE ALARM DIAGRAMMATIC RISER DIAGRAM - NEW WORK F F F F F 1 SIEMENS MXL PROJECT AREAS (GND, 1ST, 2ND FLOOR BATHROOMS) FIRST FLOOR (E)(E)(E)(E) F F F F F 1 SECOND FLOOR (E)(E)(E)(E) F F F F F 1 IT IS ACCEPTABLE TO EXTEND OFF OF EXISTING ADDRESSABLE LOOPS OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. NOT USED. FIRE ALARM ADDRESSABLE CIRCUIT EXTENDING BACK TO MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. 3 1 2 SCHEDULELUMINAIRE TYPE DESCRIPTION AND SIZEFIXTURE LAMP BALLAST VOLTAGE/ NUMBER MODEL AND MANUFACTURER MAKEDESIGN NOTES L1 SCONCE MOUNTED WALLDECORATIVE LED 120V LW-496-OP-SC-LED MODEL: LIGHTINGLBL ,6 1,2,3,4,5 NOTES:REFERENCE 1. COLOR. FIXTURE FOR ARCHITECT WITHCOORDINATE 2. ARCHITECT WITH HEIGHT MOUNTINGCOORDINATE 3. 3000K. THAN GREATER NO BE SHALL TEMPERATURECOLOR 4. 120V. IS VOLTAGE CIRCUIT LIGHTINGEXISTING 5. OWNER. TO STOCK ATTIC AS FIXTURES ADDITIONAL (4)PROVIDE 6. EQUALS. NO SPECIFIED, AS PROVIDED BE SHALL FIXTURE ONLY. RECORD FOR PROVIDED BE TO SUBMITTALLIGHTING ALL RIGHTS RESERVED © ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C.. SPECIFIC WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT WITH THE THEREOF SHALL BE UTILIZED BY ANY PERSON, FIRM, OR ENGINEERING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, P.C. AND NO PART OWNED BY AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF SWBR ARCHITECTURE, AND PLANS INDICATED THEREON OR PRESENTED THEREBY ARE THESE DOCUMENTS AND ALL THE IDEAS, ARRANGEMENTS, DESIGNS 387 East Main Street Rochester, NY 14604-2107 Voice: 585.232.8300 Fax: 585.232.9221 w w w . s w b r . c o m FILE PATH:DRAWING TITLE proj. no. checked proj. mgr. drawn by STATUS: DRAWING NO. PROJECT: CLIENT: ISSUE DATE: ROCHESTER, N E W Y O R K CONSULTANT:4/22/2015 3:15:07 PMJ:\2015\15290.00 Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno\4-CAD\4.01_Revit\15290_Cornell Seeley Hall Lab Reno.rvt15535.00 JAD 09/09/2015 REVISIONS no.date by description ENGINEERING P.C. MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14604 (585) 288-5590 FAX: (585) 288-0233 M/E Project 150208 150 NORTH CHESTNUT STREET ROCHESTER BUFFALO SYRACUSE CAPITAL DISTRICT CORNELL UNIVERSITY - RENOVATIONS AREA RESTROOM STATLER HOTEL PUBLIC DOCUMENTS 100% CONSTRUCTION